Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Chapter 1
1-5
(a) Point vehicles
v
cars v 42.1v − v 2
Q= = =
hour x 0.324
Seek stationary point maximum
dQ 42.1 − 2v
=0= ∴ v* = 21.05 mph
dv 0.324
42.1(21.05) − 21.052
Q* = = 1368 cars/h Ans.
0.324
(b) v
l x l
2 2
−1
v 0.324 l
Q= = +
x +l v(42.1) − v 2 v
Maximize Q with l = 10/5280 mi
v Q
22.18 1221.431
22.19 1221.433
22.20 1221.435 ←
22.21 1221.435
22.22 1221.434
1368 − 1221
% loss of throughput = = 12% Ans.
1221
22.2 − 21.05
(c) % increase in speed = 5.5%
21.05
Modest change in optimal speed Ans.
budy_sm_ch01.qxd 11/21/2006 15:23 Page 2
1-6 This and the following problem may be the student’s first experience with a figure of merit.
• Formulate fom to reflect larger figure of merit for larger merit.
• Use a maximization optimization algorithm. When one gets into computer implementa-
tion and answers are not known, minimizing instead of maximizing is the largest error
one can make.
FV = F1 sin θ − W = 0
FH = −F1 cos θ − F2 = 0
From which
F1 = W/sin θ
F2 = −W cos θ/sin θ
fom = −$ = −¢γ (volume)
.
= −¢γ(l1 A1 + l2 A2 )
F1 W l1
A1 = = , l2 =
S S sin θ cos θ
F2 W cos θ
A2 = =
S S sin θ
l2 W l2 W cos θ
fom = −¢γ +
cos θ S sin θ S sin θ
−¢γ W l2 1 + cos2 θ
=
S cos θ sin θ
Set leading constant to unity
θ◦ fom
θ* = 54.736◦ Ans.
0 −∞ fom* = −2.828
20 −5.86
30 −4.04 Alternative:
40 −3.22 d 1 + cos2 θ
45 −3.00 =0
dθ cos θ sin θ
50 −2.87
54.736 −2.828 And solve resulting tran-
60 −2.886 scendental for θ*.
Check second derivative to see if a maximum, minimum, or point of inflection has been
found. Or, evaluate fom on either side of θ*.
budy_sm_ch01.qxd 11/21/2006 15:23 Page 3
Chapter 1 3
1-7
(a) x1 + x2 = X 1 + e1 + X 2 + e2
error = e = (x1 + x2 ) − ( X 1 + X 2 )
= e1 + e2 Ans.
(b) x1 − x2 = X 1 + e1 − ( X 2 + e2 )
e = (x1 − x2 ) − ( X 1 − X 2 ) = e1 − e2 Ans.
(c) x1 x2 = ( X 1 + e1 )( X 2 + e2 )
e = x1 x2 − X 1 X 2 = X 1 e2 + X 2 e1 + e1 e2
. e1 e2
= X 1 e2 + X 2 e1 = X 1 X 2 + Ans.
X1 X2
x1 X 1 + e1 X 1 1 + e1 / X 1
(d) = =
x2 X 2 + e2 X 2 1 + e2 / X 2
−1
e2 . e2 e1 e2 . e1 e2
1+ =1− and 1+ 1− =1+ −
X2 X2 X1 X2 X1 X2
x1 X 1 . X 1 e1 e2
e= − = − Ans.
x2 X2 X2 X1 X2
1-8 √
(a) x1 = 5 = 2.236 067 977 5
X 1 = 2.23 3-correct digits
√
x2 = 6 = 2.449 487 742 78
X 2 = 2.44 3-correct digits
√ √
x1 + x2 = 5 + 6 = 4.685 557 720 28
√
e1 = x1 − X 1 = 5 − 2.23 = 0.006 067 977 5
√
e2 = x2 − X 2 = 6 − 2.44 = 0.009 489 742 78
√ √
e = e1 + e2 = 5 − 2.23 + 6 − 2.44 = 0.015 557 720 28
Sum = x1 + x2 = X 1 + X 2 + e
= 2.23 + 2.44 + 0.015 557 720 28
= 4.685 557 720 28 (Checks) Ans.
1-9
(a) σ = 20(6.89) = 137.8 MPa
(b) F = 350(4.45) = 1558 N = 1.558 kN
(c) M = 1200 lbf · in (0.113) = 135.6 N · m
(d) A = 2.4(645) = 1548 mm2
(e) I = 17.4 in4 (2.54) 4 = 724.2 cm4
(f) A = 3.6(1.610) 2 = 9.332 km2
(g) E = 21(1000)(6.89) = 144.69(103 ) MPa = 144.7 GPa
(h) v = 45 mi/h (1.61) = 72.45 km/h
(i) V = 60 in3 (2.54) 3 = 983.2 cm3 = 0.983 liter
1-10
(a) l = 1.5/0.305 = 4.918 ft = 59.02 in
(b) σ = 600/6.89 = 86.96 kpsi
(c) p = 160/6.89 = 23.22 psi
(d) Z = 1.84(105 )/(25.4) 3 = 11.23 in3
(e) w = 38.1/175 = 0.218 lbf/in
(f) δ = 0.05/25.4 = 0.00197 in
(g) v = 6.12/0.0051 = 1200 ft/min
(h) = 0.0021 in/in
(i) V = 30/(0.254) 3 = 1831 in3
1-11
200
(a) σ = = 13.1 MPa
15.3
42(103 )
(b) σ = = 70(106 ) N/m2 = 70 MPa
6(10−2 ) 2
1200(800) 3 (10−3 ) 3
(c) y = = 1.546(10−2 ) m = 15.5 mm
3(207)109 (64)103 (10−3 ) 4
1100(250)(10−3 )
(d) θ = 9 4 −3 4
= 9.043(10−2 ) rad = 5.18◦
79.3(10 )(π/32)(25) (10 )
1-12
600
(a) σ = = 5 MPa
20(6)
1
(b) I = 8(24) 3 = 9216 mm4
12
π
(c) I = 324 (10−1 ) 4 = 5.147 cm4
64
16(16)
(d) τ = = 5.215(106 ) N/m2 = 5.215 MPa
π(253 )(10−3 ) 3
budy_sm_ch01.qxd 11/21/2006 15:23 Page 5
Chapter 1 5
1-13
120(103 )
(a) τ = = 382 MPa
(π/4)(202 )
32(800)(800)(10−3 )
(b) σ = = 198.9(106 ) N/m2 = 198.9 MPa
π(32) 3 (10−3 ) 3
π
(c) Z = (364 − 264 ) = 3334 mm3
32(36)
(1.6) 4 (10−3 ) 4 (79.3)(109 )
(d) k = = 286.8 N/m
8(19.2) 3 (10−3 ) 3 (32)
budynas_SM_ch02.qxd 11/22/2006 16:28 Page 6
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 2
Chapter 2 7
E 14.5(106 )
Gray cast iron: = = 5.58(107 ) in Ans.
W 0.26
E − 2G
2-8 2G(1 + ν) = E ⇒ ν=
2G
From Table A-5
30 − 2(11.5)
Steel: ν = = 0.304 Ans.
2(11.5)
10.4 − 2(3.90)
Aluminum: ν = = 0.333 Ans.
2(3.90)
18 − 2(7)
Beryllium copper: ν = = 0.286 Ans.
2(7)
14.5 − 2(6)
Gray cast iron: ν = = 0.208 Ans.
2(6)
2-9
E
U
80
70
60
Stress P兾A0 kpsi
50
Y
40 Su ⫽ 85.5 kpsi Ans.
Sy ⫽ 45.5 kpsi Ans.
30 E ⫽ 90兾0.003 ⫽ 30 000 kpsi Ans.
A0 ⫺ AF 0.1987 ⫺ 0.1077
20 R⫽ ⫽ (100) ⫽ 45.8% Ans.
A0 0.1987
⌬l l ⫺ l0 l A0
10 ⫽ ⫽ ⫽ ⫺ 1⫽ ⫺1
l0 l0 l0 A
0
0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.014 0.016 (Lower curve)
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 (Upper curve)
Strain,
budynas_SM_ch02.qxd 11/22/2006 16:28 Page 8
FIRST PAGES
2-10 To plot σtrue vs. ε, the following equations are applied to the data.
π(0.503) 2
A0 = = 0.1987 in2
4
l
Eq. (2-4) ε = ln for 0 ≤ L ≤ 0.0028 in
l0
A0
ε = ln for L > 0.0028 in
A
P
σtrue =
A
The results are summarized in the table below and plotted on the next page.
The last 5 points of data are used to plot log σ vs log ε
The curve fit gives m = 0.2306
Ans.
log σ0 = 5.1852 ⇒ σ0 = 153.2 kpsi
For 20% cold work, Eq. (2-10) and Eq. (2-13) give,
A = A0 (1 − W ) = 0.1987(1 − 0.2) = 0.1590 in2
A0 0.1987
ε = ln = ln = 0.2231
A 0.1590
Eq. (2-14):
S y = σ0 εm = 153.2(0.2231) 0.2306 = 108.4 kpsi Ans.
Eq. (2-15), with Su = 85.5 kpsi from Prob. 2-9,
Su 85.5
Su = = = 106.9 kpsi Ans.
1−W 1 − 0.2
Chapter 2 9
160000
140000
120000
true (psi)
100000
80000
60000
40000
20000
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
true
5.2
5.1
y ⫽ 0.2306x ⫹ 5.1852
log
5
4.9
4.8
⫺1.6 ⫺1.4 ⫺1.2 ⫺1 ⫺0.8 ⫺0.6 ⫺0.4 ⫺0.2 0
log
ε(10−3 )
60
σ (kpsi)
50
0 0
0.20 5 40
0.44 10
(kpsi)
(Sy)0.001 ⫽
˙ 35 kpsi Ans.
0.80 16 30
1.0 19
1.5 26 20
2.0 32
2.8 40 10
3.4 46
0
4.0 49 0 1 2 3 4 5
5.0 54 (10⫺3)
budynas_SM_ch02.qxd 11/22/2006 16:28 Page 10
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 2 11
2-17
. 45.52
(a) uR = = 34.5 in · lbf/in3 Ans.
2(30)
(b)
P L A A0 /A − 1 ε σ = P/A0
0 0 0 0
1 000 0.0004 0.0002 5 032.39
2 000 0.0006 0.0003 10 064.78
3 000 0.0010 0.0005 15 097.17
4 000 0.0013 0.000 65 20 129.55
7 000 0.0023 0.001 15 35 226.72
8 400 0.0028 0.0014 42 272.06
8 800 0.0036 0.0018 44 285.02
9 200 0.0089 0.004 45 46 297.97
9 100 0.1963 0.012 291 0.012 291 45 794.73
13 200 0.1924 0.032 811 0.032 811 66 427.53
15 200 0.1875 0.059 802 0.059 802 76 492.30
17 000 0.1563 0.271 355 0.271 355 85 550.60
16 400 0.1307 0.520 373 0.520 373 82 531.17
14 800 0.1077 0.845059 0.845 059 74 479.35
budynas_SM_ch02.qxd 11/22/2006 16:28 Page 12
FIRST PAGES
90000
80000
70000
60000
50000
40000
30000
20000
10000
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
All data points
50000
45000
40000
35000
30000
25000
20000
A1 A2
15000
10000
5000
0
0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005
First 9 data points
90000
80000
70000
60000
50000
40000 A4 A5
30000
20000
A3
10000
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8
Last 6 data points
.
5
1
uT = Ai = (43 000)(0.001 5) + 45 000(0.004 45 − 0.001 5)
i=1
2
1
+ (45 000 + 76 500)(0.059 8 − 0.004 45)
2
+ 81 000(0.4 − 0.059 8) + 80 000(0.845 − 0.4)
.
= 66.7(103 )in · lbf/in3 Ans.
budynas_SM_ch02.qxd 11/22/2006 16:28 Page 13
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 2 13
2-18 m = Alρ
For stiffness, k = AE/l, or, A = kl/E.
Thus, m = kl 2 ρ/E, and, M = E/ρ. Therefore, β = 1
From Fig. 2-16, ductile materials include Steel, Titanium, Molybdenum, Aluminum, and
Composites.
For strength, S = F/A, or, A = F/S.
Thus, m = Fl ρ/S, and, M = S/ρ.
From Fig. 2-19, lines parallel to S/ρ give for ductile materials, Steel, Nickel, Titanium, and
composites.
Common to both stiffness and strength are Steel, Titanium, Aluminum, and
Composites. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:21 Page 14
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3
3-1
W W
2 2
A B A B
RA RB RA RB
1 1 1
(a) (b)
1
1
RD
RC
3 2 D
C
RA RB B
A
(c)
W
1
RC
RB
RA
RB
2
RA
(d)
(e)
A RA
1
RBx B
RB
RBx RBy
RBy
1
Scale of
corner magnified
(f)
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:21 Page 15
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 15
3-2
(a) 2 kN
60°
RB R A = 2 sin 60 = 1.732 kN Ans.
90°
2 R B = 2 sin 30 = 1 kN Ans.
2 kN
30° 60°
RA
RB 30°
RA
(b) RA
0.4 m S = 0.6 m
B
0.6
A 45°
α = tan−1 = 30.96◦
800 N
0.4 + 0.6
0.6 m
RO O
s
RO RA 800
RA = ⇒ R A = 1100 N Ans.
135° sin 135 sin 30.96
30.96° 800 N
RO 800
45 30.96 14.04 = ⇒ R O = 377 N Ans.
sin 14.04 sin 30.96
30.96°
RA 1.2 kN
RO
y
+ MA = 0
2 4
h
9R E − 7.794(400 cos 30) − 4.5(400 sin 30) = 0
B D R E = 400 N Ans.
3
RAx 60°
A E x
RA 9m
RAy RE
Fx = 0 R Ax + 400 cos 30 = 0 ⇒ R Ax = −346.4 N
Fy = 0 R Ay + 400 − 400 sin 30 = 0 ⇒ R Ay = −200 N
R A = 346.42 + 2002 = 400 N Ans.
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:21 Page 16
FIRST PAGES
400 N
346.4 N
A
200 N
41 N 305.4 N C 41 N C 305.4 N
30°
Pin C
400 N
305.4 N B D 305.4 N
B D
346.4 N
E
A
200 N 400 N
400 N
Ans.
3-3
(a) y 40 lbf 60 lbf
+ M0 = 0
4" 4" 6" 4"
O x
A B C D
−18(60) + 14R2 + 8(30) − 4(40) = 0
R1 30 lbf R2
R2 = 71.43 lbf
V (lbf)
60
Fy = 0: R1 − 40 + 30 + 71.43 − 60 = 0
O
1.43 11.43
x
R1 = −1.43 lbf
41.43
Chapter 3 17
(b) y 2 kN 4 kN/m Fy = 0
A B C R0 = 2 + 4(0.150) = 2.6 kN
O x
MO RO 200 mm 150 mm 150 mm M0 = 0
V (kN) M0 = 2000(0.2) + 4000(0.150)(0.425)
2.6
= 655 N · m
0.6
O
O x
M1 = −655 + 2600(0.2) = −135 N · m
M
(N • m)
M2 = −135 + 600(0.150) = −45 N · m
M3
O x
1
M1
M2
M3 = −45 + 600(0.150) = 0 checks!
2
655
(c) y 1000 lbf
M0 = 0: 10R2 − 6(1000) = 0 ⇒ R2 = 600 lbf
6 ft 4 ft B
O
A
x
Fy = 0: R1 − 1000 + 600 = 0 ⇒ R1 = 400 lbf
R1 R2
V (lbf)
400
O x
600
M M1
(lbf • ft) M1 = 400(6) = 2400 lbf · ft
M2
x
M2 = 2400 − 600(4) = 0 checks!
O
y
(d) 1000 lbf 2000 lbf
+ MC = 0
O
2 ft
A
6 ft
B
2 ft
C
x −10R1 + 2(2000) + 8(1000) = 0
R1 R2 R1 = 1200 lbf
1200
Fy = 0: 1200 − 1000 − 2000 + R2 = 0
200
x
R2 = 1800 lbf
1800
M
M2 M1 = 1200(2) = 2400 lbf · ft
M1
M3
M2 = 2400 + 200(6) = 3600 lbf · ft
O x
M3 = 3600 − 1800(2) = 0 checks!
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:21 Page 18
FIRST PAGES
(e) y 400 lbf 800 lbf + MB = 0
O
4 ft 3 ft B 3 ft
x −7R1 + 3(400) − 3(800) = 0
A C
R1 R2 R1 = −171.4 lbf
V (lbf)
800 Fy = 0: −171.4 − 400 + R2 − 800 = 0
O x
R2 = 1371.4 lbf
171.4
571.4
O
M3
x
M1 = −171.4(4) = −685.7 lbf · ft
M1 M2 = −685.7 − 571.4(3) = −2400 lbf · ft
M2
M3 = −2400 + 800(3) = 0 checks!
(f) Break at A
40 lbf/in
1
O
8"
A R1 = V A = 40(8) = 160 lbf
2
R1 VA
y
160 lbf 320 lbf + MD = 0
A B 5" 5" D
2" C 12(160) − 10R2 + 320(5) = 0
R2 R3 R2 = 352 lbf
40 lbf/in 320 lbf
Fy = 0
x −160 + 352 − 320 + R3 = 0
R3 = 128 lbf
160 lbf 352 lbf 128 lbf
V (lbf)
192
160
O x
128
160
1
M M4 M1 = 160(4) = 320 lbf · in
2
M1
1
O
M5
x
M2 = 320 − 160(4) = 0 checks! (hinge)
M2 2
M3 M3 = 0 − 160(2) = −320 lbf · in
M4 = −320 + 192(5) = 640 lbf · in
M5 = 640 − 128(5) = 0 checks!
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:21 Page 19
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 19
3-4
(a) q = R1 x−1 − 40x − 4−1 + 30x − 8−1 + R2 x − 14−1 − 60x − 18−1
V = R1 − 40x − 40 + 30x − 80 + R2 x − 140 − 60x − 180 (1)
M = R1 x − 40x − 41 + 30x − 81 + R2 x − 141 − 60x − 181 (2)
for x = 18+ V =0 and M = 0 Eqs. (1) and (2) give
0 = R1 − 40 + 30 + R2 − 60 ⇒ R1 + R2 = 70 (3)
0 = R1 (18) − 40(14) + 30(10) + 4R2 ⇒ 9R1 + 2R2 = 130 (4)
Solve (3) and (4) simultaneously to get R1 = −1.43 lbf, R2 = 71.43 lbf. Ans.
+
From Eqs. (1) and (2), at x = 0 , V = R1 = −1.43 lbf, M = 0
x = 4+ : V = −1.43 − 40 = −41.43, M = −1.43x
x = 8+ : V = −1.43 − 40 + 30 = −11.43
M = −1.43(8) − 40(8 − 4) 1 = −171.44
x = 14+ : V = −1.43 − 40 + 30 + 71.43 = 60
M = −1.43(14) − 40(14 − 4) + 30(14 − 8) = −240 .
+
x = 18 : V = 0, M = 0 See curves of V and M in Prob. 3-3 solution.
at x = 20+ , V and M = 0
160 − 40(20) + 40(12) + R2 − 320 + R3 = 0 ⇒
R2 + R3 = 480
160(20) − 20(20) 2 + 20(12) 2 + 10R2 − 320(5) = 0 ⇒
R2 = 352 lbf
R3 = 480 − 352 = 128 lbf
0 ≤ x ≤ 8: V = 160 − 40x lbf, M = 160x − 20x lbf · in
2
Chapter 3 21
3-6
(a) Moment at center, xc = (l − 2a)/2
2
w l l wl l
Mc = (l − 2a) − = −a
2 2 2 2 4
At reaction, |Mr | = wa 2 /2
a = 2.25, l = 10 in, w = 100 lbf/in
100(10) 10
Mc = − 2.25 = 125 lbf · in
2 4
100(2.252 )
Mr = = 253.1 lbf · in Ans.
2
(b) Minimum occurs when Mc = |Mr |
wl l wa 2
−a = ⇒ a 2 + al − 0.25l 2 = 0
2 4 2
Taking the positive root
1 l √
3-7 For the ith wire from bottom, from summing forces vertically
(a) Ti
xi
a Ti = (i + 1)W
W iW
So
l l
W = =
1+1 2
l l
x= =
2+1 3
l l
y= =
3+1 4
l l
z= =
4+1 5
(b) With straight rigid wires, the mobile is not stable. Any perturbation can lead to all wires
becoming collinear. Consider a wire of length l bent at its string support:
Ti
il l
Ma = 0
i1
i1
iW
iWl ilW
W
Ma = cos α − cos β = 0
i +1 i +1
iWl
(cos α − cos β) = 0
i +1
Moment vanishes when α = β for any wire. Consider a ccw rotation angle β, which
makes α → α + β and β → α − β
iWl
Ma = [cos(α + β) − cos(α − β)]
i +1
2i W l . 2i W lβ
= sin α sin β = sin α
i +1 i +1
There exists a correcting moment of opposite sense to arbitrary rotation β. An equation
for an upward bend can be found by changing the sign of W . The moment will no longer
be correcting. A curved, convex-upward bend of wire will produce stable equilibrium
too, but the equation would change somewhat.
3-8
(a) 1 x
12 + 6
cw
(12, 4cw) C= =9
2s
2
12 − 6
2p
CD = =3
2
2 C D 1
R = 32 + 42 = 5
R
σ1 = 5 + 9 = 14
ccw
ccw
(6, 4 )
σ2 = 9 − 5 = 4
y 2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:21 Page 23
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 23
4 1 −1 4
φ p = tan = 26.6◦ cw
2 3
x
26.6
14
9
18.4
x
5
9
(b) y 1 9 + 16
cw C= = 12.5
(9, 5cw) 2
R 16 − 9
CD = = 3.5
2
D
2 C
2p
1
R = 52 + 3.52 = 6.10
2s σ1 = 6.1 + 12.5 = 18.6
(16, 5ccw) 1 5
ccw φ p = tan−1 = 27.5◦ ccw
2 x 2 3.5
σ2 = 12.5 − 6.1 = 6.4
6.4
18.6
27.5
x
6.10
x
17.5
12.5
(c) 1
cw 24 + 10
y
C= = 17
(24, 6cw) 2
R 24 − 10
CD = =7
D C
2
2 1
2p
R = 72 + 62 = 9.22
(10, 6 ccw
)
2s
σ1 = 17 + 9.22 = 26.22
ccw x σ2 = 17 − 9.22 = 7.78
2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:21 Page 24
FIRST PAGES
1 −1 7
26.22 φp = 90 + tan = 69.7◦ ccw
69.7 2 6
7.78
17 9.22
17
24.7
x
(d) x
1 9 + 19
cw
(9, 8cw)
C= = 14
2
2s
19 − 9
2p CD = =5
2
2 1
D C R = 52 + 82 = 9.434
R σ1 = 14 + 9.43 = 23.43
(19, 8ccw) σ2 = 14 − 9.43 = 4.57
ccw
2
y
1 −1 5
4.57 φp = 90 + tan = 61.0◦ cw
2 8
x
61
23.43
14
x
16
14
9.434
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 25
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 25
3-9
(a) 1
cw
12 − 4
y
C= =4
(12, 7cw) 2
R 12 + 4
CD = =8
D C
2
2 1
R = 82 + 72 = 10.63
2p
1 −1 8
14.63 φp = 90 + tan = 69.4◦ ccw
69.4
2 7
6.63
4
10.63
4
24.4
x
(b) y cw 1
6−5
(5, 8cw) C= = 0.5
2
R 6+5
CD = = 5.5
2
C D
1
2
2p R = 5.52 + 82 = 9.71
2s σ1 = 0.5 + 9.71 = 10.21
(6, 8ccw) σ2 = 0.5 − 9.71 = −9.21
2
ccw x
9.21 1 −1 8
10.21 φp = tan = 27.75◦ ccw
27.75 2 5.5
x
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 26
FIRST PAGES
9.71
x
17.25
0.5
(c) cw
−8 + 7
1
C= = −0.5
x 2
(8, 6cw)
2s 8+7
2p
CD = = 7.5
2
2 D C 1 R = 7.52 + 62 = 9.60
R σ1 = 9.60 − 0.5 = 9.10
(7, 6ccw)
y
σ2 = −0.5 − 9.6 = −10.1
2
ccw
1 −1 7.5
φp = 90 + tan = 70.67◦ cw
10.1 2 6
x
70.67
9.1
0.5
x
25.67
0.5
9.60
(d) cw 1
9−6
C= = 1.5
2
x
2s 9+6
(9, 3cw)
CD = = 7.5
2p 2
2 C D 1
R = 7.52 + 32 = 8.078
R
(6, 3ccw)
y
σ1 = 1.5 + 8.078 = 9.58
σ2 = 1.5 − 8.078 = −6.58
2
ccw
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 27
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 27
6.58 1 −1 3
φp = tan = 10.9◦ cw
2 7.5
x
10.9
9.58
1.5 1.5
34.1
x
8.08
3-10
(a) cw 1 20 − 10
C= =5
x
2
2s (20, 8cw) 20 + 10
CD = = 15
2p 2
2 C D 1
R R = 152 + 82 = 17
(10, 8ccw)
y σ1 = 5 + 17 = 22
σ2 = 5 − 17 = −12
ccw 2
1 −1 8
= 14.04◦ cw
12
φp = tan
2 15
x
14.04
22
5
5
30.96
x
17
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 28
FIRST PAGES
(b) cw 1
30 − 10
C= = 10
y 2
(10, 10cw) R 30 + 10
CD = = 20
D
2
2 C 2p 1
R = 202 + 102 = 22.36
(30, 10ccw)
2s
x σ1 = 10 + 22.36 = 32.36
σ2 = 10 − 22.36 = −12.36
2
ccw
12.36 1 −1 10
φp = tan = 13.28◦ ccw
32.36
2 20
13.28
x
22.36
x
31.72
10
(c) cw 1
−10 + 18
C= =4
x 2
10 + 18
(10, 9cw) 2s
2p
CD = = 14
2
2 1
D C
R = 142 + 92 = 16.64
R
(18, 9ccw) σ1 = 4 + 16.64 = 20.64
y
σ2 = 4 − 16.64 = −12.64
2
ccw
1 −1 14
φp = 90 + tan = 73.63◦ cw
12.64 2 9
x
73.63
20.64
x
28.63
4
16.64
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 29
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 29
(d) cw 1 −12 + 22
C= =5
x 2
(12, 12cw) 2s
12 + 22
CD = = 17
2p
2
2 1
D C R = 172 + 122 = 20.81
R
(22, 12ccw) σ1 = 5 + 20.81 = 25.81
y σ2 = 5 − 20.81 = −15.81
2
ccw
1 −1 17
φp = 90 + tan = 72.39◦ cw
15.81 2 12
x
72.39
25.81
x
27.39
5
20.81
3-11
(a) 1/3
14
7
2
1/2 5
2/3 2
4 y x 10
3 y 2 0 x 1
1/3
(b) 0 + 10
y
1/2
C= =5
(0, 4cw)
2
10 − 0
2/3
R
CD = =5
2
3 2
C D
1
R = 52 + 42 = 6.40
(10, 4ccw) σ1 = 5 + 6.40 = 11.40
x σ2 = 0, σ3 = 5 − 6.40 = −1.40
11.40 1.40
τ1/3 = R = 6.40, τ1/2 = = 5.70, τ2/3 = = 0.70
2 2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 30
FIRST PAGES
(c) 2 circles (2, 4cw) x −2 − 8
C= = −5
2
Point is a circle
8−2
3
C
D 1 2
CD = =3
2
(8, 4ccw) R = 32 + 42 = 5
y
σ1 = −5 + 5 = 0, σ2 = 0
σ3 = −5 − 5 = −10
10
τ1/3 = = 5, τ1/2 = 0, τ2/3 = 5
2
1/3
(d) 10 − 30
2/3 C= = −10
2
y
(30, 10cw) 1/2 10 + 30
R CD = = 20
C D
2
3 2 1
(10, 10ccw)
R = 202 + 102 = 22.36
x
σ1 = −10 + 22.36 = 12.36
σ2 = 0
σ3 = −10 − 22.36 = −32.36
12.36 32.36
τ1/3 = 22.36, τ1/2 = = 6.18, τ2/3 = = 16.18
2 2
3-12
(a) 1/3
−80 − 30
2/3 C= = −55
x 2
(80, 20cw)
1/2
80 − 30
C
CD = = 25
3 2 1
2
D
R
(30, 20ccw)
R = 252 + 202 = 32.02
y
σ1 = 0
σ2 = −55 + 32.02 = −22.98 = −23.0
σ3 = −55 − 32.0 = −87.0
23 87
τ1/2 = = 11.5, τ2/3 = 32.0, τ1/3 = = 43.5
2 2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 31
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 31
(b) 1/3 30 − 60
C= = −15
2/3 x 2
(30, 30cw)
R
60 + 30
1/2 CD = = 45
2
3 C 2 D 1
R = 452 + 302 = 54.1
(60, 30ccw)
y σ1 = −15 + 54.1 = 39.1
σ2 = 0
σ3 = −15 − 54.1 = −69.1
(c) 1/3
40 + 0
y
1/2
C= = 20
2
(0, 20cw)
2/3 40 − 0
R CD = = 20
D
2
3 2 C 1
R = 202 + 202 = 28.3
(40, 20ccw)
x σ1 = 20 + 28.3 = 48.3
σ2 = 20 − 28.3 = −8.3
σ3 = σz = −30
48.3 + 30 30 − 8.3
τ1/3 = = 39.1, τ1/2 = 28.3, τ2/3 = = 10.9
2 2
(d) 1/3
x 50
1/2
(50, 30cw)
C= = 25
2
2/3 50
CD = = 25
3 2 1
2
C D
R = 252 + 302 = 39.1
(0, 30ccw)
σ1 = 25 + 39.1 = 64.1
y
σ2 = 25 − 39.1 = −14.1
σ3 = σz = −20
64.1 + 20 20 − 14.1
τ1/3 = = 42.1, τ1/2 = 39.1, τ2/3 = = 2.95
2 2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 32
FIRST PAGES
3-13
F 2000
σ = = = 10 190 psi = 10.19 kpsi Ans.
A (π/4)(0.52 )
FL L 72
δ= = σ = 10 190 = 0.024 46 in Ans.
AE E 30(106 )
δ 0.024 46
1 = = = 340(10−6 ) = 340µ Ans.
L 72
From Table A-5, ν = 0.292
2 = −ν1 = −0.292(340) = −99.3µ Ans.
d = 2 d = −99.3(10−6 )(0.5) = −49.6(10−6 ) in Ans.
3-15 With σz = 0, solve the first two equations of Eq. (3-19) simultaneously. Place E on the left-
hand side of both equations, and using Cramer’s rule,
Ex −ν
E 1
Ex + ν E y E(x + ν y )
σx =
y
= =
1 −ν
1 − ν2 1 − ν2
−ν 1
Likewise,
E( y + νx )
σy =
1 − ν2
From Table A-5, E = 207 GPa and ν = 0.292. Thus,
E(x + ν y ) 207(109 )[0.0021 + 0.292(−0.000 67)] −6
σx = = (10 ) = 431 MPa Ans.
1 − ν2 1 − 0.2922
207(109 )[−0.000 67 + 0.292(0.0021)] −6
σy = (10 ) = −12.9 MPa Ans.
1 − 0.2922
3-16 The engineer has assumed the stress to be uniform. That is,
t
F
F
Ft = −F cos θ + τ A = 0 ⇒ τ = cos θ
A
When failure occurs in shear
F
Ssu = cos θ
A
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 33
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 33
The uniform stress assumption is common practice but is not exact. If interested in the
details, see p. 570 of 6th edition.
8.903 + 1.89
τ2/3 = = 5.40 kpsi 1/2
2
(kpsi)
8.903 + 7.012 8.903
1.89 7.012
τmax = τ1/3 = = 7.96 kpsi Ans.
2
Note: For Probs. 3-17 to 3-19, one can also find the eigenvalues of the matrix
σx τx y τzx
[σ ] = τx y σ y τ yz
τzx τ yz σz
for the principal stresses
2/3
(kpsi)
O 0 9
9
τ2/3 = 0, τ1/2 = τ1/3 = τmax = = 4.5 kpsi Ans.
2
3-20
c ac
(a) R1 = F Mmax = R1 a = F
l l
6M 6 ac σ bh 2l
σ = 2
= 2 F ⇒ F= Ans.
bh bh l 6ac
3-21
wl wl l wl 2
R1 = , Mmax |x=l/2 = l− =
2 22 2 8
6M 6 wl 2 3W l 4 σ bh 2
σ = 2
= 2
= ⇒ W = Ans.
bh bh 8 4bh 2 3 l
Chapter 3 35
3-22
(a) Can solve by iteration or derive equations for the general case.
W1 W2 W3 . . . WT . . . Wn Find maximum moment under wheel W3
A B
a23 WT = W at centroid of W’s
d3 RB
RA a13
x3
l
l − x3 − d3
RA = WT
l
Under wheel 3
(l − x3 − d3 )
M3 = R A x3 − W1 a13 − W2 a23 = WT x3 − W1 a13 − W2 a23
l
d M3 WT l − d3
For maximum, = 0 = (l − d3 − 2x3 ) ⇒ x3 =
dx3 l 2
(l − d3 ) 2
substitute into M, ⇒ M3 = WT − W1 a13 − W2 a23
4l
This means the midpoint of d3 intersects the midpoint of the beam
l − di (l − di ) 2
i−1
For wheel i xi = , Mi = WT − W j a ji
2 4l j=1
xmax
600" 600"
3-23
(a) D
a a
c1 0.833" 0.75"
Ga 0.083"
C 1.5"
1 1
1" b 0.167"
4
Gb
y c2 0.667"
3" B 0.5"
8
A
1" 1"
4
1 12 " 4
(b) D
c1 1.155"
C a b
1.732"
0.982"
1 1
Ga 0.327" Gb
y B
c2 0.577" 0.577" 0.577"
0.25" 1.134"
A A
2"
Chapter 3 37
1.134(0.982) 3
Ib = = 0.0298 in4
36
I1 = Ia − Ib = 0.289 − 0.0298 = 0.259 in4 Ans.
C
c1 1.708"
b
1 1
Gb Gc
1.5" c
c2 2.292"
2"
B
a G
a 0.25"
A
c1 1.355" b
B
1 1
1.490" a 3.464"
c2 2.645"
Ga
1.155"
A
Chapter 3 39
(e) a
C Aa = 6(1.25) = 7.5 in2
c1 1.422"
B Ab = 3(1.5) = 4.5 in2
A = Ac + Ab = 12 in2
c2 2.828"
b
3.625(7.5) + 1.5(4.5)
A
ȳ = = 2.828 in Ans.
12
1 1
I = (6)(1.25) 3 + 7.5(3.625 − 2.828) 2 + (1.5)(3) 3 + 4.5(2.828 − 1.5) 2
12 12
= 17.05 in Ans.
4
10 000(2.828)
σA = = 1659 psi Ans.
17.05
10 000(3 − 2.828)
σB =− = −101 psi Ans.
17.05
10 000(1.422)
σC =− = −834 psi Ans.
17.05
(f) D Let a = total area
a
c 1.5
C A = 1.5(3) − 1(1.25) = 3.25 in2
b b 1 1
c 1.5
B I = Ia − 2Ib = (1.5)(3) 3 − (1.25)(1) 3
12 12
A
1.5 = 3.271 in Ans.
4
10 000(1.5)
σA = = 4586 psi, σ D = −4586 psi
3.271
Ans.
10 000(0.5)
σB = = 1529 psi, σC = −1529 psi
3.271
3-24
(a) The moment is maximum and constant between A and B
1
M = −50(20) = −1000 lbf · in , I = (0.5)(2) 3 = 0.3333 in4
12
E I
1.6(106 )(0.3333)
ρ =
= = 533.3 in
M 1000
(x, y) = (30, −533.3) in Ans.
3-25
(a) 1000 lbf 1
I = (0.75)(1.5) 3 = 0.2109 in4
O
12" 6"
B
12
A
A = 0.75(1.5) = 1.125 in
333 lbf 667 lbf
Mmax is at A. At the bottom of the section,
V (lbf)
Mc 4000(0.75)
333 σmax = = = 14 225 psi Ans.
O x I 0.2109
Due to V, τmax constant is between A and B
667
at y = 0
M
(lbf • in)
4000 3V 3 667
τmax = = = 889 psi Ans.
2A 2 1.125
O x
O x
|Vmax | = 1000 lbf from O to B at y = 0
3V 3 1000
1000 τmax = = = 750 psi Ans.
2A 2 (2)(1)
M
(lbf • in)
O x
8000
Chapter 3 41
M1
At A, y = 0
3 750
τmax = = 563 psi Ans.
2 (2)(1)
3-26
wl 2 wl 2 c 8σ I
Mmax = ⇒ σmax = ⇒ w=
8 8I cl 2
(a) l = 12(12) = 144 in, I = (1/12)(1.5)(9.5) 3 = 107.2 in4
8(1200)(107.2)
w= = 10.4 lbf/in Ans.
4.75(1442 )
(b) l = 48 in, I = (π/64)(24 − 1.254 ) = 0.6656 in4
8(12)(103 )(0.6656)
w= = 27.7 lbf/in Ans.
1(48) 2
.
(c) l = 48 in, I = (1/12)(2)(33 ) − (1/12)(1.625)(2.6253 ) = 2.051 in4
8(12)(103 )(2.051)
w= = 57.0 lbf/in Ans.
1.5(48) 2
(d) l = 72 in; Table A-6, I = 2(1.24) = 2.48 in4
0.842"
2.158"
cmax = 2.158"
8(12)(103 )(2.48)
w= = 21.3 lbf/in Ans.
2.158(72) 2
(e) l = 72 in; Table A-7, I = 3.85 in4
2 8(12)(103 )(3.85)
w= = 35.6 lbf/in Ans.
2(722 )
1.25"
1
500 lbf 500 lbf Mmax = 500(0.25) + (500)(0.375)
2
V (lbf)
500 = 218.75 lbf · in
Vmax = 500 lbf
O
Same M and V
500
∴ σ = 17.8 kpsi Ans.
M Mmax
τmax = 3400 psi Ans.
3-28
F
l p2
p1 b
a
p1 + p2
q = −Fx−1 + p1 x − l0 − x − l1 + terms for x > l + a
a
p1 + p2
V = −F + p1 x − l1 − x − l2 + terms for x > l + a
2a
p1 p1 + p2
M = −F x + x − l2 − x − l3 + terms for x > l + a
2 6a
At x = (l + a) + , V = M = 0, terms for x > l + a = 0
p1 + p2 2 2F
−F + p1 a − a =0 ⇒ p1 − p2 = (1)
2a a
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 43
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 43
p1 a 2 p1 + p2 3 6F(l + a)
−F(l + a) + − a =0 ⇒ 2 p1 − p2 = (2)
2 6a a2
2F 2F
From (1) and (2) p1 = (3l + 2a), p2 = (3l + a) (3)
a2 a2
b a ap2
From similar triangles = ⇒ b= (4)
p2 p1 + p2 p1 + p2
Mmax occurs where V = 0
F
l a 2b
p2
p2
xmax = l + a − 2b
p2
p1 b b
p1 p1 + p2
Mmax = −F(l + a − 2b) + (a − 2b) 2 − (a − 2b) 3
2 6a
p1 p1 + p2
= −Fl − F(a − 2b) + (a − 2b) 2 − (a − 2b) 3
2 6a
Normally Mmax = −Fl
The fractional increase in the magnitude is
y 600(15) 20
3-29 600 lbf/ft R1 = + 3000 = 8500 lbf
3000 lbf 2 15
x 600(15) 5
5'
R1
15'
R2 R2 = − 3000 = 3500 lbf
2 15
V (lbf) 3500
5500 a= = 5.833 ft
a 600
O x
3000 3500
M
3500(5.833) 20420
(lbf • ft)
O x
15000
1(12) + 5(12)
(a) ȳ = = 3 in
z 24
1
y
Iz = [2(53 ) + 6(33 ) − 4(13 )] = 136 in4
3
−15000(12)(−3)
At x = 5 ft, y = −3 in, σx = − = −3970 psi
136
−15000(12)5
y = 5 in, σx = − = 6620 psi
136
20420(12)(−3)
At x = 14.17 ft, y = −3 in, σx = − = 5405 psi
136
20420(12)5
y = 5 in, σx = − = −9010 psi
136
Max tension = 6620 psi Ans.
Max compression = −9010 psi Ans.
(b) Vmax = 5500 lbf
Q n.a. = ȳ A = 2.5(5)(2) = 25 in3
5 in
z
VQ 5500(25)
τmax = = = 506 psi Ans.
V Ib 136(2)
|σmax | 9010
(c) τmax = = = 4510 psi Ans.
2 2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 45
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 45
3-30
y c
F
R1 = F
a c
x l
l
c
R1 R2 M = Fx 0≤x ≤a
l
6M 6(c/l) Fx 6cFx
σ = 2
= ⇒ h= 0≤x ≤a Ans.
bh bh 2 blσmax
3V 3 (c/l) F 3 Fc
τmax = = ∴ h= Ans.
2 bh 2 bh 2 lbτmax
6Fcx
e From Prob. 3-30 = sub in x = e and equate to h above
x lbσmax
h
3 Fc 6Fce
h(x) =
2 lbτmax lbσmax
3 Fcσmax
e= 2
Ans.
8 lbτmax
3-32
F b
a b R1 = F
l
l
R1 R2 b
M = Fx
l
32M 32 b
σmax = = Fx
πd 3 πd 3 l
32 bFx 1/3
d= 0≤x ≤a Ans.
π lσmax
3-33 t
b b
Square: Am = (b − t) 2
Tsq = 2Am tτall = 2(b − t) 2 tτall
Round: Am = π(b − t) 2 /4
Trd = 2π(b − t) 2 tτall /4
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 46
FIRST PAGES
Ratio of torques
Tsq 2(b − t) 2 tτall 4
= = = 1.27
Trd π(b − t) tτall /2
2 π
Twist per unit length
square:
2Gθ1 t L
L
4(b − t)
θsq = = C
= C
tτall A m A m (b − t) 2
Round:
L π(b − t) 4(b − t)
θrd = C =C =C
A m π(b − t) /4
2 (b − t) 2
Ratio equals 1, twists are the same.
Note the weight ratio is
Wsq ρl(b − t) 2 b−t
= = thin-walled assumes b ≥ 20t
Wrd ρlπ(b − t)(t) πt
19
= = 6.04 with b = 20t
π
= 2.86 with b = 10t
T Lm
= 9.9645(10−4 )
A2m
Equations can then be put into a spreadsheet resulting in:
Chapter 3 47
1200
1000
800
T (lbf • in)
600
400
200
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
ri (in)
4.85
4.80
4.75
(deg)
4.70
4.65
4.60
4.55
4.50
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
ri (in)
Torque carrying capacity reduces with ri . However, this is based on an assumption of uni-
form stresses which is not the case for small ri . Also note that weight also goes down with
an increase in ri .
3-35 From Eq. (3-47) where θ1 is the same for each leg.
1 1
T1 = Gθ1 L 1 c13 , T2 = Gθ1 L 2 c23
3 3
1
1
T = T1 + T2 = Gθ1 L 1 c13 + L 2 c23 = Gθ1 L i ci3 Ans.
3 3
τ1 = Gθ1 c1 , τ2 = Gθ1 c2
τmax = Gθ1 cmax Ans.
3-36
(a) τmax = Gθ1 cmax
τmax 12 000
Gθ1 = = = 9.6(104 ) psi/in
cmax 1/8
1 1
T1/16 = Gθ1 (Lc3 ) 1/16 = (9.6)(104 )(5/8)(1/16) 3 = 4.88 lbf · in Ans.
3 3
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 48
FIRST PAGES
1
T1/8 = (9.6)(104 )(5/8)(1/8) 3 = 39.06 lbf · in Ans.
3
τ1/16 = 9.6(104 )1/16 = 6000 psi, τ1/8 = 9.6(104 )1/8 = 12 000 psi Ans.
9.6(104 )
(b) θ1 = = 87(10−3 ) rad/in = 0.458◦ /in Ans.
12(106 )
Chapter 3 49
π J Gθ π π d 4 Gθ π dGθ
l= = =
180 T 180 32 (π/16) τ d 3 360 τ
π (0.015)(79.3)(109 )(30)
= = 2.83 m Ans.
360 110(106 )
3-42
63 025H 63 025(1)
(a) T = = = 12 605 lbf · in
n 5
16T 16T 1/3 16(12 605) 1/3
τ= ⇒ dC = = = 1.66 in Ans.
πdC3 πτ π(14 000)
From Table A-17, select 1 3/4 in
16(2)(12 605)
τstart = = 23.96(103 ) psi = 23.96 kpsi
π(1.753 )
(b) design activity
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 50
FIRST PAGES
3-46 Dz
808 lbf
y Dx x
E
z
D
92.8 lbf 362.8 lbf
3.9 in
4.3 in
Cz
Q
2.7 in
Cx 362.8 lbf
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 51
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 51
MD = 7C x − 4.3(92.8) − 3.9(362.8) = 0
z
C x = 259.1 lbf
MC = −7Dx − 2.7(92.8) + 3.9(362.8) = 0
z
Dx = 166.3 lbf
4.3
MD ⇒ Cz = 808 = 496.3 lbf
x 7
2.7
MC ⇒ Dz = 808 = 311.7 lbf
x 7
259.1 lbf
My
311.7(4.3) 1340 lbf • in
Mz
Torque:
16T 16(3151)
τ= = = 8217 psi
πd 3 π(1.253 )
Bending:
32(1512)
σb = ± = ±7885 psi
π(1.253 )
Axial:
F 362.8
σa = − = − = −296 psi
A (π/4)(1.252 )
2
7885 − 296 7885 − 296
σmax = + + 82172 = 12 845 psi Ans.
tens. 2 2
3-47 Ay B
x
Az 3 in
Bz
y 2.6 in 92.8 lbf By
A
P
1.3 in
z
E
MB = −5.6(362.8) + 1.3(92.8) + 3A y = 0
z
A y = 637.0 lbf
M A = −2.6(362.8) + 1.3(92.8) + 3B y = 0
z
B y = 274.2 lbf
5.6
M B = 0 ⇒ Az = 808 = 1508.3 lbf
y 3
2.6
M A = 0 ⇒ Bz = 808 = 700.3 lbf
y 3
Torsion: T = 808(1.3) = 1050 lbf · in
16(1050)
τ= = 5348 psi
π(13 )
Bending: M p = 92.8(1.3) = 120.6 lbf · in
M A = 3 B y2 + Bz2 = 3 274.22 + 700.32
Chapter 3 53
3-48
Gear F 1000 lbf • in
1000
2.5R
Ft = = 400 lbf
2.5
Shaft ABCD Fn = 400 tan 20 = 145.6 lbf
Ft
y Fn
Torque at C TC = 400(5) = 2000 lbf · in
RAy
666.7 lbf
2000
2000 lbf • in P= = 666.7 lbf
A 3
3" B
145.6 lbf
z RAz
2000 lbf • in
10"
RDy
C
C
( M A)z = 0 ⇒ 18R Dy − 145.6(13) − 666.7(3) = 0 ⇒ R Dy = 216.3 lbf
( M A) y = 0 ⇒ −18R Dz + 400(13) = 0 ⇒ R Dz = 288.9 lbf
Fy = 0 ⇒ R Ay + 216.3 − 666.7 − 145.6 = 0 ⇒ R Ay = 596.0 lbf
Fz = 0 ⇒ R Az + 288.9 − 400 = 0 ⇒ R Az = 111.1 lbf
M B = 3 5962 + 111.12 = 1819 lbf · in
MC = 5 216.32 + 288.92 = 1805 lbf · in
∴ Maximum stresses occur at B. Ans.
32M B 32(1819)
σB = = = 9486 psi
πd 3 π(1.253 )
16TB 16(2000)
= τB =
= 5215 psi
πd 3 π(1.253 )
σB σB 2 9486 9486 2
σmax = + + τB =
2
+ + 52152 = 11 792 psi Ans.
2 2 2 2
σB 2
τmax = + τ B2 = 7049 psi Ans.
2
3-49 r = d/2
(a) For top, θ = 90◦ ,
σ
σr = [1 − 1 + (1 − 1)(1 − 3)cos 180] = 0 Ans.
2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 54
FIRST PAGES
σ
σθ = [1 + 1 − (1 + 3)cos 180] = 3σ Ans.
2
σ
τrθ = − (1 − 1)(1 + 3)sin 180 = 0 Ans.
2
For side, θ = 0◦ ,
σ
σr = [1 − 1 + (1 − 1)(1 − 3)cos 0] = 0 Ans.
2
σ
σθ = [1 + 1 − (1 + 3)cos 0] = −σ Ans.
2
σ
τrθ = − (1 − 1)(1 + 3)sin 0 = 0 Ans.
2
(b)
1 100 3 104 1 25 3 104
σθ /σ = 1+ 2 − 1+ cos 180 = 2+ 2 +
2 4r 16 r 4 2 r 16 r 4
r σθ /σ 兾
3.0
5 3.000
6 2.071 2.5
7 1.646
8 1.424 2.0
9 1.297
1.5
10 1.219
11 1.167
1.0
12 1.132
13 1.107 0.5
14 1.088
15 1.074 0
0 5 10 15 20
16 1.063 r (mm)
17 1.054
18 1.048
19 1.042
20 1.037
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:22 Page 55
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 55
(c)
1 100 3 104 1 25 3 104
σθ /σ = 1+ 2 − 1+ cos 0 = −
2 4r 16 r 4 2 r2 16 r 4
r σθ /σ 兾
0.2
5 1.000
6 0.376 0
7 0.135
8 0.034 0.2
9 0.011
10 0.031 0.4
11 0.039
0.6
12 0.042
13 0.041 0.8
14 0.039
15 0.037 1.0
0 5 10 15 20
16 0.035 r (mm)
17 0.032
18 0.030
19 0.027
20 0.025
3-50
1.5
D/d = = 1.5
1
1/8
r/d = = 0.125
1
.
Fig. A-15-8: K ts = 1.39
.
Fig. A-15-9: K t = 1.60
Mc 32K t M 32(1.6)(200)(14)
σ A = Kt = = = 45 630 psi
I πd 3 π(13 )
Tc 16K ts T 16(1.39)(200)(15)
τ A = K ts = = = 21 240 psi
J πd 3 π(13 )
σA σA 2 45.63 45.63 2
σmax = + + τA =
2
+ + 21.242
2 2 2 2
= 54.0 kpsi Ans.
45.63 2
τmax = + 21.242 = 31.2 kpsi Ans.
2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 56
FIRST PAGES
3-51 As shown in Fig. 3-32, the maximum stresses occur at the inside fiber where r = ri . There-
fore, from Eq. (3-50)
ri2 pi ro2
σt, max = 2 1+ 2
ro − ri2 ri
ro2 + ri2
= pi Ans.
ro2 − ri2
ri2 pi ro2
σr, max = 2 1 − 2 = − pi Ans.
ro − ri2 ri
So σr = 0 at r = ri . Thus at r = ro
por 2 ri2 − ro2
σr, max = 2 o2 = − po Ans.
r o − ri ro2
3-53
F = p A = πrav
2
p
rav
F πrav
2
p prav
t
p
σ1 = σ2 = = = Ans.
Awall 2πrav t 2t
F
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 57
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 57
1
τmax = (σt, max − σr, max )
2
pi ro2 + ri2
τmax = +1
2 ro2 − ri2
Now solve for pi using ro = 75 mm, ri = 69 mm, and τmax = 25 MPa. This gives
pi = 3.84 MPa Ans.
3-55 Given ro = 5 in, ri = 4.625 in and referring to the solution of Prob. 3-54,
350 (5) 2 + (4.625) 2
τmax = +1
2 (5) 2 − (4.625) 2
ro − ri2 (0.8S y )
po =
2ro2
Solving, gives po = 11 200 psi Ans.
0.282 2π(7200) 2 3 + 0.292
(σt ) max =
386 60 8
(0.3752 )(52 ) 1 + 3(0.292)
× 0.375 + 5 +
2 2
− (0.375 ) = 8556 psi
2
0.3752 3 + 0.292
8556
τmax = = 4278 psi Ans.
2
r 2r 2
Radial stress: σr = k ri2 + ro2 − i 2o − r 2
r
dσr ri2ro2 √
Maxima: = k 2 3 − 2r = 0 ⇒ r = ri ro = 0.375(5) = 1.3693 in
dr r
0.282 2π(7200) 2 3 + 0.292 0.3752 (52 )
(σr ) max = 0.375 + 5 −
2 2
− 1.36932
386 60 8 1.36932
= 3656 psi Ans.
3-60
(6/16)
ρ=
386(1/16)(π/4)(62 − 12 )
= 5.655(10−4 ) lbf · s2 /in
4
σt
τmax is at bore and equals
2
Eq. (3-55)
2
2π(10 000)
−4 3 + 0.20 1 + 3(0.20)
(σt ) max = 5.655(10 ) 0.5 + 3 + 3 −
2 2 2
(0.5) 2
60 8 3 + 0.20
= 4496 psi
4496
τmax = = 2248 psi Ans.
2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 59
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 59
F F
6"
3-62 to 3-67
ν = 0.292, E = 30 Mpsi (207 GPa), ri = 0
R = 0.75 in (20 mm), ro = 1.5 in (40 mm)
Eq. (3-57)
30(106 )δ (1.52 − 0.752 )(0.752 − 0)
ppsi = = 1.5(107 )δ (1)
0.753 2(1.52 − 0)
207(109 )δ (0.042 − 0.022 )(0.022 − 0)
pPa = = 3.881(1012 )δ (2)
0.0203 2(0.042 − 0)
3-62
1
δmax = [40.042 − 40.000] = 0.021 mm Ans.
2
1
δmin = [40.026 − 40.025] = 0.0005 mm Ans.
2
From (2)
pmax = 81.5 MPa, pmin = 1.94 MPa Ans.
3-63
1
δmax = (1.5016 − 1.5000) = 0.0008 in Ans.
2
1
δmin = (1.5010 − 1.5010) = 0 Ans.
2
Eq. (1) pmax = 12 000 psi, pmin = 0 Ans.
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 60
FIRST PAGES
3-64
1
δmax = (40.059 − 40.000) = 0.0295 mm Ans.
2
1
δmin = (40.043 − 40.025) = 0.009 mm Ans.
2
Eq. (2) pmax = 114.5 MPa, pmin = 34.9 MPa Ans.
3-65
1
δmax = (1.5023 − 1.5000) = 0.001 15 in Ans.
2
1
δmin = (1.5017 − 1.5010) = 0.000 35 in Ans.
2
Eq. (1) pmax = 17 250 psi pmin = 5250 psi Ans.
3-66
1
δmax = (40.076 − 40.000) = 0.038 mm Ans.
2
1
δmin = (40.060 − 40.025) = 0.0175 mm Ans.
2
3-67
1
δmax = (1.5030 − 1.500) = 0.0015 in Ans.
2
1
δmin = (1.5024 − 1.5010) = 0.0007 in Ans.
2
Eq. (1) pmax = 22 500 psi pmin = 10 500 psi Ans.
3-68
1
δ = (1.002 − 1.000) = 0.001 in ri = 0, R = 0.5 in, ro = 1 in
2
ν = 0.292, E = 30 Mpsi
Eq. (3-57)
30(106 )(0.001) (12 − 0.52 )(0.52 − 0)
p= = 2.25(104 ) psi Ans.
0.53 2(12 − 0)
Eq. (3-50) for outer member at ri = 0.5 in
0.52 (2.25)(104 ) 12
(σt ) o = 1+ = 37 500 psi Ans.
12 − 0.52 0.52
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 61
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 61
3-69
νi = 0.292, E i = 30(106 ) psi, νo = 0.211, E o = 14.5(106 ) psi
1
δ = (1.002 − 1.000) = 0.001 in, ri = 0, R = 0.5, ro = 1
2
Eq. (3-56)
2
0.5 12 + 0.52 0.5 0.5 + 0
0.001 = + 0.211 + − 0.292 p
14.5(106 ) 12 − 0.52 30(106 ) 0.52 − 0
p = 13 064 psi Ans.
Eq. (3-50) for outer member at ri = 0.5 in
0.52 (13 064) 12
(σt ) o = 1+ = 21 770 psi Ans.
12 − 0.52 0.52
Inner member, from Prob. 3-52
13 064(0.52 ) 0
(σt )i = − 1+ = −13 064 psi Ans.
0.52 − 0 0.52
3-70
1
δmax = (1.003 − 1.000) = 0.0015 in ri = 0, R = 0.5 in, ro = 1 in
2
1
δmin = (1.002 − 1.001) = 0.0005 in
2
Eq. (3-57)
30(106 )(0.0015) (12 − 0.52 )(0.52 − 0)
pmax = = 33 750 psi Ans.
0.53 2(12 − 0)
3-71
νi = 0.292, E i = 30 Mpsi, νo = 0.334, E o = 10.4 Mpsi
1
δmax = (2.005 − 2.000) = 0.0025 in
2
1
δmin = (2.003 − 2.002) = 0.0005 in
2
2 2
1.0 2 + 12 1.0 1 +0
0.0025 = + 0.334 + − 0.292 pmax
10.4(106 ) 22 − 12 30(106 ) 12 − 0
pmax = 11 576 psi Ans.
3-72
(a) Axial resistance
Normal force at fit interface
N = p A = p(2π Rl) = 2π p Rl
Fully-developed friction force
Fax = f N = 2π f p Rl Ans.
(b) Torsional resistance at fully developed friction is
T = f R N = 2π f p R 2l Ans.
Chapter 3 63
The denominator of Eq. (3-63), given below, has four additive parts.
A
rn =
(d A/r)
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 65
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 65
For d A/r , add the results of the following equation for each of the four rectangles.
ro
bdr ro
= b ln , b = width
ri r ri
dA 1.8125 2.1875 3.6875 4.5
= 0.375 ln + 1.25 ln + 1.25 ln + 0.375 ln
r 1 1.8125 3.3125 3.6875
= 0.666 810 6
1.546 875
rn = = 2.3198 in
0.666 810 6
e = rc − rn = 2.75 − 2.3198 = 0.4302 in
ci = rn − ri = 2.320 − 1 = 1.320 in
co = ro − rn = 4.5 − 2.320 = 2.180 in
Shear stress due to 206 lbf force is zero at inner and outer surfaces.
142 2000(1.32)
σi = − + = 3875 psi Ans.
1.547 1.547(0.4302)(1)
142 2000(2.18)
σo = − − = −1548 psi Ans.
1.547 1.547(0.4302)(4.5)
3-77
A = (6 − 2 − 1)(0.75) = 2.25 in2
6+2
rc = = 4 in
2
Similar to Prob. 3-76,
dA 3.5 6
= 0.75 ln + 0.75 ln = 0.635 473 4 in
r 2 4.5
A 2.25
rn = = = 3.5407 in
(d A/r) 0.635 473 4
e = 4 − 3.5407 = 0.4593 in
5000 20 000(3.5407 − 2)
σi = + = 17 130 psi Ans.
2.25 2.25(0.4593)(2)
5000 20 000(6 − 3.5407)
σo = − = −5710 psi Ans.
2.25 2.25(0.4593)(6)
3-78 ro 6
2 6
A= b dr = dr = 2 ln
ri 2 r 2
= 2.197 225 in2
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 66
FIRST PAGES
ro 6
1 1 2r
rc = br dr = dr
A ri 2.197 225 2 r
2
= (6 − 2) = 3.640 957 in
2.197 225
A 2.197 225
rn = ro = 6
ri (b/r) dr 2
2 (2/r ) dr
2.197 225
= = 3.295 837 in
2[1/2 − 1/6]
e = R − rn = 3.640 957 − 3.295 837 = 0.345 12
ci = rn − ri = 3.2958 − 2 = 1.2958 in
co = ro − rn = 6 − 3.2958 = 2.7042 in
20 000 20 000(3.641)(1.2958)
σi = + = 71 330 psi Ans.
2.197 2.197(0.345 12)(2)
20 000 20 000(3.641)(2.7042)
σo = − = −34 180 psi Ans.
2.197 2.197(0.345 12)(6)
π 3 π
From statics book, I = a b = (23 )1 = 2π in4
4 4
F M y rc 20 80(2) 12
Inside: σi = + = + = 33.7 kpsi Ans.
A I ri 2π 2π 10
F M y rc 20 80(2) 12
Outside: σo = − = − = −18.6 kpsi Ans.
A I ro 2π 2π 14
Note: A much more accurate solution (see the 7th edition) yields σi = 32.25 kpsi and
σo = −19.40 kpsi
3-80
0.4" 0.4"
0.4"R
dA
1" 1" For rectangle, = b ln ro /ri
r
A r2
For circle, =
, Ao = πr 2
(d A/r) 2 rc − rc2 − r 2
dA
∴ = 2π rc − rc − r
2 2
r
budynas_SM_ch03.qxd 11/28/2006 21:23 Page 67
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 3 67
dA 2.6
= 1 ln − 2π 1.8 − 1.82 − 0.42 = 0.672 723 4
r 1
3-83 ν1 = 0.334, E 1 = 10.4 Mpsi, l = 2 in, d1 = 1 in, ν2 = 0.211, E 2 = 14.5 Mpsi, d2 = −8 in.
With b = K c F 1/2 , from Eq. (3-73),
1/2
2 (1 − 0.3342 )/[10.4(106 )] + (1 − 0.2112 )/[14.5(106 )]
Kc =
π(2) 1 − 0.125
= 0.000 234 6
Be sure to check σx for both ν1 and ν2 . Shear stress is maximum in the aluminum roller. So,
τmax = 0.3 pmax
4000
pmax = = 13 300 psi
0.3
Since pmax = 2F/(πbl) we have
2F 2F 1/2
pmax = =
πl K c F 1/2 πl K c
So,
2
πl K c pmax
F=
2
2
π(2)(0.000 234 6)(13 300)
=
2
= 96.1 lbf Ans.
Chapter 3 69
3-86 From Table A-5: ν1 = 0.211, ν2 = 0.292, E 1 = 14.5(106 ) psi, E 2 = 30(106 ) psi, d1 = 6 in,
d2 = ∞, l = 2 in
2(800) (1 − 0.2112 )/14.5(106 ) + (1 − 0.2922 )/[30(106 )]
(a) Eq. (3-73): b =
π(2) 1/6 + 1/∞
= 0.012 135 in
2(800)
pmax = = 20 984 psi
π(0.012 135)(2)
For z = 0 in,
σx 1 = −2ν1 pmax = −2(0.211)20 984 = −8855 psi in wheel
σx 2 = −2(0.292)20 984 = −12 254 psi
In plate
σ y = − pmax = −20 984 psi
σz = −20 984 psi
These are principal stresses.
(b) For z = 0.010 in,
σx1 = −4177 psi in wheel
σx2 = −5781 psi in plate
σ y = −3604 psi
σz = −16 194 psi
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 70
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4
4-1
(a) F
k1 k2 k3 y
F F F F
k= ; y= + +
y k1 k2 k3
1
so k= Ans.
(1/k1 ) + (1/k2 ) + (1/k3 )
(b)
F = k1 y + k2 y + k3 y
k1 F
k2 y k = F/y = k1 + k2 + k3 Ans.
k3
(c) −1
1 1 1 1 1
k2
= + k= +
k1 k k1 k2 + k3 k1 k2 + k3
k3
4-2 For a torsion bar, k T = T /θ = Fl/θ, and so θ = Fl/k T . For a cantilever, kC = F/δ,
δ = F/kC . For the assembly, k = F/y, y = F/k = lθ + δ
F Fl 2 F
So y= = +
k kT kC
1
Or k= Ans.
(l 2 /k T ) + (1/kC )
4-3 For a torsion bar, k = T/θ = GJ/l where J = πd 4 /32. So k = πd 4 G/(32l) = K d 4 /l . The
springs, 1 and 2, are in parallel so
d4 d4
k = k1 + k2 = K +K
l1 l2
4 1 1
= Kd +
x l−x
T T
And θ= =
k 1 1
K d4 +
x l−x
K d4 K d 4θ
Then T = kθ = θ+
x l−x
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 71
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 71
K d4 K d 4θ
Thus T1 = θ; T2 =
x l−x
If x = l/2, then T1 = T2 . If x < l/2, then T1 > T2
Using τ = 16T /πd 3 and θ = 32T l/(Gπd 4 ) gives
πd 3 τ
T =
16
and so
32l πd 3 τ 2lτall
θall = 4
· =
Gπd 16 Gd
Thus, if x < l/2, the allowable twist is
2xτall
θall = Ans.
Gd
4 1 1
Since k = Kd +
x l−x
π Gd 4 1 1
= + Ans.
32 x l−x
Then the maximum torque is found to be
πd 3 xτall 1 1
Tmax = + Ans.
16 x l−x
4-4 Both legs have the same twist angle. From Prob. 4-3, for equal shear, d is linear in x. Thus,
d1 = 0.2d2 Ans.
π G (0.2d2 )4 d24 πG
k= + = 1.258d24 Ans.
32 0.2l 0.8l 32l
2(0.8l)τall
θall = Ans.
Gd2
Tmax = kθall = 0.198d23 τall Ans.
4-5
F A = πr 2 = π(r1 + x tan α)2
r1
Fdx Fdx
dδ = =
AE Eπ(r1 + x tan α) 2
x l
␣
F dx
δ=
l
π E 0 (r1 + x tan α) 2
dx l
F 1
= −
πE tan α(r1 + x tan α) 0
F 1
=
π E r1 (r1 + l tan α)
F
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 72
FIRST PAGES
Then
F π Er1 (r1 + l tan α)
k= =
δ l
E A1 2l
= 1 + tan α Ans.
l d1
4-6
F = (T + dT ) + w dx − T = 0
dT
Enlarged free
body of length dx
= −w
x dx
T
l
Solution is T = −wx + c
dx wdx T |x=0 = P + wl = c
T = −wx + P + wl
T dT
T = P + w(l − x)
w is cable’s weight
per foot
4-7
wl 2 wx 2
M = wlx − −
2 2
dy wlx 2 wl 2 wx 3 dy
EI = − x− + C1 , = 0 at x = 0, C1 = 0
dx 2 2 6 dx
wlx 3 wl 2 x 2 wx 4
EIy = − − + C2 , y = 0 at x = 0, C2 = 0
6 4 24
wx 2
y= (4lx − 6l 2 − x 2 ) Ans.
24E I
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 73
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 73
4-8
M = M1 = M B
dy dy
EI = M B x + C1 , = 0 at x = 0, C1 = 0
dx dx
MB x 2
EIy = + C2 , y = 0 at x = 0, C2 = 0
2
MB x 2
y= Ans.
2E I
4-9
2
y
dy
ds
dy ds = dx 2 + dy 2 = dx 1 +
dx
dx
Since dy/dx is small compared to 1, use only the first two terms,
dλ = ds − dx
1 dy 2
= dx 1 + − dx
2 dx
1 dy 2
= dx
2 dx
1 l dy 2
λ= dx Ans.
2 0 dx
This contraction becomes important in a nonlinear, non-breaking extension spring.
w
4-10 y = C x 2 (4lx − x 2 − 6l 2 ) where C =
24E I
dy
= C x(12lx − 4x − 12l ) = 4C x(3lx − x 2 − 3l 2 )
2 2
dx
2
dy
= 16C 2 (15l 2 x 4 − 6lx 5 − 18x 3l 3 + x 6 + 9l 4 x 2 )
dx
l 2 l
1 dy
λ= dx = 8C 2
(15l 2 x 4 − 6lx 5 − 18x 3l 3 + x 6 + 9l 4 x 2 ) dx
2 dx
0 w 2 9
0
9 1 w 2 7
= 8C 2 l7 = 8 l7 = l Ans.
14 24E I 14 112 E I
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 74
FIRST PAGES
w
4-11 y = C x(2lx 2 − x 3 − l 3 ) where C =
24E I
dy
= C(6lx − 4x − l )
2 3 3
dx
2
dy
= C 2 (36l 2 x 4 − 48lx 5 − 12l 4 x 2 + 16x 6 + 8x 3l 3 + l 6 )
dx
l 2 l
1 dy 1 2
λ= dx = C (36l 2 x 4 − 48lx 5 − 12l 4 x 2 + 16x 6 + 8x 3l 3 + l 6 ) dx
2 dx 2
0 0
17 7 w 2 17 7 17 w 2 7
=C 2
l = l = l Ans.
70 24E I 70 40 320 E I
4-12
I = 2(5.56) = 11.12 in4
wl 4 Fa 2
ymax = y1 + y2 = − + (a − 3l)
8E I 6E I
Here w = 50/12 = 4.167 lbf/in, and a = 7(12) = 84 in, and l = 10(12) = 120 in.
4.167(120) 4
y1 = − = −0.324 in
8(30)(106 )(11.12)
600(84) 2 [3(120) − 84]
y2 = − = −0.584 in
6(30)(106 )(11.12)
Chapter 4 75
4-13
800 lbf 600 lbf 7 5
RO = (800) + (600) = 860 lbf
3 ft 2 ft 5 ft C 10 10
O
A B
3 5
RO RC RC = (800) + (600) = 540 lbf
V (lbf)
10 10
860
60
O
540
M1 = 860(3)(12) = 30.96(103 ) lbf · in
M
M1 M2 M2 = 30.96(103 ) + 60(2)(12)
(lbf • in)
= 32.40(103 ) lbf · in
Mmax 32.40
σmax = ⇒ 6= Z = 5.4 in3
Z Z
2
F1 a[l − (l/2)] l l F2l 3
y|x=5ft = + a − 2l
2
−
6E I l 2 2 48E I
1 800(36)(60) 600(1203 )
− = [602
+ 362
− 1202
] −
16 6(30)(106 ) I (120) 48(30)(106 ) I
I = 23.69 in4 ⇒ I /2 = 11.84 in4
Select two 6 in-8.2 lbf/ft channels; from Table A-7, I = 2(13.1) = 26.2 in4 , Z = 2(4.38) in3
23.69 1
ymax = − = −0.0565 in
26.2 16
32.40
σmax = = 3.70 kpsi
2(4.38)
4-14
π
(404 ) = 125.66(103 ) mm4
I =
64
Superpose beams A-9-6 and A-9-7,
1500(600)400
yA = 9 3
(4002 + 6002 − 10002 )(103 ) 2
6(207)10 (125.66)10 (1000)
2000(400)
+ [2(1000)4002 − 4003 − 10003 ]103
24(207)109 (125.66)103
y A = −2.061 mm Ans.
1500(400)500
y|x=500 = [5002 + 4002 − 2(1000)500](103 ) 2
24(207)109 (125.66)103 (1000)
5(2000)10004
− 103 = −2.135 mm Ans.
384(207)109 (125.66)103
2.135 − 2.061
% difference = (100) = 3.59% Ans.
2.061
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 76
FIRST PAGES
4-15
1
I = (9)(353 ) = 32. 156(103 ) mm4
12
From Table A-9-10
Fa 2
A
F
yC = − (l + a)
A E B a 3E I
D C
dy AB Fa 2
a = (l − 3x 2 )
dx 6E I l
Thus,
Fal 2 Fal
θA =
=
6E I l 6E I
Fa 2l
y D = −θ A a = −
6E I
With both loads,
Fa 2l Fa 2
yD = − − (l + a)
6E I 3E I
Fa 2 500(2502 )
=− (3l + 2a) = − [3(500) + 2(250)](103 ) 2
6E I 6(207)(109 )(32.156)(103 )
= −1.565 mm Ans.
2
2Fa(l/2) 2 l Fal 2
yE = l − =
6E I l 2 8E I
500(250)(5002 )(103 ) 2
= = 0.587 mm Ans.
8(207)(109 )(32.156)(103 )
Chapter 4 77
4-18
I = πd 4 /64 = π(2)4 /64 = 0.7854 in4
Tables A-9-5 and A-9-9
F2l 3 F1 a
y =− + (4a 2 − 3l 2 )
48E I 24E I
120(40) 3 85(10)(400 − 4800)
=− + = −0.0134 in Ans.
48(30)(10 )(0.7854) 24(30)(106 )(0.7854)
6
4-19
(a) Useful relations
F 48E I
k= = 3
y l
kl 3 2400(48) 3
I = = = 0.1843 in4
48E 48(30)106
From I = bh 3 /12
12(0.1843)
h= 3
b
Form a table. First, Table A-17 gives likely available fractional sizes for b:
8 12 , 9, 9 12 , 10 in
For h:
1 9 5 11 3
, , , ,
2 16 8 16 4
For available b what is necessary h for required I?
3
12(0.1843)
b b
8.5 0.638 5"
9.0 0.626 ← choose 9"× Ans.
9.5 0.615 8
10.0 0.605
(b)
I = 9(0.625)3 /12 = 0.1831 in4
48E I 48(30)(106 )(0.1831)
k= = = 2384 lbf/in
l3 483
4σ I 4(90 000)(0.1831)
F= = = 4394 lbf
cl (0.625/2)(48)
F 4394
y= = = 1.84 in Ans.
k 2384
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 78
FIRST PAGES
4-20
z
x
O 12" A 21" B 15" C
680 lbf
Fbx 2
zO A = − (x + b2 − l 2 ); here b = 36 ",
6E I l
x = 12", l = 48", F = 680 lbf
Also,
πd 4 π(1.5) 4
I = = = 0.2485 in4
64 64
680(36)(12)(144 + 1296 − 2304)
zA = −
6(30)(106 )(0.2485)(48)
= +0.1182 in
Fa(l − x) 2
z AC = − (x + a 2 − 2lx)
6E I l
Chapter 4 79
z
502 lbf
R1 R2
Fbx 2
zO B = (x + b2 − l 2 ), where b = 15 ",
6E I l
x = 12", l = 48", I = 0.2485 in4
502(15)(12)(144 + 225 − 2304)
Then, zA = = −0.081 44 in
6(30)(106 )(0.2485)(48)
For z B use x = 33"
502(15)(33)(1089 + 225 − 2304)
zB =
6(30)(106 )(0.2485)(48)
= −0.1146 in
Therefore, by superposition
z A = +0.1182 − 0.0814 = +0.0368 in Ans.
z B = +0.1103 − 0.1146 = −0.0043 in Ans.
4-21
(a) Calculate torques and moment of inertia
T = (400 − 50)(16/2) = 2800 lbf · in
(8T2 − T2 )(10/2) = 2800 ⇒ T2 = 80 lbf, T1 = 8(80) = 640 lbf
π
I = (1.254 ) = 0.1198 in4
64
y
RB
Due to 720 lbf, flip beam A-9-6 such that y AB → b = 9, x = 0, l = 20, F = −720 lbf
dy Fb
θB = =− (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 )
dx x=0 6E I l
−720(9)
=− (0 + 81 − 400) = −4.793(10−3 ) rad
6(30)(106 )(0.1198)(20)
yC = −12θ B = −0.057 52 in
Due to 450 lbf, use beam A-9-10,
Fa 2 450(144)(32)
yC = − (l + a) = − = −0.1923 in
3E I 3(30)(106 )(0.1198)
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 80
FIRST PAGES
4-22
(a) l = 36(12) = 432 in
y
5wl 4 5(5000/12)(432) 4
ymax = − =−
384E I 384(30)(106 )(5450)
= −1.16 in
The frame is bowed up 1.16 in with respect to the bolsters. It is fabricated upside down
and then inverted. Ans.
(b) The equation in xy-coordinates is for the center sill neutral surface
wx
y= (2lx 2 − x 3 − l 3 ) Ans.
24E I
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 81
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 81
Differentiating this equation and solving for the slope at the left bolster gives
dy w
= (6lx 2 − 4x 3 − l 3 )
dx 24E I
dy wl 3 (5000/12)(432) 3
Thus, = − = −
dx x=0 24E I 24(30)(106 )(5450)
= −0.008 57
The slope at the right bolster is 0.008 57, so equation at left end is y = −0.008 57x and
at the right end is y = 0.008 57(x − l). Ans.
πd L4
And set I =
64
And solve for d L
32Fb(b2 − l 2 ) 1/4
dL = Ans.
3π Elξ
For the other end view, observe the figure of Table A-9-6 from the back of the page, noting
that a and b interchange as do x and −x
32Fa(l 2 − a 2 ) 1/4
dR = Ans.
3π Elξ
For a uniform diameter shaft the necessary diameter is the larger of d L and d R .
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 82
FIRST PAGES
4-24 Incorporating a design factor into the solution for d L of Prob. 4-23,
3.5 kN 1/4
32n
100 150 d= Fb(l − b )
2 2
3π Elξ
−9 ) 1/4
d kN mm 3
10 3
(10
250
= (mm 10 )−3
GPa mm 109 (10−3 )
4-25 The maximum occurs in the right section. Flip beam A-9-6 and use
Fbx 2
y= (x + b2 − l 2 ) where b = 100 mm
6E I l
dy Fb
= (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 ) = 0
dx 6E I l
Solving for x,
l 2 − b2 2502 − 1002
x= = = 132.29 mm from right
3 3
3.5(103 )(0.1)(0.132 29)
y= [0.132 292 + 0.12 − 0.252 ](103 )
6(207)(109 )(π/64)(0.03644 )(0.25)
= −0.0606 mm Ans.
4-26
y
The slope at x = 0 due to F1 in the xy plane is
a1 F1
F1 b1 b12 − l 2
b1
θx y =
6E I l
z
a2
and in the xz plane due to F2 is
F2 b2 F2 b2 b22 − l 2
x
θx z =
6E I l
Chapter 4 83
π
4-27 I = (1.3754 ) = 0.17546 in4 . For the xy plane, use yBC of Table A-9-6
64
100(4)(16 − 8)
y= [82 + 42 − 2(16)8] = −1.115(10−3 ) in
6(30)(106 )(0.17546)(16)
For the xz plane use yAB
300(6)(8)
z= [82 + 62 − 162 ] = −4.445(10−3 ) in
6(30)(106 )(0.17546)(16)
δ = (−1.115j − 4.445k)(10−3 ) in
|δ| = 4.583(10−3 ) in Ans.
1/2 1/4
32n 2
d L =
2
4-28 Fi bi bi − l 2
3π Elξ
32(1.5)
= [3.5(150)(1502 − 2502 )]2
3π(207)(109 )(250)0.001 1/4
/
(103 ) 3
1 2
+ [2.7(75)(752 − 2502 )]2
= 39.2 mm
32(1.5)
d R = [3.5(100)(1002 − 2502 )]2
3π(207)109 (250)0.001 1/4
/
(103 ) 3
1 2
+ [2.7(175)(1752 − 2502 )]2
= 39.1 mm
Choose d ≥ 39.2 mm Ans.
At x = 0, the LH slope is
dy L MB
θL = = (3a 2 − 6al + 2l 2 )
dx 6E I l
from which
MB 2
ξ = |θ L | = (l − 3b2 )
6E I l
Setting I = πd 4 /64 and solving for d
32M B (l 2 − 3b2 ) 1/4
d=
3π Elξ
4-30
RO FAC 80 lbf 6FAC = 18(80)
6 12
B
FAC = 240 lbf
R O = 160 lbf
1
I = (0.25)(23 ) = 0.1667 in4
12
Initially, ignore the stretch of AC. From Table A-9-10
Fa 2 80(122 )
yB1 = − (l + a) = − (6 + 12) = −0.041 47 in
3E I 3(10)(106 )(0.1667)
FL 240(12)
Stretch of AC: δ= = 2 6
= 1.4668(10−3 ) in
AE AC (π/4)(1/2) (10)(10 )
Due to stretch of AC
y B 2 = −3δ = −4.400(10−3 ) in
By superposition, y B = −0.041 47 − 0.0044 = −0.045 87 in Ans.
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 85
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 85
4-31
TL (0.1F)(1.5)
θ= = = 9.292(10−4 ) F
JG (π/32)(0.0124 )(79.3)(109 )
Due to twist
δ B 1 = 0.1(θ) = 9.292(10−5 ) F
Due to bending
F L3 F(0.13 )
δB2 = = = 1.582(10−6 ) F
3E I 3(207)(109 )(π/64)(0.0124 )
δ B = 1.582(10−6 ) F + 9.292(10−5 ) F = 9.450(10−5 ) F
1
k= = 10.58(103 ) N/m = 10.58 kN/m Ans.
9.450(10−5 )
4-32
F
A a B b C
Fb Fa
l R1 = R2 =
R1 R2 l l
R1 R2
␦1 ␦2 δ1 = δ2 =
k1 k2
Spring deflection
δ1 − δ2 Fb Fb Fa
yS = −δ1 + x =− + − x
l k1l k1l 2 k2l 2
Fbx 2 Fx b a Fb
y AB = (x + b − l ) + 2
2 2
− − Ans.
6E I l l k1 k2 k1l
Fa(l − x) 2 Fx b a Fb
y BC = (x + a − 2lx) + 2
2
− − Ans.
6E I l l k1 k2 k1l
4-33 See Prob. 4-32 for deflection due to springs. Replace Fb/l and Fa/l with wl/2
wl wl wl wx 1 1 wl
yS = − + − x= + −
2k1 2k1l 2k2l 2 k1 k2 2k1
wx wx 1 1 wl
y= (2lx − x − l ) +
2 3 3
+ − Ans.
24E I 2 k1 k2 2k1
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 86
FIRST PAGES
4-34 Let the load be at x > l/2. The maximum deflection will be in Section AB (Table A-9-10)
Fbx 2
y AB = (x + b2 − l 2 )
6E I l
dy AB Fb
= (3x 2 + b2 − l 2 ) = 0 ⇒ 3x 2 + b2 − l 2 = 0
dx 6E I l
l −b
2 2 l2
x= , xmax = = 0.577l Ans.
3 3
For x < l/2 xmin = l − 0.577l = 0.423l Ans.
4-35
50 lbf/ft 600 lbf M O = 50(10)(60) + 600(84)
O
7'
A
B
= 80 400 lbf · in
MO
10'
RO R O = 50(10) + 600 = 1100 lbf
I = 11.12 in4 from Prob. 4-12
4.167x 2
M = −80 400 + 1100x − − 600x − 841
2
dy
EI = −80 400x + 550x 2 − 0.6944x 3 − 300x − 842 + C1
dx
dy
= 0 at x = 0 C1 = 0
dx
E I y = −402 00x 2 + 183.33x 3 − 0.1736x 4 − 100x − 843 + C2
y = 0 at x = 0 C2 = 0
1
yB = [−40 200(1202 ) + 183.33(1203 )
30(106 )(11.12)
− 0.1736(1204 ) − 100(120 − 84) 3 ]
= −0.9075 in Ans.
4-36 See Prob. 4-13 for reactions: R O = 860 lbf, RC = 540 lbf
M = 860x − 800x − 361 − 600x − 601
dy
EI = 430x 2 − 400x − 362 − 300x − 602 + C1
dx
E I y = 143.33x 3 − 133.33x − 363 − 100x − 603 + C1 x + C2
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
y = 0 at x = 120 in ⇒ C1 = −1.2254(106 ) lbf · in2
Substituting C1 and C2 and evaluating at x = 60,
1
E I y = 30(10 ) I −
6
= 143.33(603 ) − 133.33(60 − 36) 3 − 1.2254(106 )(60)
16
I = 23.68 in4
Agrees with Prob. 4-13. The rest of the solution is the same.
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 87
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 87
4-37
π
I = (404 ) = 125.66(103 ) mm4
64
600
R O = 2(500) + 1500 = 1900 N
1000
2000 2
M = 1900x − x − 1500x − 0.41 where x is in meters
2
dy 1000 3
EI = 950x 2 − x − 750x − 0.42 + C1
dx 3
900 3 250 4
EIy = x − x − 250x − 0.43 + C1 x + C2
3 3
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
y = 0 at x = 1 m ⇒ C1 = −179.33 N · m2
= −2.135 mm Ans.
2.135 − 2.061
% difference = (100) = 3.59% Ans.
2.061
4-38
w(l a) w(l + a)[(l − a)/2)]
R1 =
l
la
w
= (l 2 − a 2 )
2 a
R1 R2
2l
w w
R2 = w(l + a) − (l 2 − a 2 ) = (l + a) 2
2l 2l
w wx 2
w
M = (l 2 − a 2 )x − + (l + a) 2 x − l1
2l 2 2l
dy w 2 w w
EI = (l − a 2 )x 2 − x 3 + (l + a) 2 x − l2 + C1
dx 4l 6 4l
w 2 w w
EIy = (l − a 2 )x 3 − x 4 + (l + a) 2 x − l3 + C1 x + C2
12l 24 12l
y = 0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
y = 0 at x = l
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 88
FIRST PAGES
w 2 w wl
0= (l − a 2 )l 3 − l 4 + C1l ⇒ C1 = (2a 2 − l 2 )
12l 24 24
w
y= [2(l 2 − a 2 )x 3 − lx 4 + 2(l + a) 2 x − l3 + l 2 (2a 2 − l 2 )x] Ans.
24E I l
1
4-39 R A = R B = 500 N, and I = (9)353 = 32.156(103 ) mm4
12
For first half of beam, M = −500x + 500x − 0.251 where x is in meters
dy
EI = −250x 2 + 250x − 0.252 + C1
dx
At x = 0.5 m, dy/dx = 0 ⇒ 0 = −250(0.52 ) + 250(0.5 − 0.250) 2 + C1 ⇒ C1 = 46.875 N · m2
250 3 250
EIy = − x + x − 0.253 + 46.875x + C2
3 3
250
y = 0 at x = 0.25 m ⇒ 0 = − 0.253 + 46.875(0.25) + C2 ⇒ C2 = −10.417 N · m3
3
250 3 250
∴ EIy = − x + x − 0.253 + 46.875x − 10.42
3 3
Evaluating y at A and the center,
1 250 3 250 3
yA = 9 −9
− (0 ) + (0) + 46.875(0) − 10.417 103
207(10 )32. 156(10 ) 3 3
= −1.565 mm Ans.
1 250 250
y|x=0.5m = 9 −9
− (0.53 ) + (0.5 − 0.25) 3
207(10 )32.156(10 ) 3 3
+ 46.875(0.5) − 10.417 103
= −2.135 mm Ans.
4-40 From Prob. 4-30, R O = 160 lbf ↓, FAC = 240 lbf I = 0.1667 in4
Chapter 4 89
1
yB = [−26.67(183 ) + 40(18 − 6) 3 + 552.58(18)]
10(106 )(0.1667)
= −0.045 87 in Ans.
4-41
π π 4
I1 = (1.54 ) = 0.2485 in4 I2 = (2 ) = 0.7854 in4
64 64 MI
200
R1 = (12) = 1200 lbf
2
200
For 0 ≤ x ≤ 16 in,M = 1200x − x − 42 x
2
M 1200x 1 1 1 1 100
= − 4800 − x − 4 − 1200
0
− x − 41 − x − 42
I I1 I1 I2 I1 I2 I2
= 4829x − 13 204x − 40 − 3301.1x − 41 − 127.32x − 42
dy
E = 2414.5x 2 − 13 204x − 41 − 1651x − 42 − 42.44x − 43 + C1
dx
dy
Boundary Condition: = 0 at x = 10 in
dx
0 = 2414.5(102 ) − 13 204(10 − 4) 1 − 1651(10 − 4) 2 − 42.44(10 − 4) 3 + C1
C1 = −9.362(104 )
E y = 804.83x 3 − 6602x − 42 − 550.3x − 43 − 10.61x − 44 − 9.362(104 )x + C2
y=0 at x = 0 ⇒ C2 = 0
For 0 ≤ x ≤ 16 in
1
y= [804.83x 3 − 6602x − 42 − 550.3x − 43
30(106 )
− 10.61x − 44 − 9.362(104 )x] Ans.
at x = 10 in
1
y|x=10 = [804.83(103 ) − 6602(10 − 4) 2 − 550.3(10 − 4) 3
30(106 )
− 10.61(10 − 4) 4 − 9.362(104 )(10)]
= −0.016 72 in Ans.
Integrations produce
l2 l2
y
F
A 2I1 B I1 C x
Fl
F
M
O x
Fl2
Fl
MI
O x
Fl4I1
Fl2I1 Fl2I1
4-43 Define δi j as the deflection in the direction of the load at station i due to a unit load at station j.
If U is the potential energy of strain for a body obeying Hooke’s law, apply P1 first. Then
1
U= P1 ( P1 δ11 )
2
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 91
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 91
4-44
(a) From Table A-9-10 400 lbf
y a b c
Fcx(l 2 − x 2 )
y AB =
6E I l A B
x
y ca(l 2 − a 2 )
1 2
δ12 = =
F x=a 6E I l 9" 7"
23"
Fca(l 2 − a 2 )
y2 = Fδ21 = Fδ12 =
6E I l
πd 4
Substituting I =
64
400(7)(9)(232 − 92 )(64)
y2 = = 0.00347 in Ans.
6(30)(106 )(π)(2) 4 (23)
Fb(b2 − l 2 )
θ=
6E I l
Viewing the illustration in Section 6 of Table A-9 from the back of the page provides
the correct view of this problem. Noting that a is to be interchanged with b and −x
with x leads to
Fa(l 2 − a 2 ) Fa(l 2 − a 2 )(64)
θ= =
6E I l 6Eπd 4l
400(9)(232 − 92 )(64)
θ= = 0.000 496 in/in
6(30)(106 )(π)(2) 4 (23)
So y2 = 7θ = 7(0.000 496) = 0.00347 in Ans.
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 92
FIRST PAGES
4-46
I = 2(1.85) = 3.7 in4
Adding weight of channels of 0.833 lbf · in,
10.833 2 ∂M
M = −F x − x = −F x − 5.417x 2 = −x
2 ∂F
48 48
1 ∂M 1
δB = M dx = ( F x + 5.417x 2 )(x) dx
EI 0 ∂F EI 0
(220/3)(483 ) + (5.417/4)(484 )
= = 0.1378 in in direction of 220 lbf
30(106 )(3.7)
y B = −0.1378 in Ans.
4-47
2
1 π 1
IO B = (0.25)(23 ) = 0.1667 in4 , A AC = = 0.196 35 in2
12 4 2
∂ FAC
FAC = 3F, =3
∂F
2F FAC 3F F right left
O
A B M = −F x̄ M = −2F x
6" 12"
x x̄ ∂M ∂M
= −x̄ = −2x
∂F ∂F
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 93
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 93
l 2
1 FAC L AC
U= M dx + 2
2E I 0 2A AC E
l
∂U 1 ∂M FAC (∂ FAC /∂ F)L AC
δB = = M dx +
∂F EI 0 ∂F A AC E
12 6
1 3F(3)(12)
= −F x̄(−x̄) d x̄ + (−2F x)(−2x) dx +
EI 0 0 A AC E
3
1 F 6 108F
= (123 ) + 4F +
EI 3 3 A AC E
864F 108F
= +
EI A AC E
864(80) 108(80)
= + = 0.045 86 in Ans.
10(10 )(0.1667) 0.196 35(10)(106 )
6
4-48
∂T
Torsion T = 0.1F = 0.1 F
∂F
∂M x
Bending M = −F x̄ = −x̄
∂F
1 T 2L
U= M 2 dx +
2E I 2J G
∂U 1 ∂M T (∂ T /∂ F)L
δB = = M dx +
∂F EI ∂F JG
0.1
1 0.1F(0.1)(1.5)
= −F x̄(−x̄) d x̄ +
EI 0 JG
F 0.015F
= (0.13 ) +
3E I JG
Where
π
I = (0.012) 4 = 1.0179(10−9 ) m4
64
J = 2I = 2.0358(10−9 ) m4
0.001 0.015
δB = F + = 9.45(10−5 ) F
3(207)(109 )(1.0179)(10−9 ) 2.0358(10−9 )(79.3)(109 )
1
k= −5
= 10.58(103 ) N/m = 10.58 kN/m Ans.
9.45(10 )
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 94
FIRST PAGES
= −0.016 73 in Ans.
4-50 O
x
3
l Fa
5
A
O
4 3
Fa F
5 5
l 4
A F
5
A
a a
B 3
B F
5 x
3
F
5
4 4
F F
5 5
AB
∂M
M = Fx =x
∂F
3 ∂N 3
OA N= F =
5 ∂F 5
4 ∂T 4
T = Fa = a
5 ∂F 5
4 ∂ M1 4
M1 = F x̄ = x̄
5 ∂F 5
3 ∂ M2 3
M2 = Fa = a
5 ∂F 5
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 95
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 95
∂u 1 a (3/5) F(3/5)l (4/5) Fa(4a/5)l
δB = = F x(x) dx + +
∂F EI 0 AE JG
l l
1 4 4 1 3 3
+ F x̄ x̄ d x̄ + Fa a d x̄
EI 0 5 5 EI 0 5 5
Fa 3 9 Fl 16 Fa 2l 16 Fl 3 9 Fa 2l
= + + + +
3E I 25 AE 25 JG 75 EI 25 EI
π 4 π 2
I = d , J = 2I, A= d
64 4
64Fa 3 9 4Fl 16 32Fa 2l 16 64Fl 3 9 64Fa 2l
δB = + + + +
3Eπd 4 25 πd 2 E 25 πd 4 G 75 Eπd 4 25 Eπd 4
4F 2 E
= 400a + 27ld + 384a l + 256l + 432a l
3 2 3 2
Ans.
75π Ed 4 G
4-51 The force applied to the copper and steel wire assembly is Fc + Fs = 250 lbf
Since δc = δs
Fc L Fs L
2 6
=
3(π/4)(0.0801) (17.2)(10 ) (π/4)(0.0625) 2 (30)(106 )
Fc = 2.825Fs
∴ 3.825Fs = 250 ⇒ Fs = 65.36 lbf, Fc = 2.825Fs = 184.64 lbf
184.64
σc = = 12 200 psi = 12.2 kpsi Ans.
3(π/4)(0.0801) 2
65.36
σs = = 21 300 psi = 21.3 kpsi Ans.
(π/4)(0.06252 )
4-52
(a) Bolt stress σb = 0.9(85) = 76.5 kpsi Ans.
π
Bolt force Fb = 6(76.5) (0.3752 ) = 50.69 kips
4
Fb 50.69
Cylinder stress σc = − =− = −15.19 kpsi Ans.
Ac (π/4)(4.52 − 42 )
(b) Force from pressure
π D2 π(42 )
P= p= (600) = 7540 lbf = 7.54 kip
4 4
50.69 Pc
Fx = 0
6 bolts 50.69 Pb x
P 7.54 kip Pb + Pc = 7.54 (1)
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 96
FIRST PAGES
Pc L Pb L
Since δc = δb , =
(π/4)(4.5 − 4 ) E
2 2 6(π/4)(0.3752 ) E
Pc = 5.037Pb (2)
Substituting into Eq. (1)
6.037Pb = 7.54 ⇒ Pb = 1.249 kip; and from Eq. (2), Pc = 6.291 kip
Using the results of (a) above, the total bolt and cylinder stresses are
1.249
σb = 76.5 + = 78.4 kpsi Ans.
6(π/4)(0.3752 )
6.291
σc = −15.19 + = −13.3 kpsi Ans.
(π/4)(4.52 − 42 )
4-53
T = Tc + Ts and θc = θs
Tc L Ts L
Also, =
(G J ) c (G J ) s
(G J ) c
Tc = Ts
(G J ) s
Substituting into equation for T ,
(G J ) c
T = 1+ Ts
(G J ) s
Ts (G J ) s
%Ts = = Ans.
T (G J ) s + (G J ) c
4-54
RB RO + RB = W (1)
B δ O A = δ AB (2)
750 mm 500R O 750R B 3
W 3.5 = , RO = RB
AE AE 2
A
3
500 mm R B + R B = 3.5
2
O
7
RO R B = = 1.4 kN Ans.
5
R O = 3.5 − 1.4 = 2.1 kN Ans.
2100
σO = − = −3.50 MPa Ans.
12(50)
1400
σB = = 2.33 MPa Ans.
12(50)
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 97
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 97
4-55 Since θ O A = θ AB
TO A (4) T AB (6) 3
= , TO A = T AB
GJ GJ 2
Also TO A + T AB = 50
3 50
T AB + 1 = 50, T AB = = 20 lbf · in Ans.
2 2.5
3 3
TO A = T AB = (20) = 30 lbf · in Ans.
2 2
4-56 Since θ O A = θ AB ,
TO A (4) T AB (6)
π 4
= π , TO A = 0.80966T AB
G( 32 1.5 ) G( 32 1.754 )
4-57
T1 T2 T1 T2
F1 = F2 ⇒= ⇒ =
r1 r2 1.25 3
3
T2 = T1
1.25
3 4π
∴ θ1 + θ2 = rad
1.25 180
T1 (48) 3 (3/1.25)T1 (48) 4π
4 6
+ 4 6
=
(π/32)(7/8) (11.5)(10 ) 1.25 (π/32)(1.25) (11.5)(10 ) 180
T1 = 403.9 lbf · in
3
T2 = T1 = 969.4 lbf · in
1.25
16T1 16(403.9)
τ1 = = = 3071 psi Ans.
πd 3 π(7/8)3
16(969.4)
τ2 = = 2528 psi Ans.
π(1.25) 3
4-58
10 kip 5 kip
RO FA FB RC x
(2) Fx = 0, 10(103 ) − 5(103 ) − R O − RC = 0
R O + RC = 5(103 ) lbf
4-59 w
MC
A
B C
a RB RC
l
x
4-60 w
MC
A
a B C
x RB RC
wx 2
∂M
M =− + R B x − a1 , = x − a1
2 ∂ RB
l
∂U 1 ∂M
= M dx
∂ RB EI 0 ∂ RB
a l
1 −wx 2 1 −wx 2
= (0) dx + + R B (x − a) (x − a) dx = 0
EI 0 2 EI a 2
w 1 4 a 3 RB
− (l − a ) − (l − a ) +
4 3
(l − a) 3 − (a − a) 3 = 0
2 4 3 3
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 99
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 99
w w
RB = [3(L 4
− a 4
) − 4a(l 3
− a 3
)] = (3l 2 + 2al + a 2 ) Ans.
(l − a)3 8(l − a)
w
RC = wl − R B = (5l 2 − 10al − a 2 ) Ans.
8(l − a)
wl 2 w
MC = − R B (l − a) = (l 2 − 2al − a 2 ) Ans.
2 8
4-61
FBE FDF
π
A= (0.0122 ) = 1.131(10−4 ) m2
A 500 500 C 500
B D
4
RA 20 kN
(1) R A + FB E + FD F = 20 kN (a)
M A = 3FD F − 2(20) + FB E = 0
FB E + 3FD F = 40 kN (b)
(2) M = R A x + FB E x − 0.51 − 20(103 )x − 11
dy x2 FB E
EI = RA + x − 0.52 − 10(103 )x − 12 + C1
dx 2 2
x3 FB E 10
E I y = RA + x − 0.53 − (103 )x − 13 + C1 x + C2
6 6 3
(3) y = 0 at x = 0 C2 = 0
Fl FB E (1)
yB = − =− = −4.2305(10−8 ) FB E
AE B E 1.131(10−4 )209(109 )
Substituting and evaluating at x = 0.5 m
0.53
E I y B = 209(109 )(8)(10−7 )(−4.2305)(10−8 ) FB E = R A + C1 (0.5)
6
2.0833(10−2 ) R A + 7.0734(10−3 ) FB E + 0.5C1 = 0 (c)
Fl FD F (1)
yD = − =− −4 9
= −4.2305(10−8 ) FD F
AE D F 1.131(10 )(209)(10 )
Substituting and evaluating at x = 1.5 m
1.53 FB E 10
E I y D = −7.0734(10−3 ) FD F = R A + (1.5 − 0.5) 3 − (103 )(1.5 − 1) 3 +1.5C1
6 6 3
0.5625R A + 0.166 67FB E + 7.0734(10−3 ) FD F + 1.5C1 = 416.67 (d )
1 1 1 0 RA
20 000
0 1 3 0
F 40 000
2.0833(10−2 ) 7.0734(10−3 )
B E
=
0 0.5
FD F
0
0.5625 0.166 67 7.0734(10−3 ) 1.5 C1 416.67
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 100
FIRST PAGES
100 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
4-62
y
Chapter 4 101
Since y = 0 at x = 6 in
250 3 FB E
E I y|=0 = − (6 ) + (6 − 3) 3 + 6C1 + C2
3 6
4.5FB E + 6C1 + C2 = 1.8(104 ) (d)
Fl FD F (2.5)
yD = = 2 6
= 1.0865(10−6 ) FD F
AE DF (π/4)(5/16) (30)(10 )
Substituting and evaluating at x = 9 in
250 3 FB E
E I y D = 1.5(106 )[1.0865(10−6 ) FD F ] = − (9 ) + (9 − 3) 3
3 6
RC
+ (9 − 6) 3 + 9C1 + C2
6
4.5RC + 36FB E − 1.6297FD F + 9C1 + C2 = 6.075(104 ) (e)
1 1 −1 0 0 R C
500
3
6 0 0 0
F B E
4500
0 1.3038 0 3
1 FD F = 2250
0 4.5 0 6 1
C1
1.8(104 )
4.5 36 −1.6297 9 1 C2 4
6.075(10 )
1
yA = (−11 522) = −0.007 68 in Ans.
1.5(106 )
1 250 3
yB = − (3 ) + 4136.4(3) − 11 522 = −0.000 909 in Ans.
1.5(106 ) 3
1 250 3 1045.2 −590.4
yD = − (9 ) + (9 − 3) +
3
(9 − 6) + 4136.4(9) − 11 522
3
1.5(106 ) 3 6 6
= −4.93(10−5 ) in Ans.
4-63
F
Q (dummy load)
∂M
M = −P R sin θ + Q R(1 − cos θ) = R(1 − cos θ)
∂Q
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 102
FIRST PAGES
102 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
π
∂U 1 P R3
δQ = = (−P R sin θ) R(1 − cos θ) R dθ = −2
∂ Q Q=0 EI 0 EI
∂M
where M = F R(1 − cos θ) and = R(1 − cos θ)
∂F
π
∂U 2 ∂M
δ= = M R dθ
∂F EI 0 ∂F
π
2
= F R 3 (1 − cos θ) 2 dθ
EI 0
3π F R 3
=
EI
Since I = bh 3 /12 = 4(6) 3 /12 = 72 mm4 and R = 81/2 = 40.5 mm, we have
3π(40.5) 3 F
δ= = 66.4F mm Ans.
131(72)
where F is in kN.
4-65
P R
l
x
∂M
M = −P x, = −x 0≤x ≤l
∂P
∂M
M = Pl + P R(1 − cos θ), = l + R(1 − cos θ) 0 ≤ θ ≤ l
∂P
l π/2 !
1
δP = −P x(−x) dx + P[l + R(1 − cos θ)] R dθ
2
EI 0 0
P
= {4l 3 + 3R[2πl 2 + 4(π − 2)l R + (3π − 8) R 2 ]} Ans.
12E I
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 103
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 103
A
C
B
∂M π
M = P R sin θ + Q R(1 + sin θ), = R(1 + sin θ), 0 ≤ θ ≤
∂Q 2
π/2
∂U 1
(δ A ) V = = ( P R sin θ)[R(1 + sin θ)]R dθ
∂ Q Q=0 EI 0
P R3 θ sin 2θ π/2 P R3 π
= −cos θ + − = 1+
EI 2 4 0 EI 4
π + 4 P R3
= Ans.
4 EI
∂M
B: M = P R sin θ, = R sin θ
∂P
π/2
∂U 1
(δ B ) V = = ( P R sin θ)( R sin θ) R dθ
∂P EI 0
π P R3
= Ans.
4 EI
4-67 y
T
M
x
200 N
z
200 N
∂M π
M = P R sin θ, = R sin θ 0<θ <
∂P 2
∂T
T = P R(1 − cos θ), = R(1 − cos θ)
∂P
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 104
FIRST PAGES
104 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
π/2 π/2 !
∂U 1 1
(δ A ) y = − =− P( R sin θ) R dθ +
2
P[R(1 − cos θ)] R dθ
2
∂P EI 0 GJ 0
Integrating and substituting J = 2I and G = E/[2(1 + ν)]
P R3 π 3π P R3
(δ A ) y = − + (1 + ν) − 2 = −[4π − 8 + (3π − 8)ν]
EI 4 4 4E I
(200)(100) 3
= −[4π − 8 + (3π − 8)(0.29)] = −40.6 mm
4(200)(103 )(π/64)(5) 4
F
R ∂U
(a) (δ B ) H = =0
A
∂H
B H
F
2
Due to symmetry, consider half of the structure. F does not deflect horizontally.
FR ∂M π
M= (1 − cos θ) − H R sin θ, = −R sin θ, 0 < θ <
2 ∂H 2
π/2
∂U 1 FR
= (1 − cos θ) − H R sin θ (−R sin θ) R dθ = 0
∂H EI 0 2
F F π F
− + +H =0 ⇒ H = Ans.
2 4 4 π
Reaction at A is the same where H goes to the left
π FR FR
(b) For 0 < θ < , M=
(1 − cos θ) − sin θ
2 2 π
FR
M= [π(1 − cos θ) − 2 sin θ] Ans.
2π
Due to symmetry, the solution for the left side is identical.
∂M R
(c) = [π(1 − cos θ) − 2 sin θ]
∂F 2π
π/2
∂U 2 F R2
δF = = [π(1 − cos θ) − 2 sin θ]2 R dθ
∂F EI 0 4π 2
π/2
F R3
= 2
(π 2 + π 2 cos2 θ + 4 sin2 θ − 2π 2 cos θ
2π E I 0
− 4π sin θ + 4π sin θ cos θ) dθ
F R3 2 π 2 π π
= π +π +4 − 2π − 4π + 2π
2
2π 2 E I 2 4 4
(3π 2 − 8π − 4) F R 3
= Ans.
8π EI
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 105
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 105
e = R − rn = 9.035 mm
Straight section 1
y Iz = (60)(203 ) + 60(20)(30 − 10) 2
12
z
30 mm
1
50 mm +2 (10)(60 ) + 10(60)(50 − 30)
3 2
12
= 1.36(106 ) mm4
Fr F For 0 ≤ x ≤ 100 mm
F ∂M ∂V
100 mm M = −F x, = −x; V = F, =1
∂F ∂F
M
x
For θ ≤ π/2
∂ Fr ∂ Fθ
Fr = F cos θ,
= cos θ; Fθ = F sin θ, = sin θ
∂F ∂F
∂M
M = F(100 + 55 sin θ), = (100 + 55 sin θ)
∂F
Use Eq. (5-34), integrate from 0 to π/2, double the results and add straight part
100 π/2
2 1 100 (1) F(1) dx (100 + 55 sin θ) 2
δ= F x dx +
2
+ F dθ
E I 0 0 2400(G/E) 0 2400(9.035)
π/2 π/2
F sin2 θ(55) F(100 + 55 sin θ)
+ dθ − sin θdθ
0 2400 0 2400
π/2 π/2 !
F sin θ(100 + 55 sin θ) (1) F cos2 θ(55)
− dθ + dθ
0 2400 0 2400(G/E)
Substitute
I = 1.36(103 ) mm2 , F = 30(103 ) N, E = 207(103 ) N/mm2 , G = 79(103 ) N/mm2
2 1003 207 100 2.908(104 ) 55 π
δ= 3
3
30(10 ) 6
+ + +
207(10 ) 3(1.36)(10 ) 79 2400 2400(9.035) 2400 4
!
2 207 55 π
− (143.197) + = 0.476 mm Ans.
2400 79 2400 4
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 106
FIRST PAGES
106 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
4-70
M Fr
R
F
F
∂M
M = F R sin θ − Q R(1 − cos θ), = −R(1 − cos θ)
∂Q
∂ Fθ
Fθ = Q cos θ + F sin θ, = cos θ
∂Q
∂
( M Fθ ) = [F R sin θ − Q R(1 − cos θ)] cos θ
∂Q
+ [−R(1 − cos θ)][Q cos θ + F sin θ]
∂ Fr
Fr = F cos θ − Q sin θ, = −sin θ
∂Q
From Eq. (4-33)
π π
∂U 1 R
δ= = ( F R sin θ)[−R(1 − cos θ)] dθ + F sin θ cos θdθ
∂ Q Q=0 AeE 0 AE 0
π
1
− [F R sin θ cos θ − F R sin θ(1 − cos θ)] dθ
AE 0
CR π
+ −F cos θ sin θdθ
AG 0
2F R 2 2F R R 2F R
=− +0+ +0=− −1 Ans.
AeE AE e AE
4-71 The cross section at A does not rotate, thus for a single quadrant we have
∂U
=0
∂ MA
The bending moment at an angle θ to the x axis is
F FR
M = MA − ( R − x) = M A − (1 − cos θ) (1)
2 2
because x = R cos θ. Next,
π/2
M2 M2
U= ds = R dθ
2E I 0 2E I
since ds = R dθ. Then
π/2
∂U R ∂M
= M dθ = 0
∂ MA EI 0 ∂ MA
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 107
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 107
4-73
Cπ 2 E I
Pcr =
l2
π π D4
I = (D − d ) =
4 4
(1 − K 4 )
64 64
Cπ E π D
2 4
Pcr = (1 − K )
4
l2 64
1/4
64Pcr l 2
D= Ans.
π 3 C E(1 − K 4 )
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 108
FIRST PAGES
108 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
4-74
π 2 π 4 π 4
A= D (1 − K 2 ), I = D (1 − K 4 ) = D (1 − K 2 )(1 + K 2 ),
4 64 64
I D2
k2 = = (1 + K 2 )
A 16
From Eq. (4-43)
Pcr S y2 l 2 S y2 l 2
= S y − = S y −
(π/4) D 2 (1 − K 2 ) 4π 2 k 2 C E 4π 2 ( D 2 /16)(1 + K 2 )C E
4S y2 l 2 π D 2 (1 − K 2 )
4Pcr = π D (1 − K )S y −
2 2
π 2 D 2 (1 + K 2 )C E
4S y2 l 2 (1 − K 2 )
π D 2 (1 − K 2 )S y = 4Pcr +
π(1 + K 2 )C E
1/2
4Pcr 4S y2 l 2 (1 − K 2 )
D= +
π S y (1 − K 2 ) π(1 + K 2 )C Eπ(1 − K 2 )S y
1/2
Pcr Sy l 2
=2 + Ans.
π S y (1 − K 2 ) π 2 C E(1 + K 2 )
4-75 (a)
3
+ M A = 0, 2.5(180) − √ FB O (1.75) = 0 ⇒ FB O = 297.7 lbf
32 + 1.752
Using n d = 5, design for Fcr = n d FB O = 5(297.7) = 1488 lbf, l = 32 + 1.752 =
3.473 ft, S y = 24 kpsi
In plane: k = 0.2887h = 0.2887", C = 1.0
Try 1" × 1/2" section
l 3.473(12)
= = 144.4
k 0.2887
2 1/2
l 2π (1)(30)(106 )
= = 157.1
k 1 24(103 )
Since (l/k) 1 > (l/k) use Johnson formula
2
1 24(103 ) 1
Pcr = (1) 24(10 ) −
3
144.4 = 6930 lbf
2 2π 1(30)(106 )
Chapter 4 109
4-77
π
F = 800 (32 ) = 5655 lbf, S y = 37.5 kpsi
4
Pcr = n d F = 3(5655) = 17 000 lbf
(a) Assume Euler with C = 1
1/4 1/4
π Pcr l 2 64Pcr l 2 64(17)(103 )(602 )
I = d4 = ⇒ d= = = 1.433 in
64 Cπ 2 E π 3C E π 3 (1)(30)(106 )
Use d = 1.5 in; k = d/4 = 0.375
l 60
= = 160
k 0.375
2 1/2
l 2π (1)(30)(106 )
= = 126 ∴ use Euler
k 1 37.5(103 )
π 2 (30)(106 )(π/64)(1.54 )
Pcr = = 20 440 lbf
602
d = 1.5 in is satisfactory. Ans.
1/4
64(17)(103 )(182 )
(b) d= = 0.785 in, so use 0.875 in
π 3 (1)(30)(106 )
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 110
FIRST PAGES
110 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
0.875
k= = 0.2188 in
4
18
l/k = = 82.3 try Johnson
0.2188
2
π 37.5(103
) 1
Pcr = (0.8752 ) 37.5(103 ) − 82.3 = 17 714 lbf
4 2π 1(30)(106 )
4-78
W 9.8(400) 3920 N
Chapter 4 111
3598
9218
mg − m ÿ = 0, so ÿ = g mg
mg − k( y − h) − m ÿ = 0 for y > h
mg
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 112
FIRST PAGES
112 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Now let x = y − h; then ẋ = ẏ and ẍ = ÿ. So the D.E. is ẍ + (k/m)x = g with solution
ω = (k/m) 1/2 and
mg
x = A cos ωt
+ B sin ωt
+
k
k
To find ymax set ẏ = 0. Solving gives
v0 k
tan ωt
= −
Wω
−1 v0 k
or (ωt )* = tan −
Wω
The first value of (ωt
)* is a minimum and negative. So add π radians to it to find the
maximum.
Numerical example: h = 1 in, W = 30 lbf, k = 100 lbf/in. Then
ω = (k/m) 1/2 = [100(386)/30]1/2 = 35.87 rad/s
W/k = 30/100 = 0.3
v0 = (2gh) 1/2 = [2(386)(1)]1/2 = 27.78 in/s
Then
27.78
y = −0.3 cos 35.87t
+ sin 35.87t
+ 0.3 + 1
35.87
For ymax
v0 k 27.78(100)
tan ωt
= − =− = −2.58
Wω 30(35.87)
(ωt
)* = −1.20 rad (minimum)
(ωt
)* = −1.20 + π = 1.940 (maximum)
Then t
* = 1.940/35.87 = 0.0541 s. This means that the spring bottoms out at t
* seconds.
Then (ωt
)* = 35.87(0.0541) = 1.94 rad
27.78
So ymax = −0.3 cos 1.94 + sin 1.94 + 0.3 + 1 = 2.130 in Ans.
35.87
The maximum spring force is Fmax = k( ymax − h) = 100(2.130 − 1) = 113 lbf Ans.
The action is illustrated by the graph below. Applications: Impact, such as a dropped
package or a pogo stick with a passive rider. The idea has also been used for a one-legged
robotic walking machine.
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 113
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 4 113
y
Free fall 0
Speeds agree
ymax
4-82 Choose t
= 0 at the instant of impact. At this instant, v1 = (2gh) 1/2 . Using momentum,
m 1 v1 = m 2 v2 . Thus
W1 W1 + W2
(2gh) 1/2 = v2
g g
W1 (2gh) 1/2
v2 =
W1 + W2
Therefore at t
= 0, y = 0, and ẏ = v2
y
W1 W2
Let W = W1 + W2
ky W1
At t
= 0, y = 0 ⇒ A = −W1 /k
At t
= 0, ẏ = v2 ⇒ v2 = Bω
Then
v2 W1 (2gh) 1/2
B= =
ω (W1 + W2 )[kg/(W1 + W2 )]1/2
We now have
1/2
W1
2h W1
y=− cos ωt + W1 sin ωt
+
k k(W1 + W2 ) k
Transforming gives
1/2
W1 2hk W1
y= +1 cos(ωt
− φ) +
k W1 + W2 k
where φ is a phase angle. The maximum deflection of W2 and the maximum spring force
are thus
budynas_SM_ch04.qxd 11/28/2006 20:50 Page 114
FIRST PAGES
114 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
1/2
W1 2hk W1
ymax = +1 + Ans.
k W1 + W2 k
1/2
2hk
Fmax = kymax + W2 = W1 +1 + W1 + W2 Ans.
W1 + W2
y
W
k1(x y) k2 y
Then
W
ÿ = k1 (x − y) − k2 y
g
A particular solution for x = a is
k1 a
y=
k1 + k2
Then the complementary plus the particular solution is
k1 a
y = A cos ωt + B sin ωt +
k1 + k2
1/2
(k1 + k2 )g
where ω=
W
At t = 0, y = 0, and ẏ = 0. Therefore B = 0 and
k1 a
A=−
k1 + k2
Substituting,
k1 a
y= (1 − cos ωt)
k1 + k2
Since y is maximum when the cosine is −1
2k1 a
ymax = Ans.
k1 + k2
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 115
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5
5-1
Sy
MSS: σ1 − σ3 = S y /n ⇒ n=
σ1 − σ3
Sy
DE: n=
σ
1/2 2 1/2
σ = σ A2 − σ A σ B + σ B2 = σx − σx σ y + σ y2 + 3τx2y
(a) MSS: σ1 = 12, σ2 = 6, σ3 = 0 kpsi
50
n= = 4.17 Ans.
12
50
DE: σ = (122 − 6(12) + 62 ) 1/2 = 10.39 kpsi, n= = 4.81 Ans.
10.39
12 12 2
(b) σ A , σ B = ± + (−8) 2 = 16, −4 kpsi
2 2
σ1 = 16, σ2 = 0, σ3 = −4 kpsi
50
MSS: n= = 2.5 Ans.
16 − (−4)
50
DE: σ = (122 + 3(−82 )) 1/2 = 18.33 kpsi, n = = 2.73 Ans.
18.33
−6 − 10 −6 + 10 2
(c) σ A , σ B = ± + (−5) 2 = −2.615, −13.385 kpsi
2 2
σ1 = 0, σ2 = −2.615, σ3 = −13.385 kpsi
B
50
MSS: n= = 3.74 Ans.
0 − (−13.385)
DE: σ = [(−6) 2 − (−6)(−10) + (−10) 2 + 3(−5) 2 ]1/2 A
= 12.29 kpsi
50
n= = 4.07 Ans.
12.29
12 + 4 12 − 4 2
(d) σ A , σ B = ± + 12 = 12.123, 3.877 kpsi
2 2
σ1 = 12.123, σ2 = 3.877, σ3 = 0 kpsi
50
MSS: n= = 4.12 Ans.
12.123 − 0
DE: σ = [122 − 12(4) + 42 + 3(12 )]1/2 = 10.72 kpsi
50
n= = 4.66 Ans.
10.72
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 116
FIRST PAGES
116 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-2 S y = 50 kpsi
Sy
MSS: σ1 − σ3 = S y /n ⇒ n=
σ1 − σ3
2 1/2 1/2
DE: σ A − σ A σ B + σ B2 = S y /n ⇒ n = S y / σ A2 − σ A σ B + σ B2
50
(a) MSS: σ1 = 12 kpsi, σ3 = 0, n = = 4.17 Ans.
12 − 0
50
DE: n= = 4.17 Ans.
[122 − (12)(12) + 122 ]1/2
50
(b) MSS: σ1 = 12 kpsi, σ3 = 0, n = = 4.17 Ans.
12
50
DE: n= = 4.81 Ans.
[122 − (12)(6) + 62 ]1/2
50
(c) MSS: σ1 = 12 kpsi, σ3 = −12 kpsi, n = = 2.08 Ans.
12 − (−12)
50
DE: n= = 2.41 Ans.
[122 − (12)(−12) + (−12) 2 ]1/3
50
(d) MSS: σ1 = 0, σ3 = −12 kpsi, n = = 4.17 Ans.
−(−12)
50
DE: n= = 4.81
[(−6) 2 − (−6)(−12) + (−12) 2 ]1/2
Chapter 5 117
160 160 2
(c) σ A , σ B = − ± − + 1002 = 48.06, −208.06 MPa = σ1 , σ3
2 2
390
MSS: n= = 1.52 Ans.
48.06 − (−208.06)
390
DE: n= = 1.65 Ans.
[−160 + 3(1002 )]1/2
2
118 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-5
OB 2.23
(a) MSS: n= = = 2.1
OA 1.08
OC 2.56
DE: n= = = 2.4
OA 1.08
OE 1.65
(b) MSS: n= = = 1.5
OD 1.10
OF 1.8
DE: n= = = 1.6
OD 1.1
B
(a)
C
B
Scale
1" ⫽ 200 MPa
O A
D
E F (b)
G K
L
(d)
I
(c)
OH 1.68
(c) MSS: n= = = 1.6
OG 1.05
OI 1.85
DE: n= = = 1.8
OG 1.05
OK 1.38
(d) MSS: n= = = 1.3
OJ 1.05
OL 1.62
DE: n= = = 1.5
OJ 1.05
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 119
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 119
(a)
C
B
H
J
I
(c)
L
(d)
OH 1.55
(c) MSS: n= = = 1.2
OG 1.3
OI 1.8
DE: n= = = 1.4
OG 1.3
OK 2.82
(d) MSS: n= = = 2.2
OJ 1.3
OL 3.1
DE: n= = = 2.4
OJ 1.3
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 120
FIRST PAGES
120 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
−100
MNS: Eq. (5-30b) n= = 6.25 Ans.
−16
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 121
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 121
1 4 (−16)
BCM: Eq. (5-31b) = − ⇒ n = 3.41 Ans.
n 30 100
1 (100 − 30)4 −16
MM: Eq. (5-32b) = − ⇒ n = 3.95 Ans.
n 100(30) 100
B
O
A
C
E
D (b)
K
F
J
L
(c) (d)
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 122
FIRST PAGES
122 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
OB 1.55
(a) For all methods: n= = = 1.5
OA 1.03
OD 1.4
(b) BCM: n= = = 1.75
OC 0.8
OE 1.55
All other methods: n= = = 1.9
OC 0.8
OL 5.2
(c) For all methods: n= = = 7.6
OK 0.68
OJ 5.12
(d) MNS: n= = = 6.2
OF 0.82
OG 2.85
BCM: n= = = 3.5
OF 0.82
OH 3.3
MM: n= = = 4.0
OF 0.82
5-9 Given: S y = 42 kpsi, Sut = 66.2 kpsi, ε f = 0.90. Since ε f > 0.05, the material is ductile and
thus we may follow convention by setting S yc = S yt .
Use DE theory for analytical solution. For σ , use Eq. (5-13) or (5-15) for plane stress and
Eq. (5-12) or (5-14) for general 3-D.
Chapter 5 123
B
(d)
H
1 cm ⫽ 10 kpsi
G
O
A
C (b)
D
A
B (a)
F
(c)
5-10 This heat-treated steel exhibits S yt = 235 kpsi, S yc = 275 kpsi and ε f = 0.06. The steel is
ductile (ε f > 0.05) but of unequal yield strengths. The Ductile Coulomb-Mohr hypothesis
(DCM) of Fig. 5-19 applies — confine its use to first and fourth quadrants.
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 124
FIRST PAGES
124 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
(a) σx = 90 kpsi, σ y = −50 kpsi, σz = 0 σ A = 90 kpsi and σ B = −50 kpsi. For the
fourth quadrant, from Eq. (5-31b)
1 1
n= = = 1.77 Ans.
(σ A /S yt ) − (σ B /Suc ) (90/235) − (−50/275)
(b) σx = 120 kpsi, τx y = −30 kpsi ccw. σ A , σ B = 127.1, −7.08 kpsi. For the fourth
quadrant
1
n= = 1.76 Ans.
(127.1/235) − (−7.08/275)
(c) σx = −40 kpsi, σ y = −90 kpsi, τx y = 50 kpsi . σ A , σ B = −9.10, −120.9 kpsi.
Although no solution exists for the third quadrant, use
S yc 275
n=− =− = 2.27 Ans.
σy −120.9
(d) σx = 110 kpsi, σ y = 40 kpsi, τx y = 10 kpsi cw. σ A , σ B = 111.4, 38.6 kpsi. For the
first quadrant
S yt 235
n= = = 2.11 Ans.
σA 111.4
Graphical Solution:
B
OB 1.82
(a) n = = = 1.78
OA 1.02
OD 2.24
(b) n = = = 1.75
OC 1.28
OF 2.75
(c) n = = = 2.22
OE 1.24
OH 2.46
(d) n = = = 2.08 H (d)
OG 1.18
1 in ⫽ 100 kpsi
G
O A
C (b)
D
B (a)
F
(c)
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 125
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 125
5-11 The material is brittle and exhibits unequal tensile and compressive strengths. Decision:
Use the Modified Mohr theory.
Sut = 22 kpsi, Suc = 83 kpsi
(a) σx = 9 kpsi, σ y = −5 kpsi. σ A , σ B = 9, −5 kpsi. For the fourth quadrant,
| σσ BA | = 59 < 1, use Eq. (5-32a)
Sut 22
n= = = 2.44 Ans.
σA 9
(b) σx = 12 kpsi, τx y = −3 kpsi ccw. σ A , σ B = 12.7, −0.708 kpsi. For the fourth quad-
rant, | σσ BA | = 012
.708
.7 < 1,
Sut 22
n= = = 1.73 Ans.
σA 12.7
(c) σx = −4 kpsi, σ y = −9 kpsi, τx y = 5 kpsi . σ A , σ B = −0.910, −12.09 kpsi. For the
third quadrant, no solution exists; however, use Eq. (6-32c)
−83
n= = 6.87 Ans.
−12.09
(d) σx = 11 kpsi, σ y = 4 kpsi,τx y = 1 kpsi. σ A , σ B = 11.14, 3.86 kpsi. For the first quadrant
SA S yt 22
n= = = = 1.97 Ans.
σA σA 11.14
B
30
Sut ⫽ 22
(d )
A
30
(b)
(a)
–50
Sut ⫽ 83
(c) –90
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 126
FIRST PAGES
126 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
.
5-12 Since ε f < 0.05, the material is brittle. Thus, Sut = Suc and we may use MM which is
basically the same as MNS.
(a) σ A , σ B = 9, −5 kpsi
35
n= = 3.89 Ans.
9
(b) σ A , σ B = 12.7, −0.708 kpsi
35
n= = 2.76 Ans.
12.7
(c) σ A , σ B = −0.910, −12.09 kpsi (3rd quadrant)
36
n= = 2.98 Ans. B
12.09
(d) σ A , σ B = 11.14, 3.86 kpsi
35
n= = 3.14 Ans.
11.14
1 cm ⫽ 10 kpsi
G
OB 4
(a) n = = = 4.0 Ans. A
OA 1 O
C D (b)
A
OD 3.45
(b) n = = = 2.70 Ans. E
OC 1.28
OF 3.7 B (a)
(c) n = = = 2.85 Ans. (3rd quadrant)
OE 1.3
F
OH 3.6
(d) n = = = 3.13 Ans. (c)
OG 1.15
Chapter 5 127
OB 4.25
(a) n = = = 1.50
OA 2.83
OD 4.24 B
(b) n = = = 2.00 B (a)
OC 2.12
OF 15.5
(c) n = = = 1.37 (3rd quadrant) A
OE 11.3
OH 4.9
(d) n = = = 1.69
OG 2.9
O A
1 cm ⫽ 10 kpsi
G
D
(b)
(d)
F
(c)
5-14 Given: AISI 1006 CD steel, F = 0.55 N, P = 8.0 kN, and T = 30 N · m, applying the
DE theory to stress elements A and B with Sy = 280 MPa
32Fl 4P 32(0.55)(103 )(0.1) 4(8)(103 )
A: σx = + = +
πd 3 πd 2 π(0.0203 ) π(0.0202 )
= 95.49(106 ) Pa = 95.49 MPa
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 128
FIRST PAGES
128 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
16T 16(30)
τx y = = = 19.10(106 ) Pa = 19.10 MPa
πd 3 π(0.0203 )
1/2
σ = σx2 + 3τx2y = [95.492 + 3(19.1) 2 ]1/2 = 101.1 MPa
Sy 280
n=
= = 2.77 Ans.
σ 101.1
4P 4(8)(103 )
B: σx = = = 25.47(106 ) Pa = 25.47 MPa
πd 3 π(0.020 )
2
16T 4V 16(30) 4 0.55(103 )
τx y = + = +
πd 3 3 A π(0.0203 ) 3 (π/4)(0.0202 )
= 21.43(106 ) Pa = 21.43 MPa
σ = [25.472 + 3(21.432 )]1/2 = 45.02 MPa
280
n= = 6.22 Ans.
45.02
5-15 S y = 32 kpsi
32M 32(1140)
σx = = = 27 520 psi
πd 3 π(3/4) 3
16T 16(760)
τzx = = = 9175 psi
πd 3 π(3/4) 3
2
27 520
τmax = + 91752 = 16 540 psi
2
Sy 32
n= = = 0.967 Ans.
2τmax 2(16.54)
MSS predicts yielding
5-16 From Prob. 4-15, σx = 27.52 kpsi, τzx = 9.175 kpsi. For Eq. (5-15), adjusted for coordinates,
1/2
σ = 27.522 + 3(9.175) 2 = 31.78 kpsi
Sy 32
n=
= = 1.01 Ans.
σ 31.78
DE predicts no yielding, but it is extremely close. Shaft size should be increased.
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 129
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 129
130 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-18 For a thin walled cylinder made of AISI 1018 steel, S y = 54 kpsi, Sut = 64 kpsi.
The state of stress is
pd p(8) pd
σt = = = 40 p, σl = = 20 p, σr = − p
4t 4(0.05) 8t
These three are all principal stresses. Therefore,
1
σ = √ [(σ1 − σ2 ) 2 + (σ2 − σ3 ) 2 + (σ3 − σ1 ) 2 ]1/2
2
1
= √ [(40 p − 20 p) 2 + (20 p + p) 2 + (− p − 40 p) 2 ]
2
= 35.51 p = 54 ⇒ p = 1.52 kpsi (for yield) Ans.
. .
For rupture, 35.51 p = 64 ⇒ p = 1.80 kpsi Ans.
5-19 For hot-forged AISI steel w = 0.282 lbf/in3 , S y = 30 kpsi and ν = 0.292. Then ρ = w/g =
0.282/386 lbf · s2 /in; ri = 3 in; ro = 5 in; ri2 = 9; ro2 = 25; 3 + ν = 3.292; 1 + 3ν = 1.876.
Eq. (3-55) for r = ri becomes
3+ν 1 + 3ν
σt = ρω 2
2ro + ri 1 −
2 2
8 3+ν
Rearranging and substituting the above values:
Sy 0.282 3.292 1.876
= 50 + 9 1 −
ω2 386 8 3.292
= 0.016 19
Setting the tangential stress equal to the yield stress,
30 000 1/2
ω= = 1361 rad/s
0.016 19
or n = 60ω/2π = 60(1361)/(2π)
= 13 000 rev/min
= 0.001 203ω2
Applying Eq. (3-55) for σt
2 0.282 3.292 9(25) 1.876(15)
σt = ω 9 + 25 + −
386 8 15 3.292
= 0.012 16ω2
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 131
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 131
5-21 Table A-20 gives S y as 320 MPa. The maximum significant stress condition occurs at ri
where σ1 = σr = 0, σ2 = 0, and σ3 = σt . From Eq. (3-49) for r = ri , pi = 0,
2ro2 po 2(1502 ) po
σt = − = − = −3.6 po
ro2 − ri2 1502 − 1002
σ = 3.6 po = S y = 320
320
po = = 88.9 MPa Ans.
3.6
5-22 Sut = 30 kpsi, w = 0.260 lbf/in3 , ν = 0.211, 3 + ν = 3.211, 1 + 3ν = 1.633. At the inner
radius, from Prob. 5-19
σt 3+ν 1 + 3ν 2
=ρ 2ro + ri −
2 2
r
ω2 8 3+ν i
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 132
FIRST PAGES
132 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
y
223 lbf 127 lbf
B C
A D
8" 8" 6"
350 lbf
xy plane
In the x z plane, M B = 848 lbf · in and MC = 1686 lbf · in. The resultants are
M B = [(1784) 2 + (848) 2 ]1/2 = 1975 lbf · in
MC = [(1686) 2 + (762) 2 ]1/2 = 1850 lbf · in
So point B governs and the stresses are
16T 16(1000) 5093
τx y = = = 3 psi
πd 3 πd 3 d
32M B 32(1975) 20 120
σx = = = psi
πd 3 πd 3 d3
Then 2 1/2
σx σx
σ A, σB = ± + τx y
2
2 2
1/2
2
1 20.12 20.12
σ A, σB = 3 ± + (5.09) 2
d 2 2
(10.06 ± 11.27)
= kpsi · in3
d3
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 133
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 133
Then
10.06 + 11.27 21.33
σA = 3
= kpsi
d d3
and
10.06 − 11.27 1.21
σB = 3
= − 3 kpsi
d d
For this state of stress, use the Brittle-Coulomb-Mohr theory for illustration. Here we use
Sut (min) = 25 kpsi, Suc (min) = 97 kpsi, and Eq. (5-31b) to arrive at
21.33 −1.21 1
3
− 3
=
25d 97d 2.8
Solving gives d = 1.34 in. So use d = 1 3/8 in Ans.
Note that this has been solved as a statics problem. Fatigue will be considered in the next
chapter.
5-24 As in Prob. 5-23, we will assume this to be statics problem. Since the proportions are un-
changed, the bearing reactions will be the same as in Prob. 5-23. Thus
x y plane: M B = 223(4) = 892 lbf · in
x z plane: M B = 106(4) = 424 lbf · in
So
Mmax = [(892) 2 + (424) 2 ]1/2 = 988 lbf · in
32M B 32(988) 10 060
σx = = = psi
πd 3 πd 3 d3
Since the torsional stress is unchanged,
τx z = 5.09/d 3 kpsi
1/2
2
1 10.06 10.06
σ A, σB = 3 ± + (5.09) 2
d 2 2
134 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
ROy = 193.7 lbf 246.3 lbf ROz = 233.5 lbf 676.6 lbf
A B C A B C
O x O x
20" 16" 10" 20" 16" 10"
RBy = 158.1 lbf z RBz = 807.5 lbf
281.9 lbf 102.6 lbf
xy plane xz plane
M A = 20 193.72 + 233.52 = 6068 lbf · in
M B = 10 246.32 + 676.62 = 7200 lbf · in (maximum)
32(7200) 73 340
σx = =
πd 3 d3
16(3383) 17 230
τx y = =
πd 3 d3
1/2 Sy
σ = σx2 + 3τx2y =
n
2 1/2
73 340 17 230 2 79 180 60 000
3
+3 3
= 3
=
d d d 3.5
y 107.0 N 252.6 N
Chapter 5 135
M A = 0.3 163.42 + 1072 = 58.59 N · m (maximum)
M B = 0.15 89.22 + 174.42 = 29.38 N · m
32(58.59) 596.8
σx = =
πd 3 d3
16(33) 168.1
τx y = =
πd 3 d3
1/2
2
2 1/2 596.8 2 168.1 2 664.0 370(106 )
σ = σx + 3τx y = +3 = =
d3 d3 d3 3.0
136 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-31
When the ring is set, the hoop tension in the ring is
w
equal to the screw tension.
dF
ri2 pi ro2
σt = 2 1+ 2
r ro − ri2 r
We have the hoop tension at any radius. The differential hoop tension d F is
d F = wσt dr
ro ro
wri2 pi ro2
F= wσt dr = 2 1 + 2 dr = wri pi (1)
ri ro − ri2 ri r
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 137
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 137
5-32
(a) From Prob. 5-31, T = 0.2Fi d
T 190
Fi = = = 3800 lbf Ans.
0.2d 0.2(0.25)
(b) From Prob. 5-31, F = wri pi
F Fi 3800
pi = = = = 15 200 psi Ans.
wri wri 0.5(0.5)
ri2 pi ro2 pi ri2 + ro2
(c) σt = 2 1+ =
ro − ri2 r r=ri ro2 − ri2
15 200(0.52 + 12 )
= = 25 333 psi Ans.
12 − 0.52
σr = − pi = −15 200 psi
σ1 − σ3 σt − σr
(d) τmax = =
2 2
25 333 − (−15 200)
= = 20 267 psi Ans.
2
1/2
σ = σ A2 + σ B2 − σ A σ B
= [25 3332 + (−15 200) 2 − 25 333(−15 200)]1/2
= 35 466 psi Ans.
(e) Maximum Shear hypothesis
Ssy 0.5S y 0.5(63)
n= = = = 1.55 Ans.
τmax τmax 20.267
Distortion Energy theory
Sy 63
n= = = 1.78 Ans.
σ 35 466
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 138
FIRST PAGES
138 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-33
1"R
re The moment about the center caused by force F
1"
is Fre where re is the effective radius. This is
R
2 balanced by the moment about the center
caused by the tangential (hoop) stress.
ro
Fre = rσt w dr
t ri
wpi r 2 ro ro2
r = 2 i2 r+ dr
r o − ri ri r
wpi ri2 ro2 − ri2 r o
re = 2 + ro2 ln
F ro − ri2 2 ri
Chapter 5 139
5-36 Max. shrink-fit conditions: Diametral interference δd = 50.01 − 49.97 = 0.04 mm. Equa-
tion (3-57) using diametral values:
207(103 )0.04 (752 − 502 )(502 − 252 )
p= = 38.81 MPa Ans.
503 2(752 − 252 )
2
50 + 252
Eq. (3-58): (σt ) i = −38.81 = −64.68 MPa
502 − 252
(σr ) i = −38.81 MPa
Eq. (5-13):
1/2
σi = (−64.68) 2 − (−64.68)(−38.81) + (−38.81) 2
140 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-37
1.9998 1.999
δ= − = 0.0004 in
2 2
Eq. (3-56)
2 2
p(1) 2 + 12 p(1) 1 +0
0.0004 = + 0.211 + − 0.292
14.5(106 ) 22 − 12 30(106 ) 12 − 0
p = 2613 psi
Applying Eq. (4-58) at R,
22 + 12
(σt ) o = 2613 2 = 4355 psi
2 − 12
(σr ) o = −2613 psi, Sut = 20 kpsi, Suc = 83 kpsi
σo 2613
=
σ 4355 < 1, ∴ use Eq. (5-32a)
A
Outer member:
1.752 (2.997)
Outer radius: (σt ) o = (2) = 19.58 kpsi, (σr ) o = 0
22 − 1.752
1.752 (2.997) 22
Inner radius: (σt ) i = 2 1+ = 22.58 kpsi, (σr ) i = −2.997 kpsi
2 − 1.752 1.752
Bending:
6.000(2/2)
ro : (σx ) o = = 11.18 kpsi
0.5369
6.000(1.75/2)
ri : (σx ) i = = 9.78 kpsi
0.5369
Torsion: J = 2I = 1.0738 in4
8.000(2/2)
ro : (τx y ) o = = 7.45 kpsi
1.0738
8.000(1.75/2)
ri : (τx y ) i = = 6.52 kpsi
1.0738
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 141
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 141
—2.997 kpsi
9.78 kpsi
22.58 kpsi
x y
6.52 kpsi
5-39 From Prob. 5-38: p = 2.997 kpsi, I = 0.5369 in4 , J = 1.0738 in4
Inner member:
(0.8752 + 0.752 )
Outer radius: (σt ) o = −2.997 = −19.60 kpsi
(0.8752 − 0.752 )
(σr ) o = −2.997 kpsi
2(2.997)(0.8752 )
Inner radius: (σt ) i = − = −22.59 kpsi
0.8752 − 0.752
(σr ) i = 0
Bending:
6(0.875)
ro : (σx ) o = = 9.78 kpsi
0.5369
6(0.75)
ri : (σx ) i = = 8.38 kpsi
0.5369
Torsion:
8(0.875)
ro : (τx y ) o = = 6.52 kpsi
1.0738
8(0.75)
ri : (τx y ) i = = 5.59 kpsi
1.0738
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 142
FIRST PAGES
142 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
The inner radius is in plane stress: σx = 8.38 kpsi, σ y = −22.59 kpsi, τx y = 5.59 kpsi
σi = [8.382 − (8.38)(−22.59) + (−22.59) 2 + 3(5.592 )]1/2 = 29.4 kpsi
Sy 60
ni = = = 2.04 Ans.
σi 29.4
Outer radius experiences a radial stress, σr
1
1/2
σo = √ (−19.60 + 2.997) 2 + (−2.997 − 9.78) 2 + (9.78 + 19.60) 2 + 6(6.52) 2
2
= 27.9 kpsi
60
no = = 2.15 Ans.
27.9
5-40
1 KI θ KI θ θ 3θ 2
σp = 2√ cos ± √ sin cos sin
2 2πr 2 2πr 2 2 2
1/2
KI θ θ 3θ 2
+ √ sin cos cos
2πr 2 2 2
1/2
KI θ θ θ 3θ θ θ 3θ
=√ cos ± sin2 cos2 sin2 + sin2 cos2 cos2
2πr 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
KI θ θ θ KI θ θ
=√ cos ± cos sin =√ cos 1 ± sin
2πr 2 2 2 2πr 2 2
Plane stress: The third principal stress is zero and
KI θ θ KI θ θ
σ1 = √ cos 1 + sin , σ2 = √ cos 1 − sin , σ3 = 0 Ans.
2πr 2 2 2πr 2 2
Plane strain: σ1 and σ2 equations still valid however,
KI θ
σ3 = ν(σx + σ y ) = 2ν √ cos Ans.
2πr 2
5-41 For θ = 0 and plane strain, the principal stress equations of Prob. 5-40 give
KI KI
σ1 = σ2 = √ , σ3 = 2ν √ = 2νσ1
2πr 2πr
1
(a) DE: √ [(σ1 − σ1 ) 2 + (σ1 − 2νσ1 ) 2 + (2νσ1 − σ1 ) 2 ]1/2 = S y
2
σ1 − 2νσ1 = S y
1 1
For ν = , 1−2 σ1 = S y ⇒ σ1 = 3S y Ans.
3 3
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 143
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 143
F
Eq. (6-51) 70 = 1.3 π(0.625)
4(0.5)
F = 76.9 kips Ans.
√
5-43 Given: a = 12.5 mm, K I c = 80 MPa · m, S y = 1200 MPa, Sut = 1350 MPa
350 350 − 50
ro = = 175 mm, ri = = 150 mm
2 2
12.5
a/(ro − ri ) = = 0.5
175 − 150
150
ri /ro = = 0.857
175
.
Fig. 5-30: β = 2.5
√
Eq. (5-37): K I c = βσ πa
80 = 2.5σ π(0.0125)
σ = 161.5 MPa
Eq. (3-50) at r = ro :
ri2 pi
σt = (2)
ro2 − ri2
1502 pi (2)
161.5 =
1752 − 1502
pi = 29.2 MPa Ans.
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 144
FIRST PAGES
144 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-44
(a) First convert the data to radial dimensions to agree with the formulations of Fig. 3-33.
Thus
ro = 0.5625 ± 0.001in
ri = 0.1875 ± 0.001 in
Ro = 0.375 ± 0.0002 in
Ri = 0.376 ± 0.0002 in
The stochastic nature of the dimensions affects the δ = |Ri | − |Ro | relation in
Eq. (3-57) but not the others. Set R = (1/2)( Ri + Ro ) = 0.3755. From Eq. (3-57)
Eδ ro2 − R 2 R 2 − ri2
p=
R 2R 2 ro2 − ri2
= 0.000 070 7 in
Then
σ̂δ 0.000 070 7
Cδ = = = 0.0707
δ̄ 0.001
The tangential inner-cylinder stress at the shrink-fit surface is given by
R̄ 2 + r̄i2
σit = −p
R̄ 2 − r̄i2
0.37552 + 0.18752
= −18.70(10 ) δ 6
0.37552 − 0.18752
= −31.1(106 ) δ
σ̄it = −31.1(106 ) δ̄ = −31.1(106 )(0.001)
= −31.1(103 ) psi
Also
σ̂σit = |Cδ σ̄it | = 0.0707(−31.1)103
= 2899 psi
σit = N(−31 100, 2899) psi Ans.
budynas_SM_ch05.qxd 11/29/2006 15:00 Page 145
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 5 145
(b) The tangential stress for the outer cylinder at the shrink-fit surface is given by
2
r̄o + R̄ 2
σot = p 2
r̄o − R̄ 2
0.56252 + 0.37552
= 18.70(10 ) δ
6
0.56252 − 0.37552
= 48.76(106 ) δ psi
σ̄ot = 48.76(106 )(0.001) = 48.76(103 ) psi
σ̂σot = Cδ σ̄ot = 0.0707(48.76)(103 ) = 34.45 psi
5-45 From Prob. 5-44, at the fit surface σot = N(48.8, 3.45) kpsi. The radial stress is the fit
pressure which was found to be
p = 18.70(106 ) δ
p̄ = 18.70(106 )(0.001) = 18.7(103 ) psi
σ̂ p = Cδ p̄ = 0.0707(18.70)(103 )
= 1322 psi
and so
p = N(18.7, 1.32) kpsi
and
σor = −N(18.7, 1.32) kpsi
These represent the principal stresses. The von Mises stress is next assessed.
σ̄ A = 48.8 kpsi, σ̄ B = −18.7 kpsi
k = σ̄ B /σ̄ A = −18.7/48.8 = −0.383
σ̄ = σ̄ A (1 − k + k 2 ) 1/2
= 48.8[1 − (−0.383) + (−0.383) 2 ]1/2
= 60.4 kpsi
σ̂σ = C p σ̄ = 0.0707(60.4) = 4.27 kpsi
146 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
5-46
pd 6000N(1, 0.083 33)(0.75)
σt = =
2t 2(0.125)
= 18N(1, 0.083 33) kpsi
Chapter 6
Note to the instructor: Many of the problems in this chapter are carried over from the previous
edition. The solutions have changed slightly due to some minor changes. First, the calculation
of the endurance limit of a rotating-beam specimen Se is given by Se = 0.5Sut instead of
Se = 0.504Sut . Second, when the fatigue stress calculation is made for deterministic problems,
only one approach is given, which uses the notch sensitivity factor, q, together with Eq. (6-32).
Neuber’s equation, Eq. (6-33), is simply another form of this. These changes were made to hope-
fully make the calculations less confusing, and diminish the idea that stress life calculations are
precise.
6-1 H B = 490
Eq. (2-17): Sut = 0.495(490) = 242.6 kpsi > 212 kpsi
Eq. (6-8): Se = 100 kpsi
Table 6-2: a = 1.34, b = −0.085
Eq. (6-19): ka = 1.34(242.6) −0.085 = 0.840
1/4 −0.107
Eq. (6-20): kb = = 1.02
0.3
Eq. (6-18): Se = ka kb Se = 0.840(1.02)(100) = 85.7 kpsi Ans.
6-2
(a) Sut = 68 kpsi, Se = 0.5(68) = 34 kpsi Ans.
(b) Sut = 112 kpsi, Se = 0.5(112) = 56 kpsi Ans.
(c) 2024T3 has no endurance limit Ans.
(d) Eq. (6-8): Se = 100 kpsi Ans.
6-3
Eq. (2-11): σ F = σ0 εm = 115(0.90) 0.22 = 112.4 kpsi
Eq. (6-8): Se = 0.5(66.2) = 33.1 kpsi
log(112.4/33.1)
Eq. (6-12): b=− = −0.084 26
log(2 · 106 )
112.4
Eq. (6-10): f = (2 · 103 ) −0.084 26 = 0.8949
66.2
[0.8949(66.2)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 106.0 kpsi
33.1
Eq. (6-13): S f = a N b = 106.0(12 500) −0.084 26 = 47.9 kpsi Ans.
σ 1/b 36 −1/0.084 26
a
Eq. (6-16): N= = = 368 250 cycles Ans.
a 106.0
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 148
FIRST PAGES
148 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
6-4 From S f = a N b
log S f = log a + b log N
Substituting (1, Sut )
log Sut = log a + b log (1)
From which a = Sut
Substituting (10 , f Sut ) and a = Sut
3
6-5 Read from graph: (103, 90) and (106, 50). From S = a N b
log S1 = log a + b log N1
log S2 = log a + b log N2
From which
log S1 log N2 − log S2 log N1
log a =
log N2 /N1
log 90 log 106 − log 50 log 103
=
log 106 /103
= 2.2095
a = 10log a = 102.2095 = 162.0
log 50/90
b= = −0.085 09
3
(S f ) ax = 162−0.085 09 103 ≤ N ≤ 106 in kpsi Ans.
Check:
103 (S f ) ax = 162(103 ) −0.085 09 = 90 kpsi
106 (S f ) ax = 162(106 ) −0.085 09 = 50 kpsi
The end points agree.
6-6
Eq. (6-8): Se = 0.5(710) = 355 MPa
Table 6-2: a = 4.51, b = −0.265
Eq. (6-19): ka = 4.51(710) −0.265 = 0.792
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 149
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 149
−0.107 −0.107
d 32
Eq. (6-20): kb = = = 0.858
7.62 7.62
6-8
2.5 mm (a) For an AISI 1018 CD-machined steel, the strengths are
440
Eq. (2-17): Sut = 440 MPa ⇒ HB = = 129
20 mm 25 mm 3.41
S y = 370 MPa
Ssu = 0.67(440) = 295 MPa
r 2.5 D 25
Fig. A-15-15: = = 0.125, = = 1.25, K ts = 1.4
d 20 d 20
Fig. 6-21: qs = 0.94
Eq. (6-32): K f s = 1 + 0.94(1.4 − 1) = 1.376
For a purely reversing torque of 200 N · m
K f s 16T 1.376(16)(200 × 103 N · mm)
τmax = =
πd 3 π(20 mm) 3
τmax = 175.2 MPa = τa
150 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
6-9
F 1 kN
800 mm
f = 0.9
b n = 1.5
b N = 104 cycles
For AISI 1045 HR steel, Sut = 570 MPa and Sy = 310 MPa
Se = 0.5(570 MPa) = 285 MPa
Find an initial guess based on yielding:
Mc M(b/2) 6M
σa = σmax = = 3
= 3
I b(b )/12 b
Mmax = (1 kN)(800 mm) = 800 N · m
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 151
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 151
6-10
10
Fa 12 Fa
60
1018
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 152
FIRST PAGES
152 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 6 153
−0.107
2.00
kb = = 0.816
0.30
Se = 0.759(0.816)(60) = 37.2 kpsi
[0.9(120)]2
a= = 313.5
37.2
1 0.9(120)
b = − log = −0.15429
3 37.2
S f = 313.5(3450) −0.15429 = 89.2 kpsi
M 30 305.6
σ0 = = =
I /c 0.098 17d 3 d3
305.6
= = 38.2 kpsi
23
d 2
r= = = 0.2
10 10
Fig. 6-20: q =˙ 0.87
Eq. (6-32): Kf =
˙ 1 + 0.87(1.68 − 1) = 1.59
6-12
Yield: σmax = [1722 + 3(1032 )]1/2 = 247.8 kpsi
n y = S y /σmax = 413/247.8 = 1.67 Ans.
√ √
σa = 172 MPa σm = 3τm = 3(103) = 178.4 MPa
154 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
6-13
Yield: σmax = [692 + 3(138) 2 ]1/2 = 248.8 MPa
Sy 413
ny =
= = 1.66 Ans.
σmax 248.8
√
σa = 69 MPa, σm = 3(138) = 239 MPa
(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6
1
nf = = 1.46 Ans.
(69/276) + (239/551)
(b) Gerber, Table 6-7
2
2
1 551 69 2(239)(276)
nf = −1 + 1 + = 1.73 Ans.
2 239 276 551(69)
6-14
Yield: σmax = [832 + 3(103 + 69) 2 ]1/2 = 309.2 MPa
Sy 413
ny =
= = 1.34 Ans.
σmax 309.3
√
σa = σa2 + 3τa2 = 832 + 3(692 ) = 145.5 MPa, σm = 3(103) = 178.4 MPa
Chapter 6 155
6-15
√
σmax = σa = 3(207) = 358.5 MPa, σm = 0
413
Yield: 358.5 = ⇒ n y = 1.15 Ans.
ny
(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6
1
nf = = 0.77 Ans.
(358.5/276)
(b) Gerber criterion of Table 6-7 does not work; therefore use Eq. (6-47).
σa Se 276
nf =1 ⇒ nf = = = 0.77 Ans.
Se σa 358.5
(c) ASME-Elliptic, Table 6-8
2
1
nf = = 0.77 Ans.
358.5/276
Let f = 0.9 to assess the cycles to failure by fatigue
[0.9(551)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 891.0 MPa
276
1 0.9(551)
Eq. (6-15): b = − log = −0.084 828
3 276
358.5 −1/0.084 828
Eq. (6-16): N= = 45 800 cycles Ans.
891.0
6-16
σmax = [1032 + 3(103) 2 ]1/2 = 206 MPa
Sy 413
ny =
= = 2.00 Ans.
σmax 206
√
σa = 3(103) = 178.4 MPa, σm = 103 MPa
156 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
3.000 + 0.800
= 2.16 = 14.6 kpsi
2(0.2813)
6-18 Referring to the solution of Prob. 6-17, for load fluctuations of −800 to 3000 lbf
3.000 − (−0.800)
σa = 2.16 = 14.59 kpsi
2(0.2813)
3.000 + (−0.800)
σm = 2.16 = 8.45 kpsi
2(0.2813)
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 157
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 157
6-19 Referring to the solution of Prob. 6-17, for load fluctuations of 800 to −3000 lbf
0.800 − (−3.000)
σa = 2.16 = 14.59 kpsi
2(0.2813)
0.800 + (−3.000)
σm = 2.16 = −8.45 kpsi
2(0.2813)
(a) We have a compressive midrange stress for which the failure locus is horizontal at the
Se level.
Se 24.4
nf = = = 1.67 Ans.
σa 14.59
(b) Same as (a)
Se 24.4
nf = = = 1.67 Ans.
σa 14.59
6-20
Sut = 0.495(380) = 188.1 kpsi
Se = 0.5(188.1) = 94.05 kpsi
ka = 14.4(188.1) −0.718 = 0.335
For a non-rotating round bar in bending, Eq. (6-24) gives: de = 0.370d = 0.370(3/8) =
0.1388 in
0.1388 −0.107
kb = = 1.086
0.3
Se = 0.335(1.086)(94.05) = 34.22 kpsi
30 − 15 30 + 15
Fa = = 7.5 lbf, Fm = = 22.5 lbf
2 2
32Mm 32(22.5)(16)
σm = = (10−3 ) = 69.54 kpsi
πd 3 π(0.3753 )
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 158
FIRST PAGES
158 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
32(7.5)(16)
σa = (10−3 ) = 23.18 kpsi
π(0.3753 )
23.18
r= = 0.333 0
69.54
(a) Modified Goodman, Table 6-6
1
nf = = 0.955
(23.18/34.22) + (69.54/188.1)
Since finite failure is predicted, proceed to calculate N
[0.7781(188.1)]2
Eq. (6-14): a= = 625.8 kpsi
34.22
1 0.778(188.1)
Eq. (6-15): b = − log = −0.210 36
3 34.22
σa σm σa 23.18
+ =1 ⇒ Sf = = = 36.78 kpsi
Sf Sut 1 − (σm /Sut ) 1 − (69.54/188.1)
6-21
1
(a) I = (18)(33 ) = 40.5 mm4
12
Fl 3 3E I y
y= ⇒ F=
3E I l3
3(207)(109 )(40.5)(10−12 )(2)(10−3 )
Fmin = = 50.3 N Ans.
(1003 )(10−9 )
6
Fmax = (50.3) = 150.9 N Ans.
2
(b) 101.5 mm F
M = 0.1015F N · m
A = 3(18) = 54 mm2
M F
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 159
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 159
h 3
Curved beam: rn = = = 4.3281 mm
ln(ro /ri ) ln(6/3)
rc = 4.5 mm, e = rc − rn = 4.5 − 4.3281 = 0.1719 mm
Mci F (0.1015F)(1.5 − 0.1719) F
σi = − − =− − = −4.859F MPa
Aeri A 54(0.1719)(3)(10−3 ) 54
Mco F (0.1015F)(1.5 + 0.1719) F
σo = − = − = 3.028F MPa
Aero A 54(0.1719)(6)(10−3 ) 54
(σi ) min = −4.859(150.9) = −733.2 MPa
(σi ) max = −4.859(50.3) = −244.4 MPa
(σo ) max = 3.028(150.9) = 456.9 MPa
(σo ) min = 3.028(50.3) = 152.3 MPa
Eq. (2-17) Sut = 3.41(490) = 1671 MPa
605
244.4
m
1504 488.4
160 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
605
Fatigue: nf = = 2.48 Thus, the spring is likely to fail in fatigue at the
244.4 inner radius. Ans.
At Outer Radius
456.9 − 152.3
(σo ) a = = 152.3 MPa
2
456.9 + 152.3
(σo ) m = = 304.6 MPa
2
Yield load line: σm = 152.3 + σa
Langer line: σm = 1504 − σa = 152.3 + σa
Intersection: σa = 675.9 MPa, σm = 828.2 MPa
675.9
ny = = 4.44
152.3
6-22 The solution at the inner radius is the same as in Prob. 6-21. At the outer radius, the yield
solution is the same.
σm
Fatigue line: σa = 1 − Se = σm − 152.3
Sut
σm
605 1 − = σm − 152.3
1671
1.362σm = 757.3 ⇒ σm = 556.0 MPa
σa = 556.0 − 152.3 = 403.7 MPa
403.7
nf = = 2.65 Ans.
152.3
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 161
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 161
6-23 Preliminaries:
Table A-20: Sut = 64 kpsi, Sy = 54 kpsi
Se = 0.5(64) = 32 kpsi
ka = 2.70(64) −0.265 = 0.897
kb = 1
kc = 0.85
Se = 0.897(1)(0.85)(32) = 24.4 kpsi
Fillet:
Fig. A-15-5: D = 3.75 in, d = 2.5 in, D/d = 3.75/2.5 = 1.5, and r/d = 0.25/2.5 = 0.10
∴ K t = 2.1. Fig. 6-20 with r 0.25 in, q =
˙ 0.82
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.82(2.1 − 1) = 1.90
4
σmax = = 3.2 kpsi
2.5(0.5)
−16
σmin = = −12.8 kpsi
2.5(0.5)
3.2 − (−12.8)
σa = 1.90 = 15.2 kpsi
2
3.2 + (−12.8)
σm = 1.90 = −9.12 kpsi
2
S y 54
n y = = = 4.22
σmin −12.8
2.67 + (−10.67)
σm = 2.28 = −9.12 kpsi
2
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 162
FIRST PAGES
162 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
6-24
(a) Curved beam in pure bending where M = −T
throughout. The maximum stress will occur at the
inner fiber where rc = 20 mm, but will be com-
T
pressive. The maximum tensile stress will occur at
T
the outer fiber where rc = 60 mm. Why?
h 5
rn = = = 19.8954 mm
ln(ro /ri ) ln (22.5/17.5)
e = 20 − 19.8954 = 0.1046 mm
de = 0.808[5(5)]1/2 = 4.04 mm
Chapter 6 163
3(23.35T ) 3(23.35T ) 2
+ =1
319.3 770
reduces to T 2 + 26.51T − 120.83 = 0
1
T = −26.51 + 26.51 + 4(120.83) = 3.96 N · m Ans.
2
2
(c) To guard against yield, use T of part (b) and the inner stress.
420
ny = = 2.03 Ans.
52.34(3.96)
6-25 From Prob. 6-24, Se = 319.3 MPa, S y = 420 MPa, and Sut = 770 MPa
(a) Assuming the beam is straight,
6M 6T
σmax = 2 = 3 = 48(106 )T
bh 5 [(10−3 ) 3 ]
24T 24T 1
Goodman: + = ⇒ T = 3.13 N · m Ans.
319.3 770 3
3(24)T 3(24)T 2
(b) Gerber: + =1
319.3 770
T 2 + 25.79T − 114.37 = 1
1
T = −25.79 + 25.792 + 4(114.37) = 3.86 N · m Ans.
2
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 164
FIRST PAGES
164 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 6 165
= 8741P
Sy 800(106 )
ny =
= = 5.22
σmax 8741(17.5)103
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 166
FIRST PAGES
166 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
307.3
m
800
307.3(106 ) 307.3(106 )
nf = ⇒ P= = 51.0(103 ) N
2009P 3(2009)
= 51.0 kN Ans.
800(106 )
Yield: ny = = 3.90 Ans.
2(2009)(51.0)(103 )
4Pmax (4)(80)(10−3 )
σmax = −K f = −2.84 = −321.4 MPa
πd 2 π(0.030) 2
20
σmin = (−321.4) = −80.4 MPa
80
D+d 0.150 + 0.03
Tmax = f Pmax = 0.3(80)(10 )
3
= 1080 N · m
4 4
20
Tmin = (1080) = 270 N · m
80
16Tmax 16(1080) −6
τmax = Kfs = 1.76 (10 ) = 358.5 MPa
πd 3 π(0.030) 3
20
τmin = (358.5) = 89.6 MPa
80
321.4 − 80.4
σa = = 120.5 MPa
2
−321.4 − 80.4
σm = = −200.9 MPa
2
358.5 − 89.6
τa = = 134.5 MPa
2
358.5 + 89.6
τm = = 224.1 MPa
2
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 167
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 167
Goodman:
σa 272.7
(σa ) e =
= = 499.9 MPa
1 − σm /Sut 1 − 454.5/1000
Let f = 0.9
[0.9(1000)]2
a= = 2594 MPa
312.3
1 0.9(1000)
b = − log = −0.1532
3 312.3
6-29
S y = 490 MPa, Sut = 590 MPa, Se = 200 MPa
420 + 140 420 − 140
σm = = 280 MPa , σa = = 140 MPa
2 2
Goodman:
σa 140
(σa ) e = = = 266.5 MPa > Se ∴ finite life
1 − σm /Sut 1 − (280/590)
[0.9(590)]2
a= = 1409.8 MPa
200
1 0.9(590)
b = − log = −0.141 355
3 200
266.5 −1/0.143 55
N= = 131 200 cycles
1409.8
Nremaining = 131 200 − 50 000 = 81 200 cycles
350 + (−200)
Second loading: (σm ) 2 = = 75 MPa
2
350 − (−200)
(σa ) 2 = = 275 MPa
2
275
(σa ) e2 = = 315.0 MPa
1 − (75/590)
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:40 Page 168
FIRST PAGES
168 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 6 169
log(1.425)
b2 = = −0.129 342
log(0.064 683)
48
a2 = = 167.14 kpsi
(15 460) −0.129 342
−1/0.129 342
38
N2 = = 94 110 cycles
167.14
N R2 = 94 110 − 60 000 = 34 110 cycles
0.9(76) a3 (103 ) b3
= ⇒ 1.8 = (0.029 317) b3
38 a3 (34 110) b3
log 1.8 38
b3 = = −0.166 531, a3 = = 216.10 kpsi
log(0.029 317) (34 110) −0.166 531
32 −1/0.166 531
N3 = = 95 740 cycles Ans.
216.1
170 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Now
.
C Se = (0.122 + 0.1392 ) 1/2 = 0.184
Se = 91.1LN(1, 0.184) kpsi Ans.
Chapter 6 171
6-34 1.25"
1.00"
M M
Rotation is presumed. M and Sut are given as deterministic, but notice that σ is not; there-
fore, a reliability estimation can be made.
From Eq. (6-70):
Se = 0.506(110)LN(1, 0.138)
= 55.7LN(1, 0.138) kpsi
Table 6-10:
ka = 2.67(110) −0.265 LN(1, 0.058)
= 0.768LN(1, 0.058)
Based on d = 1 in, Eq. (6-20) gives
−0.107
1
kb = = 0.879
0.30
Conservatism is not necessary
Se = 0.768[LN(1, 0.058)](0.879)(55.7)[LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄e = 37.6 kpsi
C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.150
Se = 37.6LN(1, 0.150)
Fig. A-15-14: D/d = 1.25, r/d = 0.125. Thus K t = 1.70 and Eqs. (6-78), (6-79) and
Table 6-15 give
1.70LN(1, 0.15)
Kf = √
1 + 2/ 0.125 [(1.70 − 1)/(1.70)](3/110)
= 1.598LN(1, 0.15)
32M 32(1400)
σ = Kf = 1.598[LN(1 − 0.15)]
πd 3 π(1) 3
= 22.8LN(1, 0.15) kpsi
From Eq. (5-43), p. 242:
ln (37.6/22.8) (1 + 0.152 )/(1 + 0.152 )
z=− = −2.37
ln[(1 + 0.152 )(1 + 0.152 )]
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:41 Page 172
FIRST PAGES
172 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
6-35 For completely reversed torsion, ka and kb of Prob. 6-34 apply, but kc must also be con-
sidered.
Eq. 6-74: kc = 0.328(110) 0.125 LN(1, 0.125)
= 0.590LN(1, 0.125)
Note 0.590 is close to 0.577.
S Se = ka kb kc Se
= 0.768[LN(1, 0.058)](0.878)[0.590LN(1, 0.125)][55.7LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄Se = 0.768(0.878)(0.590)(55.7) = 22.2 kpsi
C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.195
S Se = 22.2LN(1, 0.195) kpsi
Fig. A-15-15: D/d = 1.25, r/d = 0.125, then K ts = 1.40. From Eqs. (6-78), (6-79) and
Table 6-15
1.40LN(1, 0.15)
Kts = √ = 1.34LN(1, 0.15)
1 + 2/ 0.125 [(1.4 − 1)/1.4](3/110)
16T
τ = Kts
πd 3
16(1.4)
τ = 1.34[LN(1, 0.15)]
π(1) 3
= 9.55LN(1, 0.15) kpsi
From Eq. (5-43), p. 242:
ln (22.2/9.55) (1 + 0.152 )/(1 + 0.1952 )
z=− = −3.43
ln [(1 + 0.1952 )(1 + 0.152 )]
Chapter 6 173
6-36 1"
1 D
1"
D
4 8 Non-rotating
M M
Sut = 58 kpsi
Se = 0.506(58)LN(1, 0.138)
= 29.3LN(1, 0.138) kpsi
174 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
6-37 For a non-rotating bar subjected to completely reversed torsion of Ta = 2400 lbf · in
From Prob. 6-36:
Se = 29.3LN(1, 0.138) kpsi
ka = 0.782LN(1, 0.11)
kb = 0.955
For kc use Eq. (6-74):
kc = 0.328(58) 0.125 LN(1, 0.125)
= 0.545LN(1, 0.125)
S Se = 0.782[LN(1, 0.11)](0.955)[0.545LN(1, 0.125)][29.3LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄Se = 0.782(0.955)(0.545)(29.3) = 11.9 kpsi
C Se = (0.112 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.216
2.4(1.25/2)
= 1.403[LN(1, 0.10)]
0.2201
= 9.56LN(1, 0.10) kpsi
From Eq. (5-43), p. 242:
ln (11.9/9.56) (1 + 0.102 )/(1 + 0.2162 )
z=− = −0.85
ln[(1 + 0.102 )(1 + 0.2162 )]
Table A-10, p f = 0.1977
R = 1 − p f = 1 − 0.1977 = 0.80 Ans.
6-38 This is a very important task for the student to attempt before starting Part 3. It illustrates
the drawback of the deterministic factor of safety method. It also identifies the a priori de-
cisions and their consequences.
The range of force fluctuation in Prob. 6-23 is −16 to +4 kip, or 20 kip. Repeatedly-
applied Fa is 10 kip. The stochastic properties of this heat of AISI 1018 CD are given.
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:41 Page 175
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 175
Function Consequences
Axial Fa = 10 kip
Fatigue load C Fa = 0
Ckc = 0.125
Overall reliability R ≥ 0.998; z = −3.09
with twin fillets C K f = 0.11
√
R ≥ 0.998 ≥ 0.999
Cold rolled or machined Cka = 0.058
surfaces
Ambient temperature Ckd =0
Use correlation method Cφ = 0.138
Stress amplitude CK f = 0.11
Cσ a = 0.11
Significant strength Se C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2
= 0.195
Choose the mean design factor which will meet the reliability goal
0.1952 + 0.112
Cn = = 0.223
1 + 0.112
n̄ = exp −(−3.09) ln(1 + 0.2232 ) + ln 1 + 0.2232
n̄ = 2.02
Review the number and quantitative consequences of the designer’s a priori decisions to
accomplish this. The operative equation is the definition of the design factor
Se
σa =
n
S̄e K̄ f Fa S̄e
σ̄a = ⇒ =
n̄ w2 h n̄
Solve for thickness h. To do so we need
−0.265
k̄a = 2.67 S̄ut = 2.67(64) −0.265 = 0.887
kb = 1
−0.078
k̄c = 1.23 S̄ut = 1.23(64) −0.078 = 0.889
k̄d = k̄e = 1
S̄e = 0.887(1)(0.889)(1)(1)(0.506)(64) = 25.5 kpsi
Fig. A-15-5: D = 3.75 in, d = 2.5 in, D/d = 3.75/2.5 = 1.5, r/d = 0.25/2.5 = 0.10
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:41 Page 176
FIRST PAGES
176 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
∴ K t = 2.1
2.1
K̄ f = √ = 1.857
1 + 2/ 0.25 [(2.1 − 1)/(2.1)](4/64)
K̄ f n̄ Fa 1.857(2.02)(10)
h= = = 0.667 Ans.
w2 S̄e 2.5(25.5)
This thickness separates S̄e and σ̄a so as to realize the reliability goal of 0.999 at each
shoulder. The design decision is to make t the next available thickness of 1018 CD steel
strap from the same heat. This eliminates machining to the desired thickness and the extra
cost of thicker work stock will be less than machining the fares. Ask your steel supplier
what is available in this heat.
6-39 3"
1" 4 1200 lbf
1
2
1"
4
Fa = 1200 lbf
Sut = 80 kpsi
(a) Strength
ka = 2.67(80) −0.265 LN(1, 0.058)
= 0.836LN(1, 0.058)
kb = 1
kc = 1.23(80) −0.078 LN(1, 0.125)
= 0.874LN(1, 0.125)
Sa = 0.506(80)LN(1, 0.138)
= 40.5LN(1, 0.138) kpsi
Se = 0.836[LN(1, 0.058)](1)[0.874LN(1, 0.125)][40.5LN(1, 0.138)]
S̄e = 0.836(1)(0.874)(40.5) = 29.6 kpsi
C Se = (0.0582 + 0.1252 + 0.1382 ) 1/2 = 0.195
Stress: Fig. A-15-1; d/w = 0.75/1.5 = 0.5, K t = 2.17. From Eqs. (6-78), (6-79) and
Table 6-15
2.17LN(1, 0.10)
Kf = √
1 + 2/ 0.375 [(2.17 − 1)/2.17](5/80)
= 1.95LN(1, 0.10)
K f Fa
σa = , Cσ = 0.10
(w − d)t
K̄ f Fa 1.95(1.2)
σ̄a = = = 12.48 kpsi
(w − d)t (1.5 − 0.75)(0.25)
budynas_SM_ch06.qxd 11/29/2006 17:41 Page 177
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 6 177
6-40 Each computer program will differ in detail. When the programs are working, the experi-
ence should reinforce that the decision regarding n̄ f is independent of mean values of
strength, stress or associated geometry. The reliability goal can be realized by noting the
impact of all those a priori decisions.
6-41 Such subprograms allow a simple call when the information is needed. The calling pro-
gram is often named an executive routine (executives tend to delegate chores to others and
only want the answers).
6-44 The results of Probs. 6-41 to 6-44 will be the basis of a class computer aid for fatigue prob-
lems. The codes should be made available to the class through the library of the computer
network or main frame available to your students.
6-45 Peterson’s notch sensitivity q has very little statistical basis. This subroutine can be used to
show the variation in q, which is not apparent to those who embrace a deterministic q .
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7
= 1.016 in Ans.
(b) DE-elliptic, Eq. (7-12) can be shown to be
1/3
16n A2 B2
d= + 2
π Se2 Sy
2 2 1/3
16(2) 2920 2391
= + = 1.012 in Ans.
π 30 000 80 000
16n A B 1/3
d= +
π Se Sy
1/3
16(2) 2920 2391
= +
π 30 000 80 000
= 1.090 in Ans.
(d) DE-Goodman: Eq. (7-8) can be shown to be
1/3
16n A B
d= +
π Se Sut
1/3
16(2) 2920 2391
= + = 1.073 in Ans.
π 30 000 100 000
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 179
7-2 This problem has to be done by successive trials, since Se is a function of shaft size. The
material is SAE 2340 for which Sut = 1226 MPa, S y = 1130 MPa, and H B ≥ 368.
Eq. (6-19): ka = 4.51(1226) −0.265 = 0.685
= 20.6 mm
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 180
FIRST PAGES
180 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Using Eq. (7-12) produces dr = 20.5 mm. Further iteration produces no change.
Decisions:
dr = 20.5 mm
20.5
D= = 31.5 mm, d = 0.75(31.5) = 23.6 mm
0.65
Use D = 32 mm, d = 24 mm, r = 1.6 mm Ans.
7-3 F cos 20°(d/2) = T, F = 2T /(d cos 20°) = 2(3000)/(6 cos 20°) = 1064 lbf
MC = 1064(4) = 4257 lbf · in
For sharp fillet radii at the shoulders, from Table 7-1, K t = 2.7, and K ts = 2.2. Examining
Figs. 6-20 and 6-21, with Sut = 80 kpsi, conservatively estimate q = 0.8 and qs = 0.9. These
estimates can be checked once a specific fillet radius is determined.
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + (0.8)(2.7 − 1) = 2.4
K f s = 1 + (0.9)(2.2 − 1) = 2.1
(a) Static analysis using fatigue stress concentration factors:
From Eq. (7-15) with M = Mm , T = Tm , and Ma = Ta = 0,
2 2 1/2
32K f M 16K fs T
σmax = +3
πd 3 πd 3
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 181
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 181
Sy Sy
Eq. (7-16): n=
= 1/2
σmax 32K f M 2 16K f s T 2
+3
πd 3 πd 3
Solving for d,
1/3
16n
2 1/2
d= 4(K f M) + 3(K f s T )
2
π Sy
1/3
16(2.5)
2 1/2
= 4(2.4)(4257) + 3(2.1)(3000)
2
π(60 000)
= 1.700 in Ans.
7-4 We have a design task of identifying bending moment and torsion diagrams which are pre-
liminary to an industrial roller shaft design.
y
y
FB
F zB
F zC
F yC
y
FC = 30(8) = 240 lbf
FCz = 0.4(240) = 96 lbf
T = FCz (2) = 96(2) = 192 lbf · in
T 192
FBz = = = 128 lbf
1.5 1.5
y
FB = FBz tan 20° = 128 tan 20° = 46.6 lbf
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 182
FIRST PAGES
182 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
(a) xy-plane
y
46.6
FOy FAy
11.5"
O x
5.75" C A 2.75" B
240
y
M O = 240(5.75) − FA (11.5) − 46.6(14.25) = 0
y 240(5.75) − 46.6(14.25)
FA = = 62.3 lbf
11.5
y
M A = FO (11.5) − 46.6(2.75) − 240(5.75) = 0
y 240(5.75) + 46.6(2.75)
FO = = 131.1 lbf
11.5
Bending moment diagram
Mxy
(lbf • in)
C A B
O x
⫺128
⫺754
xz-plane
96 128
5.75" 2.75"
C A
O x
B
11.5"
F zO F zA
z
MO = 0
= 96(5.75) − FAz (11.5) + 128(14.25)
96(5.75) + 128(14.25)
FAz = = 206.6 lbf
11.5
MA = 0
= FOz (11.5) + 128(2.75) − 96(5.75)
96(5.75) − 128(2.75)
FOz = = 17.4 lbf
11.5
Bending moment diagram:
Mxz
(lbf • in)
100
A B
O x
C
⫺352
MC = 1002 + (−754) 2 = 761 lbf · in
M A = (−128) 2 + (−352) 2 = 375 lbf · in
This approach over-estimates the bending moment at C, but not at A.
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 183
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 183
(b) xy-plane
y
131.1 62.3 46.6
x 30 lbf/in
17.4 206.6
Torque: In both cases the torque rises from 0 to 192 lbf · in linearly across the roller and is
steady until the coupling keyway is encountered; then it falls linearly to 0 across the key. Ans.
7-5 This is a design problem, which can have many acceptable designs. See the solution for
Problem 7-7 for an example of the design process.
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 184
FIRST PAGES
184 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
7-6 If students have access to finite element or beam analysis software, have them model the shaft
to check deflections. If not, solve a simpler version of shaft. The 1" diameter sections will not
affect the results much, so model the 1" diameter as 1.25" . Also, ignore the step in AB.
y
C
O
z A x
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 185
At gear mesh, B
xy plane
y
C 46.6 lbf
A
x
O
B
FIRST PAGES
186 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
−0.107
1
kb = = 0.879
0.3
kc = kd = ke = k f = 1
Se = 0.869(0.879)(36) = 27.5 kpsi
From Fig. A-15-8 with D/d = 1.25 and r/d = 0.03, K ts = 1.8.
From Fig. A-15-9 with D/d = 1.25 and r/d = 0.03, K t = 2.3
From Fig. 6-20 with r = 0.03 in, q = 0.65.
From Fig. 6-21 with r = 0.03 in, qs = 0.83
Eq. (6-31): K f = 1 + 0.65(2.3 − 1) = 1.85
K f s = 1 + 0.83(1.8 − 1) = 1.66
Using DE-elliptic, Eq. (7-11) with Mm = Ta = 0,
1/2
1 16 1.85(360) 2 1.66(192) 2
= 4 +3
n π(13 ) 27 500 39 500
n = 3.89
The main problem with the design is the undersized shaft overhang with excessive slope at
the gear. The use of crowned-teeth in the gears will eliminate this problem.
7-7 (a) One possible shaft layout is shown. Both bearings and the gear will be located against
shoulders. The gear and the motor will transmit the torque through keys. The bearings
can be lightly pressed onto the shaft. The left bearing will locate the shaft in the housing,
while the right bearing will float in the housing.
(b) From summing moments around the shaft axis, the tangential transmitted load through
the gear will be
Wt = T /(d/2) = 2500/(4/2) = 1250 lbf
The radial component of gear force is related by the pressure angle.
Wr = Wt tan φ = 1250 tan 20◦ = 455 lbf
W = [Wr2 + Wt2 ]1/2 = (4552 + 12502 ) 1/2 = 1330 lbf
Reactions R A and R B , and the load W are all in the same plane. From force and moment
balance,
R A = 1330(2/11) = 242 lbf
R B = 1330(9/11) = 1088 lbf
Mmax = R A (9) = (242)(9) = 2178 lbf · in
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 19:04 Page 187
Chapter 7 187
Shear force, bending moment, and torque diagrams can now be obtained.
W
9 in 2 in 6 in
RA RB
V
242 lbf
2500 lbf • in
T
(c) Potential critical locations occur at each stress concentration (shoulders and keyways). To
be thorough, the stress at each potentially critical location should be evaluated. For now,
we will choose the most likely critical location, by observation of the loading situation,
to be in the keyway for the gear. At this point there is a large stress concentration, a large
bending moment, and the torque is present. The other locations either have small bend-
ing moments, or no torque. The stress concentration for the keyway is highest at the ends.
For simplicity, and to be conservative, we will use the maximum bending moment, even
though it will have dropped off a little at the end of the keyway.
(d) At the gear keyway, approximately 9 in from the left end of the shaft, the bending is com-
pletely reversed and the torque is steady.
From Table 7-1, estimate stress concentrations for the end-milled keyseat to be
K t = 2.2 and K ts = 3.0. For the relatively low strength steel specified (AISI 1020
CD), estimate notch sensitivities of q = 0.75 and qs = 0.9, obtained by observation of
Figs. 6-20 and 6-21. Assuming a typical radius at the bottom of the keyseat of
r/d = 0.02 (p. 361), these estimates for notch sensitivity are good for up to about 3 in
shaft diameter.
Eq. (6-32): K f = 1 + 0.75(2.2 − 1) = 1.9
K f s = 1 + 0.9(3.0 − 1) = 2.8
Eq. (6-19): ka = 2.70(68) −0.265 = 0.883
For estimating kb , guess d = 2 in.
kb = (2/0.3) −0.107 = 0.816
Se = (0.883)(0.816)(0.5)(68) = 24.5 kpsi
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 188
FIRST PAGES
188 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
(e) Now estimate other diameters to provide typical shoulder supports for the gear and
bearings (p. 360). Also, estimate the gear and bearing widths.
8
3
74
0.35 0.45
1.56 1.58
2.00
1.250 1.31 1.25
9
11 6
(f) Entering this shaft geometry into beam analysis software (or Finite Element software),
the following deflections are determined:
Left bearing slope: 0.000532 rad
Right bearing slope: −0.000850 rad
Gear slope: −0.000545 rad
Right end of shaft slope: −0.000850 rad
Gear deflection: −0.00145 in
Right end of shaft deflection: 0.00510 in
Comparing these deflections to the recommendations in Table 7-2, everything is within
typical range except the gear slope is a little high for an uncrowned gear.
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 189
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 189
(g) To use a non-crowned gear, the gear slope is recommended to be less than 0.0005 rad.
Since all other deflections are acceptable, we will target an increase in diameter only for
the long section between the left bearing and the gear. Increasing this diameter from the
proposed 1.56 in to 1.75 in, produces a gear slope of –0.000401 rad. All other deflections
are improved as well.
7-8 (a) Use the distortion-energy elliptic failure locus. The torque and moment loadings on the
shaft are shown in the solution to Prob. 7-7.
Candidate critical locations for strength:
• Pinion seat keyway
• Right bearing shoulder
• Coupling keyway
Table A-20 for 1030 HR: Sut = 68 kpsi, S y = 37.5 kpsi, H B = 137
Eq. (6-8): Se = 0.5(68) = 34.0 kpsi
Eq. (6-19): ka = 2.70(68) −0.265 = 0.883
kc = kd = ke = 1
Pinion seat keyway
See Table 7-1 for keyway stress concentration factors
K t = 2.2
Profile keyway
K ts = 3.0
For an end-mill profile keyway cutter of 0.010 in radius,
From Fig. 6-20: q = 0.50
From Fig. 6-21: qs = 0.65
Eq. (6-32):
K f s = 1 + qs (K ts − 1)
= 1 + 0.65(3.0 − 1) = 2.3
K f = 1 + 0.50(2.2 − 1) = 1.6
1.875 −0.107
Eq. (6-20): kb = = 0.822
0.30
Eq. (6-18): Se = 0.883(0.822)(34.0) = 24.7 kpsi
Eq. (7-11):
1/2
1 16 1.6(2178) 2 2.3(2500) 2
= 4 +3
n π(1.8753 ) 24 700 37 500
= 0.353, from which n = 2.83
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 190
FIRST PAGES
190 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
At x = 0: θ = −2.823(10−4 ) rad
At x = 9 in: θ = 3.040(10−4 ) rad
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 191
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 191
1449(9)(112 − 92 )
At x = 11 in: θ=
6(30)(106 )(π/64)(1.8754 )(11)
= 4.342(10−4 ) rad
Obtain allowable slopes from Table 7-2.
Left bearing:
Allowable slope
nfs =
Actual slope
0.001
= = 3.54
0.000 282 3
Right bearing:
0.0008
nfs = = 1.84
0.000 434 2
Gear mesh slope:
Table 7-2 recommends a minimum relative slope of 0.0005 rad. While we don’t know the
slope on the next shaft, we know that it will need to have a larger diameter and be stiffer.
At the moment we can say
0.0005
nfs < = 1.64
0.000 304
7-9 The solution to Problem 7-8 may be used as an example of the analysis process for a similar
situation.
7-10 If you have a finite element program available, it is highly recommended. Beam deflection
programs can be implemented but this is time consuming and the programs have narrow ap-
plications. Here we will demonstrate how the problem can be simplified and solved using
singularity functions.
Deflection: First we will ignore the steps near the bearings where the bending moments are
low. Thus let the 30 mm dia. be 35 mm. Secondly, the 55 mm dia. is very thin, 10 mm. The
full bending stresses will not develop at the outer fibers so full stiffness will not develop ei-
ther. Thus, ignore this step and let the diameter be 45 mm.
Statics: Left support: R1 = 7(315 − 140)/315 = 3.889 kN
Right support: R2 = 7(140)/315 = 3.111 kN
Determine the bending moment at each step.
FIRST PAGES
192 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
4
M兾I (109 N兾m3)
0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35
x (mm)
The steps and the change of slopes are evaluated in the table. From these, the function M/I
can be generated:
M/I = 52.8x − 0.8745x − 0.040 − 21.86x − 0.041 − 1.162x − 0.10
− 11.617x − 0.11 − 34.78x − 0.141 + 0.977x − 0.210
− 9.312x − 0.211 + 0.6994x − 0.2750 − 17.47x − 0.2751 109
Integrate twice:
dy
E = 26.4x 2 − 0.8745x − 0.041 − 10.93x − 0.042 − 1.162x − 0.11
dx
− 5.81x − 0.12 − 17.39x − 0.142 + 0.977x − 0.211
− 4.655x − 0.212 + 0.6994x − 0.2751 − 8.735x − 0.2752 + C1 109 (1)
E y = 8.8x 3 − 0.4373x − 0.042 − 3.643x − 0.043 − 0.581x − 0.12
− 1.937x − 0.13 − 5.797x − 0.143 + 0.4885x − 0.212
− 1.552x − 0.213 + 0.3497x − 0.2752 − 2.912x − 0.2753 + C1 x + C2 109
Boundary conditions: y = 0 at x = 0 yields C2 = 0;
y = 0 at x = 0.315 m yields C1 = −0.295 25 N/m2 .
Equation (1) with C1 = −0.295 25 provides the slopes at the bearings and gear. The fol-
lowing table gives the results in the second column. The third column gives the results from
a similar finite element model. The fourth column gives the result of a full model which
models the 35 and 55 mm diameter steps.
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 193
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 193
The main discrepancy between the results is at the gear location (x = 140 mm) . The larger
value in the full model is caused by the stiffer 55 mm diameter step. As was stated earlier,
this step is not as stiff as modeling implicates, so the exact answer is somewhere between the
full model and the simplified model which in any event is a small value. As expected, mod-
eling the 30 mm dia. as 35 mm does not affect the results much.
It can be seen that the allowable slopes at the bearings are exceeded. Thus, either the load
has to be reduced or the shaft “beefed” up. If the allowable slope is 0.001 rad, then the max-
imum load should be Fmax = (0.001/0.001 46)7 = 4.79 kN . With a design factor this would
be reduced further.
To increase the stiffness of the shaft, increase the diameters by (0.001 46/0.001) 1/4 =
1.097, from Eq. (7-18). Form a table:
Table A-20 for AISI 1020 CD steel: Sut = 470 MPa, S y = 390 MPa
At x = 210 mm:
ka = 4.51(470) −0.265 = 0.883, kb = (40/7.62) −0.107 = 0.837
Se = 0.883(0.837)(0.5)(470) = 174 MPa
D/d = 45/40 = 1.125, r/d = 2/40 = 0.05.
From Figs. A-15-8 and A-15-9, K t = 1.9 and K ts = 1.32.
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 194
FIRST PAGES
194 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
At x = 330 mm: The von Mises stress is the highest but it comes from the steady torque
only.
D/d = 30/20 = 1.5, r/d = 2/20 = 0.1 ⇒ K ts = 1.42,
qs = 0.92 ⇒ K f s = 1.39
1 16 √ ! 1.39(107)
= 3
n π(0.02) 3 390(106 )
n = 2.38
Check the other locations.
If worse-case is at x = 210 mm, the changes discussed for the slope criterion will im-
prove the strength issue.
7-11 and 7-12 With these design tasks each student will travel different paths and almost all
details will differ. The important points are
• The student gets a blank piece of paper, a statement of function, and some
constraints–explicit and implied. At this point in the course, this is a good experience.
• It is a good preparation for the capstone design course.
• The adequacy of their design must be demonstrated and possibly include a designer’s
notebook.
• Many of the fundaments of the course, based on this text and this course, are useful. The
student will find them useful and notice that he/she is doing it.
• Don’t let the students create a time sink for themselves. Tell them how far you want them
to go.
7-13 I used this task as a final exam when all of the students in the course had consistent test
scores going into the final examination; it was my expectation that they would not change
things much by taking the examination.
This problem is a learning experience. Following the task statement, the following guid-
ance was added.
• Take the first half hour, resisting the temptation of putting pencil to paper, and decide what
the problem really is.
• Take another twenty minutes to list several possible remedies.
• Pick one, and show your instructor how you would implement it.
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 195
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 195
The students’ initial reaction is that he/she does not know much from the problem state-
ment. Then, slowly the realization sets in that they do know some important things that the
designer did not. They knew how it failed, where it failed, and that the design wasn’t good
enough; it was close, though.
Also, a fix at the bearing seat lead-in could transfer the problem to the shoulder fillet, and
the problem may not be solved.
To many students’ credit, they chose to keep the shaft geometry, and selected a new
material to realize about twice the Brinell hardness.
FIRST PAGES
196 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
One element:
12(12)(242 − 122 − 122 )
Eq. (7-24) δ11 = = 1.956(10−4 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
y1 = w1 δ11 = 5.316(1.956)(10−4 ) = 1.0398(10−3 ) in
y12 = 1.0812(10−6 )
wy = 5.316(1.0398)(10−3 ) = 5.528(10−3 )
wy 2 = 5.316(1.0812)(10−6 ) = 5.748(10−6 )
#
wy 5.528(10−3 )
ω1 = g # 2 = 386 = 609 rad/s (30% low)
wy 5.748(10−6 )
Two elements:
2.658 lbf 2.658 lbf
6" 6" 6" 6"
18(6)(242 − 182 − 62 )
δ11 = δ22 = = 1.100(10−4 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
6(6)(242 − 62 − 62 )
δ12 = δ21 = 6
= 8.556(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(10 )(0.049 09)(24)
y1 = w1 δ11 + w2 δ12 = 2.658(1.100)(10−4 ) + 2.658(8.556)(10−5 )
= 5.198(10−4 ) in = y2 ,
y12 = y22 = 2.702(10−7 ) in2
wy = 2(2.658)(5.198)(10−4 ) = 2.763(10−3 )
wy 2 = 2(2.658)(2.702)(10−7 ) = 1.436(10−6 )
2.763(10−3 )
ω1 = 386 = 862 rad/s (0.7% low)
1.436(10−6 )
Three elements:
1.772 lbf 1.772 lbf 1.772 lbf
4" 8" 8" 4"
20(4)(242 − 202 − 42 )
δ11 = δ33 = = 6.036(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
12(12)(242 − 122 − 122 )
δ22 = = 1.956(10−4 ) in/lbf
6(30)(106 )(0.049 09)(24)
12(4)(242 − 122 − 42 )
δ12 = δ32 = 6
= 9.416(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(10 )(0.049 09)(24)
4(4)(242 − 42 − 42 )
δ13 = 6
= 4.104(10−5 ) in/lbf
6(30)(10 )(0.049 09)(24)
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 197
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 197
2.433(10−3 )
ω1 = 386 = 868 rad/s (same as in Prob. 7-14)
1.246(10−6 )
The point was to show that convergence is rapid using a static deflection beam equation.
The method works because:
• If a deflection curve is chosen which meets the boundary conditions of moment-free and
deflection-free ends, and in this problem, of symmetry, the strain energy is not very sensi-
tive to the equation used.
• Since the static bending equation is available, and meets the moment-free and deflection-
free ends, it works.
FIRST PAGES
198 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
7-17 In Eq. (7-22) the term I /A appears. For a hollow unform diameter shaft,
" ! ! !
π do4 − di4 /64
I 1 do2 + di2 do2 − di2 1 2
= ! = = do + di2
A π do − di /4
2 2 16 do − di
2 2 4
This means that when a solid shaft is hollowed out, the critical speed increases beyond that
of the solid shaft. By how much?
2
4 do + di
1 2 2
di
1
= 1 +
4 do
2 do
7-18 All steps will be modeled using singularity functions with a spreadsheet. Programming both
loads will enable the user to first set the left load to 1, the right load to 0 and calculate δ11 and
δ21 . Then setting left load to 0 and the right to 1 to get δ12 and δ22 . The spreadsheet shown
on the next page shows the δ11 and δ21 calculation. Table for M/I vs x is easy to make. The
equation for M/I is:
M/I = D13x + C15x − 10 + E15x − 11 + E17x − 21
+ C19x − 90 + E19x − 91 + E21x − 141
+ C23x − 150 + E23x − 151
Integrating twice gives the equation for E y. Boundary conditions y = 0 at x = 0 and at
x = 16 inches provide integration constants (C2 = 0). Substitution back into the deflection
equation at x = 2, 14 inches provides the δ ’s. The results are: δ11 − 2.917(10−7 ),
δ12 = δ21 = 1.627(10−7 ), δ22 = 2.231(10−7 ). This can be verified by finite element analysis.
y1 = 20(2.917)(10−7 ) + 35(1.627)(10−7 ) = 1.153(10−5 )
y2 = 20(1.627)(10−7 ) + 35(2.231)(10−7 ) = 1.106(10−5 )
y12 = 1.329(10−10 ), y22 = 1.224(10−10 )
wy = 6.177(10−4 ), wy 2 = 6.942(10−9 )
6.177(10−4 )
ω1 = 386 = 5860 rad/s or 55 970 rev/min Ans.
6.942(10−9 )
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 199
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 199
A B C D E F G H I
1 F1 = 1 F2 = 0 R1 = 0.875 (left reaction)
2
3 x M I1 = I4 = 0.7854
4 0 0 I2 = 1.833
5 1 0.875 I3 = 2.861
6 2 1.75
7 9 0.875
8 14 0.25
9 15 0.125
10 16 0
11
12 x M/I step slope slope
13 0 0 1.114 082
14 1 1.114 082
15 1 0.477 36 −0.636 722 477 0.477 36 −0.636 72
16 2 0.954 719
17 2 0.954 719 0 −0.068 19 −0.545 55
18 9 0.477 36
19 9 0.305 837 −0.171 522 4 −0.043 69 0.024 503
20 14 0.087 382
21 14 0.087 382 0 −0.043 69 0
22 15 0.043 691
23 15 0.159 155 0.115 463 554 −0.159 15 −0.115 46
24 16 0
25
26 C1 = −4.906 001 093
27
28
29 δ11 = 2.91701E-07
30 δ21 = 1.6266E-07
1.2
1
M (lbf • in)
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
x (in)
FIRST PAGES
200 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
9"
R1 R2
3.316(10−4 )
ω1 = 386 = 5034 rad/s Ans.
5.052(10−9 )
A finite element model of the exact shaft gives ω1 = 5340 rad/s. The simple model is
5.7% low.
Combination Using Dunkerley’s equation, Eq. (7-32):
1 1 1
= + ⇒ 3819 rad/s Ans.
ω1
2 58602 50342
7-19 We must not let the basis of the stress concentration factor, as presented, impose a view-
point on the designer. Table A-16 shows K ts as a decreasing monotonic as a function of
a/D. All is not what it seems.
Let us change the basis for data presentation to the full section rather than the net section.
τ = K ts τ0 = K ts τ0
32T 32T
K ts = = K ts
π AD 3 π D3
Therefore
K ts
K ts =
A
Form a table:
(a/D) A K ts K ts
0.050 0.95 1.77 1.86
0.075 0.93 1.71 1.84
0.100 0.92 1.68 1.83 ← minimum
0.125 0.89 1.64 1.84
0.150 0.87 1.62 1.86
0.175 0.85 1.60 1.88
0.200 0.83 1.58 1.90
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 201
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 201
7-20 Choose 15 mm as basic size, D, d. Table 7-9: fit is designated as 15H7/h6. From
Table A-11, the tolerance grades are D = 0.018 mm and d = 0.011 mm.
Hole: Eq. (7-36)
Dmax = D + D = 15 + 0.018 = 15.018 mm Ans.
Dmin = D = 15.000 mm Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-12, fundamental deviation δ F = 0. From Eq. (2-39)
dmax = d + δ F = 15.000 + 0 = 15.000 mm Ans.
dmin = d + δ R − d = 15.000 + 0 − 0.011 = 14.989 mm Ans.
7-21 Choose 45 mm as basic size. Table 7-9 designates fit as 45H7/s6. From Table A-11, the
tolerance grades are D = 0.025 mm and d = 0.016 mm
Hole: Eq. (7-36)
Dmax = D + D = 45.000 + 0.025 = 45.025 mm Ans.
Dmin = D = 45.000 mm Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-12, fundamental deviation δ F = +0.043 mm. From Eq. (7-38)
dmin = d + δ F = 45.000 + 0.043 = 45.043 mm Ans.
dmax = d + δ F + d = 45.000 + 0.043 + 0.016 = 45.059 mm Ans.
7-22 Choose 50 mm as basic size. From Table 7-9 fit is 50H7/g6. From Table A-11, the tolerance
grades are D = 0.025 mm and d = 0.016 mm.
Hole:
Dmax = D + D = 50 + 0.025 = 50.025 mm Ans.
Dmin = D = 50.000 mm Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-12 fundamental deviation = −0.009 mm
dmax = d + δ F = 50.000 + (−0.009) = 49.991 mm Ans.
dmin = d + δ F − d
= 50.000 + (−0.009) − 0.016
= 49.975 mm
budynas_SM_ch07.qxd 11/30/2006 15:31 Page 202
FIRST PAGES
202 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
7-23 Choose the basic size as 1.000 in. From Table 7-9, for 1.0 in, the fit is H8/f7. From
Table A-13, the tolerance grades are D = 0.0013 in and d = 0.0008 in.
Hole:
Dmax = D + (D) hole = 1.000 + 0.0013 = 1.0013 in Ans.
Dmin = D = 1.0000 in Ans.
Shaft: From Table A-14: Fundamental deviation = −0.0008 in
dmax = d + δ F = 1.0000 + (−0.0008) = 0.9992 in Ans.
dmin = d + δ F − d = 1.0000 + (−0.0008) − 0.0008 = 0.9984 in Ans.
Alternatively,
dmin = dmax − d = 0.9992 − 0.0008 = 0.9984 in. Ans.
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 7 203
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8
8-1
(a) 5 mm Thread depth = 2.5 mm Ans.
2.5 Width = 2.5 mm Ans.
2.5 mm
25 mm
dm = 25 − 1.25 − 1.25 = 22.5 mm
dr = 25 − 5 = 20 mm
l = p = 5 mm Ans.
(b) 5 mm Thread depth = 2.5 mm Ans.
2.5 Width at pitch line = 2.5 mm Ans.
5 mm dm = 22.5 mm
dr = 20 mm
l = p = 5 mm Ans.
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 205
8-4 Given F = 6 kN, l = 5 mm, and dm = 22.5 mm, the torque required to raise the load is
found using Eqs. (8-1) and (8-6)
6(22.5) 5 + π(0.08)(22.5) 6(0.05)(40)
TR = +
2 π(22.5) − 0.08(5) 2
= 10.23 + 6 = 16.23 N · m Ans.
The torque required to lower the load, from Eqs. (8-2) and (8-6) is
6(22.5) π(0.08)22.5 − 5 6(0.05)(40)
TL = +
2 π(22.5) + 0.08(5) 2
= 0.622 + 6 = 6.622 N · m Ans.
Since TL is positive, the thread is self-locking. The efficiency is
6(5)
Eq. (8-4): e= = 0.294 Ans.
2π(16.23)
8-5 Collar (thrust) bearings, at the bottom of the screws, must bear on the collars. The bottom seg-
ment of the screws must be in compression. Where as tension specimens and their grips must
be in tension. Both screws must be of the same-hand threads.
FIRST PAGES
206 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
7" 3"
D.
16 16
2.406"
3"
1 1 7
L =3− − − = 2.406 in
8 4 32
T = 2.406F
7 7
M= L− F = 2.406 − F = 2.188F
32 32
S y = 41 kpsi
32M 32(2.188) F
σ = Sy = = = 41 000
πd 3 π(0.1875) 3
F = 12.13 lbf
T = 2.406(12.13) = 29.2 lbf · in Ans.
(b) Eq. (8-5), 2α = 60◦ , l = 1/14 = 0.0714 in, f = 0.075, sec α = 1.155, p = 1/14 in
7 1
dm = − 0.649 519 = 0.3911 in
16 14
Fclamp (0.3911) Num
TR =
2 Den
Num = 0.0714 + π(0.075)(0.3911)(1.155)
Den = π(0.3911) − 0.075(0.0714)(1.155)
T = 0.028 45Fclamp
T 29.2
Fclamp = = = 1030 lbf Ans.
0.028 45 0.028 45
(c) The column has one end fixed and the other end pivoted. Base decision on the mean
diameter column. Input: C = 1.2, D = 0.391 in, S y = 41 kpsi, E = 30(106 ) psi,
L = 4.1875 in, k = D/4 = 0.097 75 in, L/k = 42.8.
For this J. B. Johnson column, the critical load represents the limiting clamping force
for bucking. Thus, Fclamp = Pcr = 4663 lbf.
(d) This is a subject for class discussion.
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 207
0.1667 + π(0.15)(0.5417)(1.033)
Eq. (8-5): T = 0.5417( F/2) = 0.0696F
π(0.5417) − 0.15(0.1667)(1.033)
Eq. (8-6): Tc = 0.15(7/16)( F/2) = 0.032 81F
Ttotal = (0.0696 + 0.0328) F = 0.1024F
16.5
F= = 161 lbf Ans.
0.1024
8-10
(a) dm = 36 − 3 = 33 mm, l = p = 6 mm
From Eqs. (8-1) and (8-6)
33F 6 + π(0.14)(33) 0.09(90) F
T = +
2 π(33) − 0.14(6) 2
= (3.292 + 4.050) F = 7.34F N · m
ω = 2πn = 2π(1) = 2π rad/s
H = Tω
H 3000
T = = = 477 N · m
ω 2π
477
F= = 65.0 kN Ans.
7.34
Fl 65.0(6)
(b) e = = = 0.130 Ans.
2π T 2π(477)
8-11
1
(a) L T = 2D + = 2(0.5) + 0.25 = 1.25 in Ans.
4
(b) From Table A-32 the washer thickness is 0.109 in. Thus,
l = 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.109 = 1.109 in Ans.
7
(c) From Table A-31, H = = 0.4375 in Ans.
16
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 208
FIRST PAGES
208 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8-12
(a) L T = 2D + 6 = 2(14) + 6 = 34 mm Ans.
(b) From Table A-33, the maximum washer thickness is 3.5 mm. Thus, the grip is,
l = 14 + 14 + 3.5 = 31.5 mm Ans.
(c) From Table A-31, H = 12.8 mm
(d) l + H = 31.5 + 12.8 = 44.3 mm
Adding one or two threads and rounding up to L = 50 mm. The bolt is long enough.
Ans.
(e) ld = L − L T = 50 − 34 = 16 mm Ans.
lt = l − ld = 31.5 − 16 = 15.5 mm Ans.
These lengths are needed to estimate the bolt spring rate kb .
8-13
1
(a) L T = 2D + = 2(0.5) + 0.25 = 1.25 in Ans.
4
d d 0.5
(b) l > h + = t1 + = 0.875 + = 1.125 in Ans.
2 2 2
(c) L > h + 1.5d = t1 + 1.5d = 0.875 + 1.5(0.5) = 1.625 in
From Table A-17, this rounds to 1.75 in. The cap screw is long enough. Ans.
(d) ld = L − L T = 1.75 − 1.25 = 0.500 in Ans.
lt = l − ld = 1.125 − 0.5 = 0.625 in Ans.
8-14
(a) L T = 2(12) + 6 = 30 mm Ans.
d d 12
(b) l = h + = t1 + = 20 + = 26 mm Ans.
2 2 2
(c) L > h + 1.5d = t1 + 1.5d = 20 + 1.5(12) = 38 mm
This rounds to 40 mm (Table A-17). The fastener is long enough. Ans.
(d) ld = L − L T = 40 − 30 = 10 mm Ans.
l T = l − ld = 26 − 10 = 16 mm Ans.
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 209
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 209
8-15
(a) Ad = 0.7854(0.75) 2 = 0.442 in2
Atube = 0.7854(1.1252 − 0.752 ) = 0.552 in2
Ad E 0.442(30)(106 )
kb = = = 1.02(106 ) lbf/in Ans.
grip 13
Atube E 0.552(30)(106 )
km = = = 1.27(106 ) lbf/in Ans.
13 13
1.02
C= = 0.445 Ans.
1.02 + 1.27
1 1 1
(b) Grip δ= · = = 0.020 83 in
16 3 48
Original bolt
|P|l (13 − 0.020 83)
Nut advance
A
␦
|δb | = = |P| = 9.79(10−7 )|P| in
AE b 0.442(30)(106 )
␦b
␦m
|P|l |P|(13)
Equilibrium |δm | = = = 7.85(10−7 )|P| in
A
AE m 0.552(30)(106 )
|δb | + |δm | = δ = 0.020 83
9.79(10−7 )|P| + 7.85(10−7 )|P| = 0.020 83
0.020 83
Fi = |P| = = 11 810 lbf Ans.
9.79(10−7 ) + 7.85(10−7 )
8-16 The movement is known at one location when the nut is free to turn
δ = pt = t/N
Letting Nt represent the turn of the nut from snug tight, Nt = θ/360◦ and δ = Nt /N.
The elongation of the bolt δb is
Fi
δb =
kb
The advance of the nut along the bolt is the algebraic sum of |δb | and |δm |
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 210
FIRST PAGES
210 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Nt
|δb | + |δm | =
N
Fi Fi Nt
+ =
kb km N
1 1 kb + km θ
Nt = N Fi + = Fi N = Ans.
kb km kb km 360◦
As a check invert Prob. 8-15. What Turn-of-Nut will induce Fi = 11 808 lbf?
1 1
Nt = 16(11 808) +
1.02(106 ) 1.27(106 )
.
= 0.334 turns = 1/3 turn (checks)
The relationship between the Turn-of-Nut method and the Torque Wrench method is as
follows.
kb + km
Nt = Fi N (Turn-of-Nut)
kb km
T = K Fi d (Torque Wrench)
Eliminate Fi
kb + km NT θ
Nt = = Ans.
kb km Kd 360◦
8-17
(a) From Ex. 8-4, Fi = 14.4 kip, kb = 5.21(106 ) lbf/in, km = 8.95(106 ) lbf/in
Eq. (8-27): T = k Fi d = 0.2(14.4)(103 )(5/8) = 1800 lbf · in Ans.
From Prob. 8-16,
1 1 1 1
t = N Fi + = 16(14.4)(10 )3
+
kb km 5.21(10 ) 8.95(106 )
6
8-18 From Eq. (8-22) for the conical frusta, with d/l = 0.5
km 0.5774π
= = 1.11
Ed (d/l)=0.5 2 ln {5[0.5774 + 0.5(0.5)]/[0.5774 + 2.5(0.5)]}
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 211
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 211
Eq. (8-23), from the Wileman et al. finite element study, using the general expression,
km
= 0.789 52 exp[0.629 14(0.5)] = 1.08
Ed (d/l)=0.5
8-19 For cast iron, from Table 8-8: A = 0.778 71, B = 0.616 16, E = 14.5 Mpsi
0.625
km = 14.5(10 )(0.625)(0.778 71) exp 0.616 16
6
= 9.12(106 ) lbf/in
1.5
This member’s spring rate applies to both members. We need km for the upper member
which represents half of the joint.
kci = 2km = 2[9.12(106 )] = 18.24(106 ) lbf/in
For steel from Table 8-8: A = 0.787 15, B = 0.628 73, E = 30 Mpsi
0.625
km = 30(10 )(0.625)(0.787 15) exp 0.628 73
6
= 19.18(106 ) lbf/in
1.5
ksteel = 2km = 2(19.18)(106 ) = 38.36(106 ) lbf/in
For springs in series
1 1 1 1 1
= + = +
km kci ksteel 18.24(106 ) 38.36(106 )
km = 12.4(106 ) lbf/in Ans.
FIRST PAGES
212 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8-22 D3 = 150 mm, A = 100 mm, B = 200 mm, C = 300 mm, D = 20 mm, E = 25 mm.
ISO 8.8 bolts: d = 12 mm, p = 1.75 mm, coarse pitch of p = 6 MPa.
1 π
P= (1502 )(6)(10−3 ) = 10.6 kN/bolt
10 4
l = D + E = 20 + 25 = 45 mm
L T = 2D + 6 = 2(12) + 6 = 30 mm
Table A-31: H = 10.8 mm
l + H = 45 + 10.8 = 55.8 mm
Table A-17: L = 60 mm
D1
dw
20
2.5
45
22.5 25
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 213
Eq. (8-17):
113(84.3)(207)
kb = = 466.8 MN/m
113(15) + 84.3(30)
There are three frusta: dm = 1.5(12) = 18 mm
D1 = (20 tan 30◦ )2 + dw = (20 tan 30◦ )2 + 18 = 41.09 mm
Upper Frustum: t = 20 mm, E = 207 GPa, D = 1.5(12) = 18 mm
Eq. (8-20): k1 = 4470 MN/m
Central Frustum: t = 2.5 mm, D = 41.09 mm, E = 100 GPa (Table A-5) ⇒ k2 =
52 230 MN/m
Lower Frustum: t = 22.5 mm, E = 100 GPa, D = 18 mm ⇒ k3 = 2074 MN/m
From Eq. (8-18): km = [(1/4470) + (1/52 230) + (1/2074)]−1 = 1379 MN/m
466.8
Eq. (e), p. 421: C= = 0.253
466.8 + 1379
Eqs. (8-30) and (8-31):
Fi = K Fp = K At Sp = 0.75(84.3)(600)(10−3 ) = 37.9 kN
Sp At − Fi 600(10−3 )(84.3) − 37.9
Eq. (8-28): n= = = 4.73 Ans.
CP 0.253(10.6)
1 π
8-23 P= (1202 )(6)(10−3 ) = 8.48 kN
8 4
From Fig. 8-21, t1 = h = 20 mm and t2 = 25 mm
l = 20 + 12/2 = 26 mm
t = 0 (no washer), L T = 2(12) + 6 = 30 mm
L > h + 1.5d = 20 + 1.5(12) = 38 mm
Use 40 mm cap screws.
ld = 40 − 30 = 10 mm
lt = l − ld = 26 − 10 = 16 mm 12
13
Ad = 113 mm , 2
At = 84.3 mm 2
h 20
l 26
Eq. (8-17): 13
7
6
113(84.3)(207)
kb =
113(16) + 84.3(10)
t2 25
= 744 MN/m Ans.
dw = 1.5(12) = 18 mm
D = 18 + 2(6)(tan 30) = 24.9 mm D
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 214
FIRST PAGES
214 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
1
0.61 2
1.22
5
8
3 0.095
4
0.860
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 215
Member stiffness for four frusta and joint constant C using Eqs. (8-20) and (e).
Top frustum: D = 0.75, t = 0.5, d = 0.5, E = 30 ⇒ k1 = 33.30 Mlbf/in
2nd frustum: D = 1.327, t = 0.11, d = 0.5, E = 14.5 ⇒ k2 = 173.8 Mlbf/in
3rd frustum: D = 0.860, t = 0.515, E = 14.5 ⇒ k3 = 21.47 Mlbf/in
Fourth frustum: D = 0.75, t = 0.095, d = 0.5, E = 30 ⇒ k4 = 97.27 Mlbf/in
−1
4
km = 1/ki = 10.79 Mlbf/in Ans.
i=1
C = 3.94/(3.94 + 10.79) = 0.267 Ans.
8-25
0.095"
0.4225"
1.238" 0.595"
0.5"
0.845" Steel
0.1725" 1.018"
0.25"
Cast
0.75" 0.625"
iron
At E 0.1419(30)
kb = = = 5.04 Mlbf/in Ans.
l 0.845
From Fig. 8-21,
1
h= + 0.095 = 0.595 in
2
d 0.5
l=h+ = 0.595 + = 0.845
2 2
D1 = 0.75 + 0.845 tan 30◦ = 1.238 in
l/2 = 0.845/2 = 0.4225 in
From Eq. (8-20):
Frustum 1: D = 0.75, t = 0.4225 in, d = 0.5 in, E = 30 Mpsi ⇒ k1 = 36.14 Mlbf/in
Frustum 2: D = 1.018 in, t = 0.1725 in, E = 70 Mpsi, d = 0.5 in ⇒ k2 = 134.6 Mlbf/in
Frustum 3: D = 0.75, t = 0.25 in, d = 0.5 in, E = 14.5 Mpsi ⇒ k3 = 23.49 Mlbf/in
1
km = = 12.87 Mlbf/in Ans.
(1/36.14) + (1/134.6) + (1/23.49)
5.04
C= = 0.281 Ans.
5.04 + 12.87
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 216
FIRST PAGES
216 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8-26 Refer to Prob. 8-24 and its solution. Additional information: A = 3.5 in, Ds = 4.25 in, static
pressure 1500 psi, Db = 6 in, C (joint constant) = 0.267, ten SAE grade 5 bolts.
1 π(4.252 )
P= (1500) = 2128 lbf
10 4
From Tables 8-2 and 8-9,
At = 0.1419 in2
Sp = 85 000 psi
Fi = 0.75(0.1419)(85) = 9.046 kip
From Eq. (8-28),
Sp At − Fi 85(0.1419) − 9.046
n= = = 5.31 Ans.
CP 0.267(2.128)
0.6375" 0.065"
0.18625"
0.8524"
E = 14 Mpsi, t = 0.186 25 in
D = 0.5625 + 2(0.065)(0.577) = 0.6375 in
k = 23.46 Mlbf/in (by computer)
Frustum 3: Frame and Cap
0.8524"
0.25125"
0.5625"
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 217
For the bolt, L T = 2(3/8) + (1/4) = 1 in. So the bolt is threaded all the way. Since
At = 0.0775 in2
0.0775(30)
kb = = 4.63 Mlbf/in Ans.
0.5025
8-28
(a) Fb = R Fb, max sin θ
Half of the external moment is contributed by the line load in the interval 0 ≤ θ ≤ π.
π π
M 2
= Fb R sin θ dθ = Fb, max R 2 sin2 θ dθ
2 0 0
M π
= Fb, max R 2
2 2
M
from which Fb, max =
π R2
φ2 φ2
M M
Fmax = Fb R sin θ dθ = R sin θ dθ = (cos φ1 − cos φ2 )
φ1 π R2 φ1 πR
FIRST PAGES
218 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
(b) Washers: t = 3.4 mm, d = 20 mm, D = 30 mm, E = 207 GPa ⇒ k1 = 42 175 MN/m
Cast iron: t = 20 mm, d = 20 mm, D = 30 + 2(3.4) tan 30◦ = 33.93 mm,
E = 135 GPa ⇒ k2 = 7885 MN/m
Steel: t = 20 mm, d = 20 mm, D = 33.93 mm, E = 207 GPa ⇒ k3 = 12 090 MN/m
km = (2/42 175 + 1/7885 + 1/12 090) −1 = 3892 MN/m
Bolt: l = 46.8 mm. Nut: H = 18 mm. L > 46.8 + 18 = 64.8 mm. Use L = 80 mm.
L T = 2(20) + 6 = 46 mm, ld = 80 − 46 = 34 mm, lt = 46.8 − 34 = 12.8 mm,
At = 245 mm2 , Ad = π202 /4 = 314.2 mm2
Ad At E 314.2(245)(207)
kb = = = 1290 MN/m
Ad lt + At ld 314.2(12.8) + 245(34)
C = 1290/(1290 + 3892) = 0.2489, Sp = 600 MPa, Fi = 132.3 kN
Sp At − Fi 600(0.245) − 132.3
n= = = 15.7 Ans.
C( P/N ) 0.2489(15/4)
Bolts are a bit oversized for the load.
8-30 (a) ISO M 20 × 2.5 grade 8.8 coarse pitch bolts, lubricated.
Table 8-2 At = 245 mm2
Table 8-11 Sp = 600 MPa
Ad = π(20) 2 /4 = 314.2 mm2
Fp = 245(0.600) = 147 kN
Fi = 0.90Fp = 0.90(147) = 132.3 kN
T = 0.18(132.3)(20) = 476 N · m Ans.
(b) L ≥ l + H = 48 + 18 = 66 mm. Therefore, set L = 80 mm per Table A-17.
L T = 2D + 6 = 2(20) + 6 = 46 mm
ld = L − L T = 80 − 46 = 34 mm
lt = l − ld = 48 − 34 = 14 mm
80
48 grip
Not to
scale
14
34 46
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 219
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 219
Ad At E 314.2(245)(207)
kb = = = 1251.9 MN/m
Ad lt + At ld 314.2(14) + 245(34)
30
24
24
30
8-31 Given pmax = 6 MPa, pmin = 0 and from Prob. 8-20 solution, C = 0.2346, Fi = 37.9 kN,
At = 84.3 mm2 .
For 6 MPa, P = 10.6 kN per bolt
Fi 37.9(103 )
σi = = = 450 MPa
At 84.3
Eq. (8-35):
CP 0.2346(10.6)(103 )
σa = = = 14.75 MPa
2At 2(84.3)
σm = σa + σi = 14.75 + 450 = 464.8 MPa
(a) Goodman Eq. (8-40) for 8.8 bolts with Se = 129 MPa, Sut = 830 MPa
Se (Sut − σi ) 129(830 − 450)
Sa = = = 51.12 MPa
Sut + Se 830 + 129
Sa 51.12
nf = = = 3.47 Ans.
σa 14.75
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 220
FIRST PAGES
220 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
129
= 600 6002 + 1292 − 4502 − 450(129) = 65.87 MPa
600 + 129
2 2
65.87
nf = = 4.47 Ans.
14.75
8-32
pA π D2 p π(0.92 )(550)
P= = = = 9.72 kN/bolt
N 4N 4(36)
Table 8-11: Sp = 830 MPa, Sut = 1040 MPa, S y = 940 MPa
Table 8-1: At = 58 mm2
Ad = π(102 )/4 = 78.5 mm2
l = D + E = 20 + 25 = 45 mm
L T = 2(10) + 6 = 26 mm
Table A-31: H = 8.4 mm
L ≥ l + H = 45 + 8.4 = 53.4 mm
Choose L = 60 mm from Table A-17
ld = L − L T = 60 − 26 = 34 mm
lt = l − ld = 45 − 34 = 11 mm
Ad At E 78.5(58)(207)
kb = = = 332.4 MN/m
Ad lt + At ld 78.5(11) + 58(34)
15
20
22.5
2.5
25
22.5
10
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 221
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 221
FIRST PAGES
222 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
CP 0.239(9.72)(103 )
σa = = = 20 MPa
2At 2(58)
Sa 86.8
nf = = = 4.34 Ans.
σa 20
(c) ASME elliptic
Se 2
Sa = S p S p + Se
2 − σ2 − σ S
i e
Sp2 + Se2 i
162
= 830 830 2 + 1622 − 6222 − 622(162) = 84.90 MPa
8302 + 1622
84.90
nf = = 4.24 Ans.
20
8-33 Let the repeatedly-applied load be designated as P. From Table A-22, Sut =
93.7 kpsi. Referring to the Figure of Prob. 3-74, the following notation will be used for the
radii of Section AA.
ri = 1 in, ro = 2 in, rc = 1.5 in
From Table 4-5, with R = 0.5 in
0.52
rn = √ = 1.457 107 in
2 1.5 − 1.52 − 0.52
e = rc − rn = 1.5 − 1.457 107 = 0.042 893 in
co = ro − rn = 2 − 1.457 109 = 0.542 893 in
ci = rn − ri = 1.457 107 − 1 = 0.457 107 in
A = π(12 )/4 = 0.7854 in2
If P is the maximum load
M = Prc = 1.5P
P rc ci P 1.5(0.457)
σi = 1+ = 1+ = 21.62P
A eri 0.7854 0.0429(1)
σi 21.62P
σa = σm = = = 10.81P
2 2
(a) Eye: Section AA
ka = 14.4(93.7) −0.718 = 0.553
de = 0.37d = 0.37(1) = 0.37 in
0.37 −0.107
kb = = 0.978
0.30
kc = 0.85
Se = 0.5(93.7) = 46.85 kpsi
Se = 0.553(0.978)(0.85)(46.85) = 21.5 kpsi
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 223
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 223
Since no stress concentration exists, use a load line slope of 1. From Table 7-10 for
Gerber
⎡ ⎤
2 2
93.7 ⎣ 2(21.5) ⎦
Sa = −1 + 1 + = 20.47 kpsi
2(21.5) 93.7
Sa 14 500 19 200
nf == =
σa 0.755P P
Comparing 1894/P with 19 200/P, we conclude that the eye is weaker in fatigue.
Ans.
(b) Strengthening steps can include heat treatment, cold forming, cross section change (a
round is a poor cross section for a curved bar in bending because the bulk of the mate-
rial is located where the stress is small). Ans.
(c) For n f = 2
1894
P= = 947 lbf, max. load Ans.
2
41
8-34 (a) L ≥ 1.5 + 2(0.134) + = 2.41 in . Use L = 2 12 in Ans.
64
(b) Four frusta: Two washers and two members
1.125"
0.134"
D1
1.280"
0.75"
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 224
FIRST PAGES
224 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 225
8-35
(a) Table 8-2: At = 0.1419 in2
Table 8-9: Sp = 85 kpsi, Sut = 120 kpsi
Table 8-17: Se = 18.6 kpsi
Fi = 0.75At Sp = 0.75(0.1419)(85) = 9.046 kip
4.94
C= = 0.236
4.94 + 15.97
CP 0.236P
σa = = = 0.832P kpsi
2At 2(0.1419)
Eq. (8-40) for Goodman criterion
18.6(120 − 9.046/0.1419)
Sa = = 7.55 kpsi
120 + 18.6
Sa 7.55
nf = = =2 ⇒ P = 4.54 kip Ans.
σa 0.832P
(b) Eq. (8-42) for Gerber criterion
1 9.046 9.046
Sa = 120 1202 + 4(18.6) 18.6 + − 1202 − 2 18.6
2(18.6) 0.1419 0.1419
= 11.32 kpsi
Sa 11.32
nf = = =2
σa 0.832P
From which
11.32
P= = 6.80 kip Ans.
2(0.832)
(c) σa = 0.832P = 0.832(6.80) = 5.66 kpsi
σm = Sa + σa = 11.32 + 63.75 = 75.07 kpsi
Load factor, Eq. (8-28)
Sp At − Fi 85(0.1419) − 9.046
n= = = 1.88 Ans.
CP 0.236(6.80)
Separation load factor, Eq. (8-29)
Fi 9.046
n= = = 1.74 Ans.
(1 − C) P 6.80(1 − 0.236)
FIRST PAGES
226 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8-37 For a M 30 × 3.5 ISO 8.8 bolt with P = 80 kN/bolt and C = 0.33
Table 8-1: At = 561 mm2
Table 8-11: Sp = 600 MPa
Sut = 830 MPa
Table 8-17: Se = 129 MPa
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 227
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 227
8-38
(a) Table 8-2: At = 0.0775 in2
Table 8-9: Sp = 85 kpsi, Sut = 120 kpsi
Table 8-17: Se = 18.6 kpsi
Unthreaded grip
Ad E π(0.375) 2 (30)
kb = = = 0.245 Mlbf/in per bolt Ans.
l 4(13.5)
π π
Am = [( D + 2t) 2 − D 2 ] = (4.752 − 42 ) = 5.154 in2
4 4
Am E 5.154(30) 1
km = = = 2.148 Mlbf/in/bolt. Ans.
l 12 6
(b) Fi = 0.75(0.0775)(85) = 4.94 kip
σi = 0.75(85) = 63.75 kpsi
2000 π 2
P = pA = (4) = 4189 lbf/bolt
6 4
0.245
C= = 0.102
0.245 + 2.148
CP 0.102(4.189)
σa = = = 2.77 kpsi
2At 2(0.0775)
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 228
FIRST PAGES
228 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8-39 This analysis is important should the initial bolt tension fail. Members: Sy = 71 kpsi,
Ssy = 0.577(71) = 41.0 kpsi. Bolts: SAE grade 8, S y = 130 kpsi, Ssy = 0.577(130) =
75.01 kpsi
Shear in bolts
π(0.3752 )
As = 2 = 0.221 in2
4
As Ssy 0.221(75.01)
Fs = = = 5.53 kip
n 3
Bearing on bolts
Ab = 2(0.375)(0.25) = 0.188 in2
Ab S yc 0.188(130)
Fb = = = 12.2 kip
n 2
Bearing on member
0.188(71)
Fb = = 5.34 kip
2.5
Tension of members
At = (1.25 − 0.375)(0.25) = 0.219 in2
0.219(71)
Ft = = 5.18 kip
3
F = min(5.53, 12.2, 5.34, 5.18) = 5.18 kip Ans.
The tension in the members controls the design.
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:49 Page 229
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 229
FIRST PAGES
230 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Tension in members
(3 − 0.875)(3/4)(71)
Ft = = 43.52 kip
2.6
F = min(35.46, 54.89, 38.83, 43.52) = 35.46 kip Ans.
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 231
Bearing on bolt
3 5
Ab = 3 = 0.3516 in2
8 16
F 5.4
σb = − =− = −15.36 kpsi
Ab 0.3516
Sy 92
n=− =− = 5.99 Ans.
σb −15.36
Bearing on members
Ab = 0.3516 in2 (From bearing on bolt calculations)
σb = −15.36 kpsi (From bearing on bolt calculations)
Sy 57
n=− =− = 3.71 Ans.
σb −15.36
Tension in members
Failure across two bolts
5 3 3
A= 2 −2 = 0.5078 in2
16 8 8
F 5.4
σ = = = 10.63 kpsi
A 0.5078
Sy 57
n= = = 5.36 Ans.
σt 10.63
8-44 2.8 kN
350 C 350
By symmetry, R1 = R2 = 1.4 kN
R1 R2
RA
M B = 0 1.4(250) − 50R A = 0 ⇒ R A = 7 kN
A B
FIRST PAGES
232 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8-45 Fs
P
Fs = 3000 lbf
3000(3)
3" P= = 1286 lbf
3000 lbf 7
7" 3"
Pivot about
this point
O
7
H= in
1"
16
2 1 1
l
l = + + 0.095 = 1.095 in
1"
2 2
2 1
3"
4 L ≥ l + H = 1.095 + (7/16) = 1.532 in
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:50 Page 233
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 233
3"
Use 1 bolts
4
1
L T = 2D + = 2(0.5) + 0.25 = 1.25 in
4
ld = 1.75 − 1.25 = 0.5
lt = 1.095 − 0.5 = 0.595
π(0.5) 2
Ad = = 0.1963 in2
4
At = 0.1419 in
Ad At E
kb =
Ad lt + At ld
0.1963(0.1419)(30)
=
0.1963(0.595) + 0.1419(0.5)
= 4.451 Mlbf/in
0.75"
t 0.5475"
0.5"
Stress margin
m = Sp − σ = 85 − 70.87 = 14.1 kpsi Ans.
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:50 Page 234
FIRST PAGES
234 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Size At T /d = 11 475At n
1
4 28 0.0364 417.7 1.75
5
16 24 0.058 665.55 2.8
3
8 24 0.0878 1007.5 4.23
The factor of safety in the last column of the table comes from
2π f (T /d) 2π(0.12)(T /d)
n= = = 0.0042(T /d)
0.18Fx 0.18(1000)
budynas_SM_ch08.qxd 11/30/2006 15:50 Page 235
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 235
8-48 26
50 50
A C
B
M
F"A F"C
152
FIRST PAGES
236 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Bearing on cantilever:
Ab = 12(12) = 144 mm2
190 (144)(10−3 )
F= = 4.17 kN
2.8 2.343
Bending of cantilever:
1
I = (12)(503 − 123 ) = 1.233(105 ) mm4
12
I 1.233(105 )
= = 4932
c 25
M 4932(190)
F= = = 2.22 kN
151 2.8(151)(103 )
So F = 1.99 kN based on bearing on channel Ans.
2400
FA = FB = = 37.5 kN F"A 37.5 kN
A
64
FA = FB = (4) 2 + (37.5) 2 = 37.7 kN Ans. 32
F'O 4 kN
FO = 4 kN Ans.
O
Bolt shear:
π(12) 2 32
As = = 113 mm2 F'B 4 kN
4
B
37.7(10) 3 F"B 37.5 kN
τ= = 334 MPa Ans.
113
Bearing on member:
Ab = 12(8) = 96 mm2
37.7(10) 3
σ =− = −393 MPa Ans.
96
Bending stress in plate: b
3
bh 3 bd 3 bd
I = − −2 + a bd
2
12 12 12
a
8(136) 3 8(12) 3 8(12) 3
= − −2 + (32) (8)(12)
2 h
12 12 12 a d
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 8 237
8-50 M 16.5(300)
F'A 150 lbf
y
F'B 150 lbf
4950 lbf • in 300 lbf
16 1"
2 1 1" 1 1"
A 2 2
x
O B
V 300 lbf
F"A 1650 lbf F"B 1650 lbf
4950
Shear of bolt: FA = FB = = 1650 lbf
3
π FA = 1500 lbf, FB = 1800 lbf
As = (0.5) 2 = 0.1963 in2
4
Bearing on bolt:
F 1800
τ= = = 9170 psi
A 0.1963 1 3
Ab = = 0.1875 in2
2 8
Ssy = 0.577(92) = 53.08 kpsi
F 1800
n=
53.08
= 5.79 Ans. σ =− =− = −9600 psi
9.17 A 0.1875
92
n= = 9.58 Ans.
9.6
54
Bearing on members: S y = 54 kpsi, n = = 5.63 Ans.
9.6
Bending of members: Considering the right-hand bolt
Mc 4500(1)
σ = = = 18 300 psi
I 0.246
54(10) 3
n= = 2.95 Ans.
18 300 3"
8
8-51 The direct shear load per bolt is F = 2500/6 = 417 lbf. The moment is taken only by the
four outside bolts. This moment is M = 2500(5) = 12 500 lbf · in.
12 500
Thus F = = 1250 lbf and the resultant bolt load is
2(5)
F = (417) 2 + (1250) 2 = 1318 lbf
Bolt strength, S y = 57 kpsi; Channel strength, S y = 46 kpsi; Plate strength, S y = 45.5 kpsi
Shear of bolt: As = π(0.625) 2 /4 = 0.3068 in2
FIRST PAGES
238 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8-52 Specifying bolts, screws, dowels and rivets is the way a student learns about such compo-
nents. However, choosing an array a priori is based on experience. Here is a chance for
students to build some experience.
8-53 Now that the student can put an a priori decision of an array together with the specification
of fasteners.
8-54 A computer program will vary with computer language or software application.
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 239
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 9
Table 9-4:
τall = min(0.30Sut , 0.40S y )
= min[0.30(58), 0.40(32)]
= min(17.4, 12.8) = 12.8 kpsi
for both materials.
9-5 b = d = 2 in
F
1.414
7"
V F
τ y = = = 1.13F kpsi
A 1.414(5/16)(2)
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 240
FIRST PAGES
240 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
τall 20
F= = = 2.17 kip Ans. (1)
9.22 9.22
(b) For E7010 from Table 9-6, τall = 21 kpsi
Table A-20:
HR 1020 Bar: Sut = 55 kpsi, S y = 30 kpsi
HR 1015 Support: Sut = 50 kpsi, S y = 27.5 kpsi
Table 9-5, E7010 Electrode: Sut = 70 kpsi, S y = 57 kpsi
The support controls the design.
Table 9-4:
τall = min[0.30(50), 0.40(27.5)] = min[15, 11] = 11 kpsi
The allowable load from Eq. (1) is
τall 11
F= = = 1.19 kip Ans.
9.22 9.22
9-6 b = d = 2 in
F
7"
Primary shear
V F
τ y = = = 0.566F
A 1.414(5/16)(2 + 2)
Secondary shear
(b + d) 3 (2 + 2) 3
Table 9-1: Ju = = = 10.67 in3
6 6
J = 0.707h Ju = 0.707(5/16)(10.67) = 2.36 in4
Mr y (7F)(1)
τx = τ y = = = 2.97F
J 2.36
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 241
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 9 241
Maximum shear
τmax = τx2 + (τ y + τ y ) 2 = F 2.972 + (0.556 + 2.97) 2 = 4.61F kpsi
τall
F= Ans.
4.61
which is twice τmax /9.22 of Prob. 9-5.
Thus, the members and the electrode are of equal strength. For a factor of safety of 1,
Fa = τa A = 30.6(721)(10−3 ) = 22.1 kN Ans.
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 242
FIRST PAGES
242 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
9-9 Rank
2
Ju a 3 /12 a2 a
fom = = = = 0.0833 5
lh ah 12h h
2
a(3a 2 + a 2 ) a2 a
fom = = = 0.3333 1
6(2a)h 3h h
2
(2a) 4 − 6a 2 a 2 5a 2 a
fom = = = 0.2083 4
12(a + a)2ah 24h h
2
1 8a 3 + 6a 3 + a 3 a4 11 a 2 a
fom = − = = 0.3056 2
3ah 12 2a + a 36 h h
2
(2a) 3 1 8a 3 a2 a
fom = = = = 0.3333 1
6h 4a 24ah 3h h
2
2π(a/2) 3 a3 a2 a
fom = = = = 0.25 3
πah 4ah 4h h
These rankings apply to fillet weld patterns in torsion that have a square area a × a in
which to place weld metal. The object is to place as much metal as possible to the border.
If your area is rectangular, your goal is the same but the rankings may change.
Students will be surprised that the circular weld bead does not rank first.
9-10
2
Iu 1 a3 1 1 a2 a
fom = = = = 0.0833 5
lh a 12 h 12 h h
Iu 1 a3 a2
fom = = = 0.0833 5
lh 2ah 6 h
2 2 2
Iu 1 a 1 a a
fom = = = = 0.25 1
lh 2ah 2 4 h h
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 243
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 9 243
2
Iu
1 a2 1 a2 a
fom = = (3a + a) = = 0.1667 2
lh [2(2a)]h 6 6 h h
b a d2 a2 a
x̄ = = , ȳ = = =
2 2 b + 2d 3a 3
2
2d 3 2 a a2 2a 3 2a 3 a a3
Iu = − 2d + (b + 2d) = − + 3a =
3 3 9 3 3 9 3
Iu a 3 /3 1 a2 a2
fom = = = = 0.1111 4
lh 3ah 9 h h
πa 3
Iu = πr 3 =
8
2
Iu πa 3 /8 a2 a
fom = = = = 0.125 3
lh πah 8h h
The CEE-section pattern was not ranked because the deflection of the beam is out-of-plane.
If you have a square area in which to place a fillet weldment pattern under bending, your
objective is to place as much material as possible away from the x-axis. If your area is rec-
tangular, your goal is the same, but the rankings may change.
9-11 Materials:
Attachment (1018 HR) S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
Member (A36) S y = 36 kpsi, Sut ranges from 58 to 80 kpsi, use 58.
The member and attachment are weak compared to the E60XX electrode.
Decision Specify E6010 electrode
Controlling property: τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = min(16.6, 12.8) = 12.8 kpsi
For a static load the parallel and transverse fillets are the same. If n is the number of beads,
F
τ= = τall
n(0.707)hl
F 25
nh = = = 0.921
0.707lτall 0.707(3)(12.8)
Make a table.
244 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Weldment Specifications:
Pattern: All-around square
Electrode: E6010
Type: Two parallel fillets Ans.
Two transverse fillets
Length of bead: 12 in
Leg: 1/4 in
For a figure of merit of, in terms of weldbead volume, is this design optimal?
9-12 Decision: Choose a parallel fillet weldment pattern. By so-doing, we’ve chosen an optimal
pattern (see Prob. 9-9) and have thus reduced a synthesis problem to an analysis problem:
Table 9-1: A = 1.414hd = 1.414(h)(3) = 4.24h in3
Primary shear
V 3000 707
τ y = = =
A 4.24h h
Secondary shear
d(3b2 + d 2 ) 3[3(32 ) + 32 ]
Table 9-1: Ju = = = 18 in3
6 6
J = 0.707(h)(18) = 12.7h in4
Mr y 3000(7.5)(1.5) 2657
τx = = = = τ y
J 12.7h h
1 4287
τmax = τx2 + (τ y + τ y ) 2 = 26572 + (707 + 2657) 2 =
h h
Attachment (1018 HR): S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
Member (A36): S y = 36 kpsi
The attachment is weaker
Decision: Use E60XX electrode
τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = 12.8 kpsi
4287
τmax = τall = = 12 800 psi
h
4287
h= = 0.335 in
12 800
Decision: Specify 3/8" leg size
Weldment Specifications:
Pattern: Parallel fillet welds
Electrode: E6010
Type: Fillet Ans.
Length of bead: 6 in
Leg size: 3/8 in
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 245
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 9 245
9-13 An optimal square space (3" × 3" ) weldment pattern is or or . In Prob. 9-12, there
was roundup of leg size to 3/8 in. Consider the member material to be structural A36 steel.
Decision: Use a parallel horizontal weld bead pattern for welding optimization and
convenience.
Materials:
Attachment (1018 HR): S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
Member (A36): S y = 36 kpsi, Sut 58–80 kpsi; use 58 kpsi
From Table 9-4 AISC welding code,
τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = min(16.6, 12.8) = 12.8 kpsi
Select a stronger electrode material from Table 9-3.
Decision: Specify E6010
Throat area and other properties:
A = 1.414hd = 1.414(h)(3) = 4.24h in2
x̄ = b/2 = 3/2 = 1.5 in
ȳ = d/2 = 3/2 = 1.5 in
d(3b2 + d 2 ) 3[3(32 ) + 32 ]
Ju = = = 18 in3
6 6
J = 0.707h Ju = 0.707(h)(18) = 12.73h in4
Primary shear:
V 3000 707.5
τx = = =
A 4.24h h
⬘x
⬘⬘y
r ⬘⬘
rx ⬘⬘x
y
ry
Secondary shear:
Mr
τ =
J
Mr Mr x
τx = τ cos 45◦ = cos 45◦ =
J J
3000(6 + 1.5)(1.5) 2651
τx = =
12.73h h
2651
τ y = τx =
h
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 246
FIRST PAGES
246 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
τmax = (τx + τx ) 2 + τ y2
1
= (2651 + 707.5) 2 + 26512
h
4279
= psi
h
Relate stress and strength:
τmax = τall
4279
= 12 800
h
4279
h= = 0.334 in → 3/8 in
12 800
Weldment Specifications:
Pattern: Horizontal parallel weld tracks
Electrode: E6010
Type of weld: Two parallel fillet welds
Length of bead: 6 in
Leg size: 3/8 in
Additional thoughts:
Since the round-up in leg size was substantial, why not investigate a backward C weld
pattern. One might then expect shorter horizontal weld beads which will have the advan-
tage of allowing a shorter member (assuming the member has not yet been designed). This
will show the inter-relationship between attachment design and supporting members.
9-14 Materials:
Member (A36): S y = 36 kpsi, Sut = 58 to 80 kpsi; use Sut = 58 kpsi
Attachment (1018 HR): S y = 32 kpsi, Sut = 58 kpsi
τall = min[0.3(58), 0.4(32)] = 12.8 kpsi
Decision: Use E6010 electrode. From Table 9-3: S y = 50 kpsi, Sut = 62 kpsi,
τall = min[0.3(62), 0.4(50)] = 20 kpsi
Decision: Since A36 and 1018 HR are weld metals to an unknown extent, use
τall = 12.8 kpsi
Decision: Use the most efficient weld pattern–square, weld-all-around. Choose 6" × 6" size.
Attachment length:
l1 = 6 + a = 6 + 6.25 = 12.25 in
Throat area and other properties:
A = 1.414h(b + d) = 1.414(h)(6 + 6) = 17.0h
b 6 d 6
x̄ = = = 3 in, ȳ = = = 3 in
2 2 2 2
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 247
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 9 247
Primary shear
V F 20 000 1176
τ y = = = = psi
A A 17h h
Secondary shear
(b + d) 3 (6 + 6) 3
Ju = = = 288 in3
6 6
J = 0.707h(288) = 203.6h in4
Mr y 20 000(6.25 + 3)(3) 2726
τx = τ y = = = psi
J 203.6h h
1 4760
τmax = τx2 + (τ y + τ y ) 2 = 27262 + (2726 + 1176) 2 = psi
h h
9-16 The objective of this design task is to have the students teach themselves that the weld
patterns of Table 9-3 can be added or subtracted to obtain the properties of a comtem-
plated weld pattern. The instructor can control the level of complication. I have left the
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 248
FIRST PAGES
248 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
presentation of the drawing to you. Here is one possibility. Study the problem’s opportuni-
ties, then present this (or your sketch) with the problem assignment.
Section AA
A b1
1"
2
8" d
1018 HR
A36 A 8" b
a Body welds Attachment weld
10000 lbf not shown pattern considered
Use b1 as the design variable. Express properties as a function of b1 . From Table 9-3,
category 3:
A = 1.414h(b − b1 )
x̄ = b/2, ȳ = d/2
bd 2 b1 d 2 (b − b1 )d 2
Iu = − =
2 2 2
I = 0.707h Iu
V F
τ = =
A 1.414h(b − b1 )
Mc Fa(d/2)
τ = =
I 0.707h Iu
τmax = τ 2 + τ 2
Parametric study
Let a = 10 in, b = 8 in, d = 8 in, b1 = 2 in, τall = 12.8 kpsi, l = 2(8 − 2) = 12 in
A = 1.414h(8 − 2) = 8.48h in2
Iu = (8 − 2)(82 /2) = 192 in3
I = 0.707(h)(192) = 135.7h in4
10 000 1179
τ = = psi
8.48h h
10 000(10)(8/2) 2948
τ = = psi
135.7h h
1 3175
τmax = 11792 + 29482 = = 12 800
h h
from which h = 0.248 in. Do not round off the leg size – something to learn.
Iu 192
fom = = = 64.5
hl 0.248(12)
A = 8.48(0.248) = 2.10 in2
I = 135.7(0.248) = 33.65 in4
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 249
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 9 249
h2 0.2482
vol = l= 12 = 0.369 in3
2 2
I 33.65
= = 91.2 = eff
vol 0.369
1179
τ = = 4754 psi
0.248
2948
τ = = 11 887 psi
0.248
4127 .
τmax = = 12 800 psi
0.248
Now consider the case of uninterrupted welds,
b1 = 0
A = 1.414(h)(8 − 0) = 11.31h
Iu = (8 − 0)(82 /2) = 256 in3
I = 0.707(256)h = 181h in4
10 000 884
τ = =
11.31h h
10 000(10)(8/2) 2210
τ = =
181h h
1 2380
τmax = 8842 + 22102 = = τall
h h
τmax 2380
h= = = 0.186 in
τall 12 800
Do not round off h.
A = 11.31(0.186) = 2.10 in2
I = 181(0.186) = 33.67
884 0.1862
τ = = 4753 psi, vol = 16 = 0.277 in3
0.186 2
2210
τ = = 11 882 psi
0.186
Iu 256
fom = = = 86.0
hl 0.186(16)
I 33.67
eff = 2 = = 121.7
(h /2)l (0.1862 /2)16
Conclusions: To meet allowable stress limitations, I and A do not change, nor do τ and σ . To
meet the shortened bead length, h is increased proportionately. However, volume of bead laid
down increases as h 2 . The uninterrupted bead is superior. In this example, we did not round h
and as a result we learned something. Our measures of merit are also sensitive to rounding.
When the design decision is made, rounding to the next larger standard weld fillet size will
decrease the merit.
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 250
FIRST PAGES
250 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Had the weld bead gone around the corners, the situation would change. Here is a fol-
lowup task analyzing an alternative weld pattern.
b1
d1 d
9-19 τall = 12 800 psi. Use Fig. 9-17(a) for general geometry, but employ beads and then
beads.
Horizontal parallel weld bead pattern
6"
b = 6 in
d = 8 in
8"
Chapter 9 251
Mc 10 000(10)(8/2) 2948
τ = = = psi
I 135.7h h
1 3175
τmax = τ 2 + τ 2 = (11792 + 29482 ) 1/2 = psi
h h
Equate the maximum and allowable shear stresses.
3175
τmax = τall = = 12 800
h
from which h = 0.248 in. It follows that
I = 135.7(0.248) = 33.65 in4
The volume of the weld metal is
h 2l 0.2482 (6 + 6)
vol = = = 0.369 in3
2 2
The effectiveness, (eff) H , is
I 33.65
(eff) H = = = 91.2 in
vol 0.369
Iu 192
(fom ) H = = = 64.5 in
hl 0.248(6 + 6)
Vertical parallel weld beads
6"
b = 6 in
8"
d = 8 in
252 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
9-20 Because the loading is pure torsion, there is no primary shear. From Table 9-1, category 6:
Ju = 2πr 3 = 2π(1) 3 = 6.28 in3
J = 0.707 h Ju = 0.707(0.25)(6.28)
= 1.11 in4
Tr 20(1)
τ= = = 18.0 kpsi Ans.
J 1.11
Chapter 9 253
6 A = 0.707h(b + 2d)
B
4.8 = 0.707(0.6)[6 + 2(12)] = 12.7 cm2
G d2 122
ȳ = = = 4.8 cm
b + 2d 6 + 2(12)
7.2
2d 3
Iu = − 2d 2 ȳ + (b + 2d) ȳ 2
A 3
2(12)3
= − 2(122 )(4.8) + [6 + 2(12)]4.82
3
= 461 cm3
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(0.6)(461) = 196 cm4
F 7.5(103 )
τ = = = 5.91 MPa
A 12.7(102 )
M = 7.5(120) = 900 N · m
c A = 7.2 cm, c B = 4.8 cm
The critical location is at A.
Mc A 900(7.2)
τ A = = = 33.1 MPa
I 196
τmax = τ 2 + τ 2 = (5.912 + 33.12 ) 1/2 = 33.6 MPa
τall 120
n= = = 3.57 Ans.
τmax 33.6
9-23 The largest possible weld size is 1/16 in. This is a small weld and thus difficult to accom-
plish. The bracket’s load-carrying capability is not known. There are geometry problems
associated with sheet metal folding, load-placement and location of the center of twist.
This is not available to us. We will identify the strongest possible weldment.
Use a rectangular, weld-all-around pattern – Table 9-2, category 6:
A = 1.414 h(b + d)
= 1.414(1/16)(1 + 7.5)
= 0.751 in2
7.5"
x̄ = b/2 = 0.5 in
d 7.5
ȳ = = = 3.75 in
2 2
1"
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 254
FIRST PAGES
254 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
d2 7.52
Iu = (3b + d) = [3(1) + 7.5] = 98.4 in3
6 6
I = 0.707h Iu = 0.707(1/16)(98.4) = 4.35 in4
M = (3.75 + 0.5)W = 4.25W
V W
τ = = = 1.332W
A 0.751
Mc 4.25W (7.5/2)
τ = = = 3.664W
I 4.35
τmax = τ 2 + τ 2 = W 1.3322 + 3.6642 = 3.90W
Material properties: The allowable stress given is low. Let’s demonstrate that.
For the A36 structural steel member, S y = 36 kpsi and Sut = 58 kpsi. For the 1020 CD
attachment, use HR properties of S y = 30 kpsi and Sut = 55. The E6010 electrode has
strengths of S y = 50 and Sut = 62 kpsi.
Allowable stresses:
Chapter 9 255
9-24
y
x
F
FB
R xA
A 60⬚
RyA B
y
It follows that R A = 562 lbf and R xA = 266.7 lbf, R A = 622 lbf
100
462
266.7
16
3
266.7
562
256 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
9-25
y
g g
1" 3"
4 G 8
x
1" 3"
4B g g 8
9" 7"
For the pattern in bending shown, find the centroid G of the weld group.
6(0.707)(1/4)(3) + 6(0.707)(3/8)(13)
x̄ =
6(0.707)(1/4) + 6(0.707)(3/8)
= 9 in
I1/4 = 2 IG + A2x̄
0.707(1/4)(63 )
=2 + 0.707(1/4)(6)(6 )
2
12
= 82.7 in4
0.707(3/8)(63 )
I3/8 =2 + 0.707(3/8)(6)(4 )
2
12
= 60.4 in4
I = I1/4 + I3/8 = 82.7 + 60.4 = 143.1 in4
9-26 Figure P9-26b is a free-body diagram of the bracket. Forces and moments that act on the
welds are equal, but of opposite sense.
(a) M = 1200(0.366) = 439 lbf · in Ans.
(b) Fy = 1200 sin 30◦ = 600 lbf Ans.
(c) Fx = 1200 cos 30◦ = 1039 lbf Ans.
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 257
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 9 257
258 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
For the size factor estimate, we first employ Eq. (7-24) for the equivalent diameter.
√
de = 0.808 0.707hb = 0.808 0.707(2.5)(0.25) = 0.537 in
Eq. (7-19) is used next to find kb
de −0.107 0.537 −0.107
kb = = = 0.940
0.30 0.30
The load factor for shear kc , is
kc = 0.59
The endurance strength in shear is
Sse = 0.780(0.940)(0.59)(29) = 12.5 kpsi
From Table 9-5, the shear stress-concentration factor is K f s = 2.7. The loading is
repeatedly-applied.
τmax 1.537
τa = τm = K f s = 2.7 = 2.07 kpsi
2 2
Table 7-10: Gerber factor of safety n f , adjusted for shear, with Ssu = 0.67Sut
2 2
1 0.67(58) 2.07 2(2.07)(12.5)
nf = −1 + 1 + = 5.52 Ans.
2 2.07 12.5 0.67(58)(2.07)
Chapter 9 259
9-28 Purchase the hook having the design shown in Fig. P9-28b. Referring to text Fig. 9-32a,
this design reduces peel stresses.
9-29 (a)
l/2
1 Pω cosh(ωx)
τ̄ = dx
l −l/2 4b sinh(ωl/2)
l/2
= A1 cosh(ωx) dx
−l/2
l/2
A1
= sinh(ωx)
ω −l/2
A1
= [sinh(ωl/2) − sinh(−ωl/2)]
ω
A1
= [sinh(ωl/2) − (−sinh(ωl/2))]
ω
2A1 sinh(ωl/2)
=
ω
Pω
= [2 sinh(ωl/2)]
4bl sinh(ωl/2)
P
τ̄ = Ans.
2bl
budynas_SM_ch09.qxd 12/01/2006 16:16 Page 260
FIRST PAGES
260 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Pω cosh(ωl/2) Pω
(b) τ (l/2) = = Ans.
4b sinh(ωl/2) 4b tanh(ωl/2)
(c)
τ (l/2) Pω 2bl
K = =
τ̄ 4b sinh(ωl/2) P
ωl/2
K = Ans.
tanh(ωl/2)
For computer programming, it can be useful to express the hyperbolic tangent in terms
of exponentials:
ωl exp(ωl/2) − exp(−ωl/2)
K = Ans.
2 exp(ωl/2) + exp(−ωl/2)
Chapter 10
10-1
1" 1"
1" 1"
2 2
4" 4"
10-2 A = Sd m
dim( Auscu ) = dim(S) dim(d m ) = kpsi · inm
dim( ASI ) = dim(S1 ) dim d1m = MPa · mmm
MPa mmm .
ASI = · m Auscu = 6.894 757(25.40) m Auscu = 6.895(25.4) m Auscu Ans.
kpsi in
For music wire, from Table 10-4:
Auscu = 201, m = 0.145; what is ASI ?
ASI = 6.89(25.4) 0.145 (201) = 2214 MPa · mmm Ans.
10-3 Given: Music wire, d = 0.105 in, OD = 1.225 in, plain ground ends, Nt = 12 coils.
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 1 = 12 − 1 = 11
L s = d Nt = 0.105(12) = 1.26 in
Table 10-4: A = 201, m = 0.145
201
(a) Eq. (10-14): Sut = = 278.7 kpsi
(0.105) 0.145
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45(278.7) = 125.4 kpsi
D = 1.225 − 0.105 = 1.120 in
D 1.120
C= = = 10.67
d 0.105
4(10.67) + 2
Eq. (10-6): KB = = 1.126
4(10.67) − 3
πd 3 Ssy π(0.105) 3 (125.4)(103 )
Eq. (10-3): F| Ssy = = = 45.2 lbf
8K B D 8(1.126)(1.120)
d4G (0.105) 4 (11.75)(106 )
Eq. (10-9): k= = = 11.55 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(1.120) 3 (11)
F| Ssy 45.2
L0 = + Ls = + 1.26 = 5.17 in Ans.
k 11.55
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 262
FIRST PAGES
262 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10-4 Referring to Prob. 10-3 solution, C = 10.67, Na = 11, Ssy = 125.4 kpsi, (L 0 ) cr =
5.89 in and F = 45.2 lbf (at yield).
Eq. (10-18): 4 ≤ C ≤ 12 C = 10.67 O.K.
Eq. (10-19): 3 ≤ Na ≤ 15 Na = 11 O.K.
y1 F1
ys
L0 Fs
L1
Ls
Chapter 10 263
10-5 Static service spring with: HD steel wire, d = 2 mm, OD = 22 mm, Nt = 8.5 turns plain
and ground ends.
Preliminaries
Table 10-5: A = 1783 MPa · mmm , m = 0.190
1783
Eq. (10-14): Sut = = 1563 MPa
(2) 0.190
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45(1563) = 703.4 MPa
Then,
D = OD − d = 22 − 2 = 20 mm
C = 20/2 = 10
4C + 2 4(10) + 2
KB = = = 1.135
4C − 3 4(10) − 3
Na = 8.5 − 1 = 7.5 turns
L s = 2(8.5) = 17 mm
Eq. (10-21): Use n s = 1.2 for solid-safe property.
πd 3 Ssy /n s π(2) 3 (703.4/1.2) (10−3 ) 3 (106 )
Fs = = = 81.12 N
8K B D 8(1.135)(20) 10−3
d4G (2) 4 (79.3) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
k= = = 0.002 643(106 ) = 2643 N/m
8D 3 Na 8(20) 3 (7.5) (10−3 ) 3
Fs 81.12
ys = = = 30.69 mm
k 2643(10−3 )
(a) L 0 = y + L s = 30.69 + 17 = 47.7 mm Ans.
L0 47.7
(b) Table 10-1: p = = = 5.61 mm Ans.
Nt 8.5
(c) Fs = 81.12 N (from above) Ans.
(d) k = 2643 N/m (from above) Ans.
(e) Table 10-2 and Eq. (10-13):
2.63D 2.63(20)
(L 0 ) cr = = = 105.2 mm
α 0.5
(L 0 ) cr /L 0 = 105.2/47.7 = 2.21
This is less than 5. Operate over a rod?
Plain and ground ends have a poor eccentric footprint. Ans.
10-6 Referring to Prob. 10-5 solution: C = 10, Na = 7.5, k = 2643 N/m, d = 2 mm,
D = 20 mm, Fs = 81.12 N and Nt = 8.5 turns.
Eq. (10-18): 4 ≤ C ≤ 12, C = 10 O.K.
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 264
FIRST PAGES
264 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10-7 Given: A228 (music wire), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.006 in, OD = 0.036 in, L 0 = 0.63 in,
Nt = 40 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 201 kpsi · inm , m = 0.145
D = OD − d = 0.036 − 0.006 = 0.030 in
C = D/d = 0.030/0.006 = 5
4(5) + 2
KB = = 1.294
4(5) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 40 − 2 = 38 turns
201
Sut = = 422.1 kpsi
(0.006) 0.145
Ssy = 0.45(422.1) = 189.9 kpsi
Gd 4 12(106 )(0.006) 4
k= = = 1.895 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.030) 3 (38)
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 265
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 10 265
10-8 Given: B159 (phosphor bronze), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.012 in, OD = 0.120 in, L 0 =
0.81 in, Nt = 15.1 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 145 kpsi · inm , m=0
Table 10-5: G = 6 Mpsi
D = OD − d = 0.120 − 0.012 = 0.108 in
C = D/d = 0.108/0.012 = 9
4(9) + 2
KB = = 1.152
4(9) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 15.1 − 2 = 13.1 turns
145
Sut = = 145 kpsi
0.0120
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.35(145) = 50.8 kpsi
Gd 4 6(106 )(0.012) 4
k= = = 0.942 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.108) 3 (13.1)
Table 10-1: L s = d Nt = 0.012(15.1) = 0.181 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 0.81 − 0.181 = 0.629 in
8(kys ) D 8(0.942)(0.6)(0.108)
τs = K B = 1.152 (10−3 ) = 108.6 kpsi (1)
πd 3 π(0.012) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 108.6 > 50.8 kpsi; the spring is not solid safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)πd 3 (50.8/1.2)(π)(0.012) 3 (103 )
ys = = = 0.245 in
8K B k D 8(1.152)(0.942)(0.108)
L 0 = L s + ys = 0.181 + 0.245 = 0.426 in
Wind the spring to a free length of 0.426 in. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 266
FIRST PAGES
266 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10-9 Given: A313 (stainless steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.040 in, OD = 0.240 in, L 0 =
0.75 in, Nt = 10.4 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 169 kpsi · inm , m = 0.146
Table 10-5: G = 10(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 0.240 − 0.040 = 0.200 in
C = D/d = 0.200/0.040 = 5
4(5) + 2
KB = = 1.294
4(5) − 3
Table 10-6: Na = Nt − 2 = 10.4 − 2 = 8.4 turns
169
Sut = = 270.4 kpsi
(0.040) 0.146
Table 10-13: Ssy = 0.35(270.4) = 94.6 kpsi
Gd 4 10(106 )(0.040) 4
k= = = 47.62 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.2) 3 (8.4)
Table 10-6: L s = d Nt = 0.040(10.4) = 0.416 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 0.75 − 0.416 = 0.334 in
8(kys ) D 8(47.62)(0.334)(0.2)
τs = K B = 1.294 (10−3 ) = 163.8 kpsi (1)
πd 3 π(0.040) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 163.8 > 94.6 kpsi; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (94 600/1.2)(π)(0.040) 3
ys = = = 0.161 in
8K B k D 8(1.294)(47.62)(0.2)
L 0 = L s + ys = 0.416 + 0.161 = 0.577 in
Wind the spring to a free length 0.577 in. Ans.
10-10 Given: A227 (hard drawn steel), d = 0.135 in, OD = 2.0 in, L 0 = 2.94 in, Nt = 5.25
turns.
Table 10-4: A = 140 kpsi · inm , m = 0.190
Table 10-5: G = 11.4(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 2 − 0.135 = 1.865 in
C = D/d = 1.865/0.135 = 13.81
4(13.81) + 2
KB = = 1.096
4(13.81) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 5.25 − 2 = 3.25 turns
140
Sut = = 204.8 kpsi
(0.135) 0.190
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 267
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 10 267
10-11 Given: A229 (OQ&T steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.144 in, OD = 1.0 in, L 0 = 3.75 in,
Nt = 13 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 147 kpsi · inm , m = 0.187
Table 10-5: G = 11.4(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 1.0 − 0.144 = 0.856 in
C = D/d = 0.856/0.144 = 5.944
4(5.944) + 2
KB = = 1.241
4(5.944) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 13 − 2 = 11 turns
147
Sut = = 211.2 kpsi
(0.144) 0.187
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.50(211.2) = 105.6 kpsi
Gd 4 11.4(106 )(0.144) 4
k= = = 88.8 lbf/in
8D 3 Na 8(0.856) 3 (11)
Table 10-1: L s = d Nt = 0.144(13) = 1.872 in
Now Fs = kys , ys = L 0 − L s = 3.75 − 1.872 = 1.878 in
8(kys ) D 8(88.8)(1.878)(0.856)
τs = K B = 1.241 (10−3 ) = 151.1 kpsi (1)
πd 3 π(0.144) 3
τs > Ssy , that is,151.1 > 105.6 kpsi; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (105 600/1.2)(π)(0.144) 3
ys = = = 1.094 in
8K B k D 8(1.241)(88.8)(0.856)
L 0 = L s + ys = 1.878 + 1.094 = 2.972 in
Wind the spring to a free length 2.972 in. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 268
FIRST PAGES
268 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10-12 Given: A232 (Cr-V steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.192 in, OD = 3 in, L 0 = 9 in, Nt =
8 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 169 kpsi · inm , m = 0.168
Table 10-5: G = 11.2(106 ) psi
D = OD − d = 3 − 0.192 = 2.808 in
C = D/d = 2.808/0.192 = 14.625 (large)
4(14.625) + 2
KB = = 1.090
4(14.625) − 3
Table 10-1: Na = Nt − 2 = 8 − 2 = 6 turns
169
Sut = = 223.0 kpsi
(0.192) 0.168
10-13 Given: A313 (stainless steel) SQ&GRD ends, d = 0.2 mm, OD = 0.91 mm, L 0 =
15.9 mm, Nt = 40 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 1867 MPa · mmm , m = 0.146
Table 10-5: G = 69.0 GPa
D = OD − d = 0.91 − 0.2 = 0.71 mm
C = D/d = 0.71/0.2 = 3.55 (small)
4(3.55) + 2
KB = = 1.446
4(3.55) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 40 − 2 = 38 turns
1867
Sut = = 2361.5 MPa
(0.2) 0.146
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 269
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 10 269
Table 10-6:
Ssy = 0.35(2361.5) = 826.5 MPa
d4G (0.2) 4 (69.0) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
k= =
8D 3 Na 8(0.71) 3 (38) (10−3 ) 3
= 1.0147(10−3 )(106 ) = 1014.7 N/m or 1.0147 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 0.2(40) = 8 mm
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 15.9 − 8 = 7.9
8(kys ) D 8(1.0147)(7.9)(0.71) 10−3 (10−3 )(10−3 )
τs = K B = 1.446
πd 3 π(0.2) 3 (10−3 ) 3
= 2620(1) = 2620 MPa (1)
τs > Ssy , that is, 2620 > 826.5 MPa; the spring is not solid safe. Solve Eq. (1) for ys giving
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (826.5/1.2)(π)(0.2) 3
ys = = = 2.08 mm
8K B k D 8(1.446)(1.0147)(0.71)
L 0 = L s + ys = 8.0 + 2.08 = 10.08 mm
Wind the spring to a free length of 10.08 mm. This only addresses the solid-safe criteria.
There are additional problems. Ans.
10-14 Given: A228 (music wire), SQ&GRD ends, d = 1 mm, OD = 6.10 mm, L 0 = 19.1 mm,
Nt = 10.4 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 2211 MPa · mmm , m = 0.145
Table 10-5: G = 81.7 GPa
D = OD − d = 6.10 − 1 = 5.1 mm
C = D/d = 5.1/1 = 5.1
Na = Nt − 2 = 10.4 − 2 = 8.4 turns
4(5.1) + 2
KB = = 1.287
4(5.1) − 3
2211
Sut = = 2211 MPa
(1) 0.145
270 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10-15 Given: A229 (OQ&T spring steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 3.4 mm, OD = 50.8 mm, L 0 =
74.6 mm, Nt = 5.25.
Table 10-4: A = 1855 MPa · mmm , m = 0.187
Table 10-5: G = 77.2 GPa
D = OD − d = 50.8 − 3.4 = 47.4 mm
C = D/d = 47.4/3.4 = 13.94 (large)
Na = Nt − 2 = 5.25 − 2 = 3.25 turns
4(13.94) + 2
KB = = 1.095
4(13.94) − 3
1855
Sut = = 1476 MPa
(3.4) 0.187
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.50(1476) = 737.8 MPa
d4G (3.4) 4 (77.2) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
k= = = 0.003 75(106 )
8D 3 Na 8(47.4) 3 (3.25) (10−3 ) 3
= 3750 N/m or 3.750 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 3.4(5.25) = 17.85
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 74.6 − 17.85 = 56.75 mm
8(kys ) D
τs = K B
πd 3
8(3.750)(56.75)(47.4)
= 1.095 = 720.2 MPa (1)
π(3.4) 3
Chapter 10 271
10-16 Given: B159 (phosphor bronze), SQ&GRD ends, d = 3.7 mm, OD = 25.4 mm, L 0 =
95.3 mm, Nt = 13 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 932 MPa · mmm , m = 0.064
Table 10-5: G = 41.4 GPa
D = OD − d = 25.4 − 3.7 = 21.7 mm
C = D/d = 21.7/3.7 = 5.865
4(5.865) + 2
KB = = 1.244
4(5.865) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 13 − 2 = 11 turns
932
Sut = = 857.1 MPa
(3.7) 0.064
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.35(857.1) = 300 MPa
d4G (3.7) 4 (41.4) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
k= 3
= 3 − 3 3
= 0.008 629(106 )
8D Na 8(21.7) (11) (10 )
= 8629 N/m or 8.629 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 3.7(13) = 48.1 mm
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 95.3 − 48.1 = 47.2 mm
8(kys ) D
τs = K B
πd 3
8(8.629)(47.2)(21.7)
= 1.244 = 553 MPa (1)
π(3.7) 3
τs > Ssy , that is, 553 > 300 MPa; the spring is not solid-safe. Solving Eq. (1) for ys gives
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (300/1.2)(π)(3.7) 3
ys = = = 21.35 mm
8K B k D 8(1.244)(8.629)(21.7)
L 0 = L s + ys = 48.1 + 21.35 = 69.45 mm
272 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10-17 Given: A232 (Cr-V steel), SQ&GRD ends, d = 4.3 mm, OD = 76.2 mm, L 0 =
228.6 mm, Nt = 8 turns.
Table 10-4: A = 2005 MPa · mmm , m = 0.168
Table 10-5: G = 77.2 GPa
D = OD − d = 76.2 − 4.3 = 71.9 mm
C = D/d = 71.9/4.3 = 16.72 (large)
4(16.72) + 2
KB = = 1.078
4(16.72) − 3
Na = Nt − 2 = 8 − 2 = 6 turns
2005
Sut = = 1569 MPa
(4.3) 0.168
Table 10-6:
Ssy = 0.50(1569) = 784.5 MPa
d4G (4.3) 4 (77.2) (10−3 ) 4 (109 )
k= 3
= 3 − 3 3
= 0.001 479(106 )
8D Na 8(71.9) (6) (10 )
= 1479 N/m or 1.479 N/mm
L s = d Nt = 4.3(8) = 34.4 mm
Fs = kys
ys = L 0 − L s = 228.6 − 34.4 = 194.2 mm
8(kys ) D 8(1.479)(194.2)(71.9)
τs = K B = 1.078 = 713.0 MPa (1)
πd 3 π(4.3) 3
τs < Ssy , that is, 713.0 < 784.5; the spring is solid safe. With n s = 1.2
Eq. (1) becomes
(Ssy /n)(πd 3 ) (784.5/1.2)(π)(4.3) 3
ys = = = 178.1 mm
8K B k D 8(1.078)(1.479)(71.9)
L 0 = L s + ys = 34.4 + 178.1 = 212.5 mm
10-18 For the wire diameter analyzed, G = 11.75 Mpsi per Table 10-5. Use squared and ground
ends. The following is a spread-sheet study using Fig. 10-3 for parts (a) and (b). For Na ,
k = 20/2 = 10 lbf/in.
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 273
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 10 273
10-19 From the figure: L 0 = 120 mm, OD = 50 mm, and d = 3.4 mm. Thus
D = OD − d = 50 − 3.4 = 46.6 mm
(a) By counting, Nt = 12.5 turns. Since the ends are squared along 1/4 turn on each end,
Na = 12.5 − 0.5 = 12 turns Ans.
p = 120/12 = 10 mm Ans.
The solid stack is 13 diameters across the top and 12 across the bottom.
L s = 13(3.4) = 44.2 mm Ans.
(b) d = 3.4/25.4 = 0.1339 in and from Table 10-5, G = 78.6 GPa
d4G (3.4) 4 (78.6)(109 )
k= 3
= 3
(10−3 ) = 1080 N/m Ans.
8D Na 8(46.6) (12)
(c) Fs = k(L 0 − L s ) = 1080(120 − 44.2)(10−3 ) = 81.9 N Ans.
(d) C = D/d = 46.6/3.4 = 13.71
4(13.71) + 2
KB = = 1.096
4(13.71) − 3
8K B Fs D 8(1.096)(81.9)(46.6)
τs = = = 271 MPa Ans.
πd 3 π(3.4) 3
10-20 One approach is to select A227-47 HD steel for its low cost. Then, for y1 ≤ 3/8 at
F1 = 10 lbf, k ≥10/ 0.375 = 26.67 lbf/in . Try d = 0.080 in #14 gauge
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 274
FIRST PAGES
274 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
For a clearance of 0.05 in: ID = (7/16) + 0.05 = 0.4875 in; OD = 0.4875 + 0.16 =
0.6475 in
D = 0.4875 + 0.080 = 0.5675 in
C = 0.5675/0.08 = 7.094
G = 11.5 Mpsi
d4G (0.08) 4 (11.5)(106 )
Na = = = 12.0 turns
8k D 3 8(26.67)(0.5675) 3
Nt = 12 + 2 = 14 turns, L s = d Nt = 0.08(14) = 1.12 in O.K.
L 0 = 1.875 in, ys = 1.875 − 1.12 = 0.755 in
Fs = kys = 26.67(0.755) = 20.14 lbf
4(7.094) + 2
KB = = 1.197
4(7.094) − 3
8Fs D 8(20.14)(0.5675)
τs = K B = 1.197 = 68 046 psi
πd 3 π(0.08) 3
Table 10-4: A = 140 kpsi · inm , m = 0.190
140
Ssy = 0.45 = 101.8 kpsi
(0.080) 0.190
101.8
n= = 1.50 > 1.2 O.K.
68.05
F1 10
τ1 = τs = (68.05) = 33.79 kpsi,
Fs 20.14
101.8
n1 = = 3.01 > 1.5 O.K.
33.79
There is much latitude for reducing the amount of material. Iterate on y1 using a spread
sheet. The final results are: y1 = 0.32 in, k = 31.25 lbf/in, Na = 10.3 turns, Nt =
12.3 turns, L s = 0.985 in, L 0 = 1.820 in, ys = 0.835 in, Fs = 26.1 lbf, K B = 1.197,
τs = 88 190 kpsi, n s = 1.15, and n 1 = 3.01.
ID = 0.4875 in, OD = 0.6475 in, d = 0.080 in
Try other sizes and/or materials.
10-21 A stock spring catalog may have over two hundred pages of compression springs with up
to 80 springs per page listed.
• Students should be aware that such catalogs exist.
• Many springs are selected from catalogs rather than designed.
• The wire size you want may not be listed.
• Catalogs may also be available on disk or the web through search routines. For exam-
ple, disks are available from Century Spring at
1 − (800) − 237 − 5225
www.centuryspring.com
• It is better to familiarize yourself with vendor resources rather than invent them yourself.
• Sample catalog pages can be given to students for study.
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 275
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 10 275
= R1 + θ
GJ 4 R2 − R1 2π N
0
πPN 4 πPN
= R2 − R1 =
4
( R1 + R2 ) R12 + R22
2G J ( R2 − R1 ) 2G J
π 16P N 2
J = d 4 ∴ δp = ( R 1 + R 2 ) R 1 + R 2
2
32 Gd 4
P d4G
k= = Ans.
δp 16N ( R1 + R2 ) R12 + R22
10-23 For a food service machinery application select A313 Stainless wire.
G = 10(106 ) psi
Note that for 0.013 ≤ d ≤ 0.10 in A = 169, m = 0.146
0.10 < d ≤ 0.20 in A = 128, m = 0.263
18 − 4 18 + 4
Fa = = 7 lbf, Fm = = 11 lbf, r = 7/11
2 2
169
Try d = 0.080 in, Sut = = 244.4 kpsi
(0.08) 0.146
Ssu = 0.67Sut = 163.7 kpsi, Ssy = 0.35Sut = 85.5 kpsi
Try unpeened using Zimmerli’s endurance data: Ssa = 35 kpsi, Ssm = 55 kpsi
Ssa 35
Gerber: Sse = = = 39.5 kpsi
1 − (Ssm /Ssu ) 2 1 − (55/163.7) 2
2 2 2
(7/11) (163.7) 2(39.5)
Ssa = −1 + 1 + = 35.0 kpsi
2(39.5) (7/11)(163.7)
276 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
4(6.97) + 2
KB = = 1.201
4(6.97) − 3
8Fa D 8(7)(0.558) −3
τa = K B = 1.201 (10 ) = 23.3 kpsi
πd 3 π(0.083 )
n f = 35/23.3 = 1.50 checks
Gd 4 10(106 )(0.08) 4
Na = = = 31.02 turns
8k D 3 8(9.5)(0.558) 3
Nt = 31 + 2 = 33 turns, L s = d Nt = 0.08(33) = 2.64 in
ymax = Fmax /k = 18/9.5 = 1.895 in,
ys = (1 + ξ ) ymax = (1 + 0.15)(1.895) = 2.179 in
L 0 = 2.64 + 2.179 = 4.819 in
D 2.63(0.558)
(L 0 ) cr = 2.63= = 2.935 in
α 0.5
τs = 1.15(18/7)τa = 1.15(18/7)(23.3) = 68.9 kpsi
n s = Ssy /τs = 85.5/68.9 = 1.24
kg 9.5(386)
f = = = 109 Hz
π d D Na γ
2 2 π (0.08 )(0.558)(31.02)(0.283)
2 2
These steps are easily implemented on a spreadsheet, as shown below, for different
diameters.
d1 d2 d3 d4
d 0.080 0.0915 0.1055 0.1205
m 0.146 0.146 0.263 0.263
A 169.000 169.000 128.000 128.000
Sut 244.363 239.618 231.257 223.311
Ssu 163.723 160.544 154.942 149.618
Ssy 85.527 83.866 80.940 78.159
Sse 39.452 39.654 40.046 40.469
Ssa 35.000 35.000 35.000 35.000
α 23.333 23.333 23.333 23.333
β 2.785 2.129 1.602 1.228
C 6.977 9.603 13.244 17.702
D 0.558 0.879 1.397 2.133
KB 1.201 1.141 1.100 1.074
τa 23.333 23.333 23.333 23.333
nf 1.500 1.500 1.500 1.500
Na 30.893 13.594 5.975 2.858
Nt 32.993 15.594 7.975 4.858
Ls 2.639 1.427 0.841 0.585
ys 2.179 2.179 2.179 2.179
L0 4.818 3.606 3.020 2.764
(L 0 ) cr 2.936 4.622 7.350 11.220
τs 69.000 69.000 69.000 69.000
ns 1.240 1.215 1.173 1.133
f (Hz) 108.895 114.578 118.863 121.775
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 277
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 10 277
The shaded areas depict conditions outside the recommended design conditions. Thus,
one spring is satisfactory–A313, as wound, unpeened, squared and ground,
d = 0.0915 in, OD = 0.879 + 0.092 = 0.971 in, Nt = 15.59 turns
10-24 The steps are the same as in Prob. 10-23 except that the Gerber-Zimmerli criterion is
replaced with Goodman-Zimmerli:
Ssa
Sse =
1 − (Ssm /Ssu )
The problem then proceeds as in Prob. 10-23. The results for the wire sizes are shown
below (see solution to Prob. 10-23 for additional details).
278 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10-25 This is the same as Prob. 10-23 since Sse = Ssa = 35 kpsi. Therefore, design the spring
using: A313, as wound, un-peened, squared and ground, d = 0.915 in, OD = 0.971 in,
Nt = 15.59 turns.
Chapter 10 279
10-28 Use: E = 28.6 Mpsi, G = 11.5 Mpsi, A = 140 kpsi · inm , m = 0.190, rel cost = 1.
140
Try d = 0.067 in, Sut = = 234.0 kpsi
(0.067) 0.190
Table 10-6: Ssy = 0.45Sut = 105.3 kpsi
Table 10-7: S y = 0.75Sut = 175.5 kpsi
Eq. (10-34) with D/d = C and C1 = C
Fmax Sy
σA = [(K ) A (16C) + 4] =
πd 2 ny
4C 2 − C − 1 πd 2 S y
(16C) + 4 =
4C(C − 1) n y Fmax
πd 2 S y
4C − C − 1 = (C − 1)
2
−1
4n y Fmax
1 πd 2 S y 1 πd 2 S y
C −
2
1+ −1 C + −2 =0
4 4n y Fmax 4 4n y Fmax
2
1 πd S y
2
πd S y
2 πd S y
2
C= ± − + 2 take positive root
2 16n y Fmax 16n y Fmax 4n y Fmax
1 π(0.0672 )(175.5)(103 )
=
2 16(1.5)(18)
2
π(0.067) (175.5)(10 )
2 3 π(0.067) (175.5)(10 )
2 3
+ − + 2 = 4.590
16(1.5)(18) 4(1.5)(18)
D = Cd = 0.3075 in
πd 3 τi πd 3 33 500 C −3
Fi = = ± 1000 4 −
8D 8D exp(0.105C) 6.5
Use the lowest Fi in the preferred range. This results in the best fom.
π(0.067) 3 33 500 4.590 − 3
Fi = − 1000 4 − = 6.505 lbf
8(0.3075) exp[0.105(4.590)] 6.5
For simplicity, we will round up to the next integer or half integer;
therefore, use Fi = 7 lbf
18 − 7
k= = 22 lbf/in
0.5
d4G (0.067) 4 (11.5)(106 )
Na = = = 45.28 turns
8k D 3 8(22)(0.3075) 3
G 11.5
Nb = Na − = 45.28 − = 44.88 turns
E 28.6
L 0 = (2C − 1 + Nb )d = [2(4.590) − 1 + 44.88](0.067) = 3.555 in
L 18 lbf = 3.555 + 0.5 = 4.055 in
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 280
FIRST PAGES
280 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
4C + 2 4(4.590) + 2
Body: K B = = = 1.326
4C − 3 4(4.590) − 3
8K B Fmax D 8(1.326)(18)(0.3075)
τmax = = (10−3 ) = 62.1 kpsi
πd 3 π(0.067) 3
Ssy 105.3
(n y ) body = = = 1.70
τmax 62.1
2r2 2(0.134)
r2 = 2d = 2(0.067) = 0.134 in, C2 = = =4
d 0.067
4C2 − 1 4(4) − 1
(K ) B = = = 1.25
4C2 − 4 4(4) − 4
8Fmax D 8(18)(0.3075)
τ B = (K ) B = 1.25 (10−3 ) = 58.58 kpsi
πd 3 π(0.067) 3
Ssy 105.3
(n y ) B = = = 1.80
τB 58.58
π 2 d 2 ( Nb + 2) D π 2 (0.067) 2 (44.88 + 2)(0.3075)
fom = −(1) =− = −0.160
4 4
Several diameters, evaluated using a spreadsheet, are shown below.
Except for the 0.067 in wire, all springs satisfy the requirements of length and number of
coils. The 0.085 in wire has the highest fom.
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 281
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 10 281
10-29 Given: Nb = 84 coils, Fi = 16 lbf, OQ&T steel, OD = 1.5 in, d = 0.162 in.
D = 1.5 − 0.162 =1.338 in
(a) Eq. (10-39):
L 0 = 2( D − d) + ( Nb + 1)d
= 2(1.338 − 0.162) + (84 + 1)(0.162) = 16.12 in Ans.
or 2d + L 0 = 2(0.162) + 16.12 = 16.45 in overall.
D 1.338
(b) C= = = 8.26
d 0.162
4(8.26) + 2
KB = = 1.166
4(8.26) − 3
8Fi D 8(16)(1.338)
τi = K B = 1.166 = 14 950 psi Ans.
πd 3 π(0.162) 3
(c) From Table 10-5 use: G = 11.4(106 ) psi and E = 28.5(106 ) psi
G 11.4
Na = Nb + = 84 + = 84.4 turns
E 28.5
d4G (0.162) 4 (11.4)(106 )
k= = = 4.855 lbf/in Ans.
8D 3 Na 8(1.338) 3 (84.4)
(d) Table 10-4: A = 147 psi · inm , m = 0.187
147
Sut = = 207.1 kpsi
(0.162) 0.187
S y = 0.75(207.1) = 155.3 kpsi
Ssy = 0.50(207.1) = 103.5 kpsi
Body
πd 3 Ssy
F=
π KB D
π(0.162) 3 (103.5)(103 )
= = 110.8 lbf
8(1.166)(1.338)
Torsional stress on hook point B
2r2 2(0.25 + 0.162/2)
C2 = = = 4.086
d 0.162
4C2 − 1 4(4.086) − 1
(K ) B = = = 1.243
4C2 − 4 4(4.086) − 4
π(0.162) 3 (103.5)(103 )
F= = 103.9 lbf
8(1.243)(1.338)
Normal stress on hook point A
2r1 1.338
C1 = = = 8.26
d 0.162
4C12 − C1 − 1 4(8.26) 2 − 8.26 − 1
(K ) A = = = 1.099
4C1 (C1 − 1) 4(8.26)(8.26 − 1)
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 282
FIRST PAGES
282 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
16(K ) A D 4
S yt = σ = F +
πd 3 πd 2
155.3(103 )
F= = 85.8 lbf
[16(1.099)(1.338)]/[π(0.162) 3 ] + {4/[π(0.162) 2 ]}
= min(110.8, 103.9, 85.8) = 85.8 lbf Ans.
Chapter 10 283
= 4.91
D = Cd = 0.398 in
πd 3 τi πd 3 33 500 C −3
Fi = = ± 1000 4 −
8D 8D exp(0.105C) 6.5
Use the lowest Fi in the preferred range.
π(0.081) 3 33 500 4.91 − 3
Fi = − 1000 4 −
8(0.398) exp[0.105(4.91)] 6.5
= 8.55 lbf
For simplicity we will round up to next 1/4 integer.
Fi = 8.75 lbf
18 − 9
k= = 36 lbf/in
0.25
d4G (0.081) 4 (10)(106 )
Na = = = 23.7 turns
8k D 3 8(36)(0.398) 3
G 10
Nb = Na − = 23.7 − = 23.3 turns
E 28
L 0 = (2C − 1 + Nb )d = [2(4.91) − 1 + 23.3](0.081) = 2.602 in
L max = L 0 + ( Fmax − Fi )/k = 2.602 + (18 − 8.75)/36 = 2.859 in
4.5(4) 4C 2 − C − 1
(σa ) A = +1
πd 2 C −1
18(10−3 ) 4(4.912 ) − 4.91 − 1
= + 1 = 21.1 kpsi
π(0.0812 ) 4.91 − 1
Sa 42.2
(n f ) A = = = 2 checks
(σa ) A 21.1
4C + 2 4(4.91) + 2
Body: KB = = = 1.300
4C − 3 4(4.91) − 3
8(1.300)(4.5)(0.398)
τa = (10−3 ) = 11.16 kpsi
π(0.081) 3
Fm 13.5
τm = τa = (11.16) = 33.47 kpsi
Fa 4.5
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 284
FIRST PAGES
284 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 10 285
73.2
(n y ) B = = 1.71
42.9
7.6π 2 d 2 ( Nb + 2) D 7.6π 2 (0.081) 2 (23.3 + 2)(0.398)
fom = − =− = −1.239
4 4
A tabulation of several wire sizes follow
286 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
R D兾2
M = F R sin θ, ∂ M/∂ F = R sin θ
F
π/2
1 π P R3
δF = F R 2 sin2 R dθ =
EI 0 2 EI
The total deflection of the body and the two hooks
8F D 3 Nb π F R3 8F D 3 Nb π F( D/2) 3
δ= + 2 = +
d4G 2 EI d4G E(π/64)(d 4 )
8F D 3 G 8F D 3 Na
= 4 Nb + =
d G E d4G
G
Na = Nb + QED
E
Chapter 10 287
This means (2.5 − 2.417)(360◦ ) or 29.9◦ from closed. Treating the hand force as in the
middle of the grip
3.5
r =1+ = 2.75 in
2
My 57.2
F= = = 20.8 lbf Ans.
r 2.75
10-33 The spring material and condition are unknown. Given d = 0.081 in and OD = 0.500,
(a) D = 0.500 − 0.081 = 0.419 in
Using E = 28.6 Mpsi for an estimate
d4 E (0.081) 4 (28.6)(106 )
k = = = 24.7 lbf · in/turn
10.8D N 10.8(0.419)(11)
for each spring. The moment corresponding to a force of 8 lbf
Fr = (8/2)(3.3125) = 13.25 lbf · in/spring
The fraction windup turn is
Fr 13.25
n=
= = 0.536 turns
k 24.7
The arm swings through an arc of slightly less than 180◦ , say 165◦ . This uses up
165/360 or 0.458 turns. So n = 0.536 − 0.458 = 0.078 turns are left (or
0.078(360◦ ) = 28.1◦ ). The original configuration of the spring was
Ans.
28.1
(b) 0.419
C= = 5.17
0.081
4(5.17) 2 − 5.17 − 1
Ki = = 1.168
4(5.17)(5.17 − 1)
32M
σ = Ki
πd 3
32(13.25)
= 1.168 = 296 623 psi Ans.
π(0.081) 3
To achieve this stress level, the spring had to have set removed.
L兾2
3FR
∂M
Straight section: F M = 3F R, = 3R
∂P
budynas_SM_ch10.qxd 12/01/2006 17:23 Page 288
FIRST PAGES
288 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 11
11-1 For the deep-groove 02-series ball bearing with R = 0.90, the design life x D , in multiples
of rating life, is
30 000(300)(60)
xD = = 540 Ans.
106
The design radial load FD is
FD = 1.2(1.898) = 2.278 kN
From Eq. (11-6),
1/3
540
C10 = 2.278
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.9)]1/1.483
= 18.59 kN Ans.
= 0.919 Ans.
11-2 For the Angular-contact 02-series ball bearing as described, the rating life multiple is
50 000(480)(60)
xD = = 1440
106
The design load is radial and equal to
FD = 1.4(610) = 854 lbf = 3.80 kN
Eq. (11-6):
1/3
1440
C10 = 854
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.9)]1/1.483
= 9665 lbf = 43.0 kN
= 0.927 Ans.
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 290
FIRST PAGES
290 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
11-3 For the straight-Roller 03-series bearing selection, x D = 1440 rating lives from Prob. 11-2
solution.
FD = 1.4(1650) = 2310 lbf = 10.279 kN
1440 3/10
C10 = 10.279 = 91.1 kN
1
Table 11-3: Select a 03-55 mm with C10 = 102 kN. Ans.
Using Eq. (11-18),
1.483
1440(10.28/102) 10/3 − 0.02
R = exp − = 0.942 Ans.
4.439
√
11-4 We can choose a reliability goal of 0.90 = 0.95 for each bearing. We make the selec-
tions, find the existing reliabilities, multiply them together, and observe that the reliability
goal is exceeded due to the roundup of capacity upon table entry.
Another possibility is to use the reliability of one bearing, say R1 . Then set the relia-
bility goal of the second as
0.90
R2 =
R1
or vice versa. This gives three pairs of selections to compare in terms of cost, geometry im-
plications, etc.
√
11-5 Establish a reliability goal of 0.90 = 0.95 for each bearing. For a 02-series angular con-
tact ball bearing,
1/3
1440
C10 = 854
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.95)]1/1.483
Chapter 11 291
The overall reliability is R = 0.969(0.977) = 0.947, which exceeds the goal. Note, using
R A from this problem, and R B from Prob. 11-3, R = 0.969(0.942) = 0.913, which still
exceeds the goal. Likewise, using R B from this problem, and R A from Prob. 11-2,
R = 0.927(0.977) = 0.906.
The point is that the designer has choices. Discover them before making the selection de-
cision. Did the answer to Prob. 11-4 uncover the possibilities?
11-6 Choose a 02-series ball bearing from manufacturer #2, having a service factor of 1. For
Fr = 8 kN and Fa = 4 kN
5000(900)(60)
xD = = 270
106
Eq. (11-5):
1/3
270
C10 =8 = 51.8 kN
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.90)]1/1.483
Trial #1: From Table (11-2) make a tentative selection of a deep-groove 02-70 mm with
C0 = 37.5 kN.
Fa 4
= = 0.107
C0 37.5
Table 11-1:
Fa /(V Fr ) = 0.5 > e
X 2 = 0.56, Y2 = 1.46
Eq. (11-9):
Fe = 0.56(1)(8) + 1.46(4) = 10.32 kN
Eq. (11-6): For R = 0.90,
1/3
270
C10 = 10.32 = 66.7 kN > 61.8 kN
1
Trial #2: From Table 11-2 choose a 02-80 mm having C10 = 70.2 and C0 = 45.0.
Check:
Fa 4
= = 0.089
C0 45
Table 11-1: X 2 = 0.56, Y2 = 1.53
Fe = 0.56(8) + 1.53(4) = 10.60 kN
Eq. (11-6):
1/3
270
C10 = 10.60 = 68.51 kN < 70.2 kN
1
∴ Selection stands.
Decision: Specify a 02-80 mm deep-groove ball bearing. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 292
FIRST PAGES
292 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
11-7 From Prob. 11-6, x D = 270 and the final value of Fe is 10.60 kN.
1/3
270
C10 = 10.6 = 84.47 kN
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.96)]1/1.483
Table 11-2: Choose a deep-groove ball bearing, based upon C10 load ratings.
Trial #1:
Tentatively select a 02-90 mm.
C10 = 95.6, C0 = 62 kN
Fa 4
= = 0.0645
C0 62
From Table 11-1, interpolate for Y2 .
Fa /C0 Y2
0.056 1.71
0.0645 Y2
0.070 1.63
11-8 For the straight cylindrical roller bearing specified with a service factor of 1, R = 0.90 and
Fr = 12 kN
4000(750)(60)
xD = = 180
106
180 3/10
C10 = 12 = 57.0 kN Ans.
1
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 293
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 11 293
11-9
y
R yO
O
T
R zO Pz
z
R yA
1"
11 F
2 Py 20⬚
A
R zA
B
x
3" T
2
4
y
thus 5.75(240) + 11.5R A − 14.25(272)(0.342) = 0
y
R A = −4.73 lbf
M O = −5.75Pz − 11.5R zA − 14.25F cos 20◦ = 0;
y
y
R O + 240 − 4.73 − 272(0.342) = 0
y
R O = −142 lbf
R O = [(−34.6) 2 + (−142) 2 ]1/2 = 146 lbf
So the reaction at A governs.
√
Reliability Goal: 0.92 = 0.96
FD = 1.2(413) = 496 lbf
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 294
FIRST PAGES
294 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
x D = 30 000(300)(60/106 ) = 540
1/3
540
C10 = 496
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.96)]1/1.483
= 4980 lbf = 22.16 kN
A 02-35 bearing will do.
Decision: Specify an angular-contact 02-35 mm ball bearing for the locations at A and O.
Check combined reliability. Ans.
√
11-10 For a combined reliability goal of 0.90, use 0.90 = 0.95 for the individual bearings.
y
O
RO
z FA 50 000(480)(60)
20
A x0 = = 1440
RB
FC 106
20⬚
B
16
C x
10
The resultant of the given forces are R O = [(−387) 2 + 4672 ]1/2 = 607 lbf
and R B = [3162 + (−1615) 2 ]1/2 = 1646 lbf .
At O: Fe = 1.4(607) = 850 lbf
1/3
1440
Ball: C10 = 850
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.95)]1/1.483
= 11 262 lbf or 50.1 kN
Select a 02-60 mm angular-contact ball bearing with a basic load rating of 55.9 kN. Ans.
At B: Fe = 1.4(1646) = 2304 lbf
3/10
1440
Roller: C10 = 2304
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.95)]1/1.483
= 23 576 lbf or 104.9 kN
Select a 02-80 mm cylindrical roller or a 03-60 mm cylindrical roller. The 03-series roller
has the same bore as the 02-series ball. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 295
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 11 295
√
11-11 The reliability of the individual bearings is R = 0.999 = 0.9995
y
R yO
R zO
z A
300
F zA FC
F yA
C R yE
400
E
x
150
R zE
From statics,
y
R O = −163.4 N, z
RO = 107 N, R O = 195 N
y
RE = −89.2 N, R Ez = −174.4 N, R E = 196 N
60 000(1200)(60)
xD = = 4320
106
1/3
4340
C10 = 0.196
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.9995)]1/1.483
= 8.9 kN
A 02-25 mm deep-groove ball bearing has a basic load rating of 14.0 kN which is ample.
An extra-light bearing could also be investigated.
11-12 Given:
Fr A = 560 lbf or 2.492 kN
Fr B = 1095 lbf or 4.873 kN
Trial #1: Use K A = K B = 1.5 and from Table 11-6 choose an indirect mounting.
0.47Fr A 0.47Fr B
<? > − (−1)(0)
KA KB
0.47(2.492) 0.47(4.873)
<? >
1.5 1.5
0.781 < 1.527 Therefore use the upper line of Table 11-6.
0.47Fr B
Fa A = Fa B = = 1.527 kN
KB
PA = 0.4Fr A + K A Fa A = 0.4(2.492) + 1.5(1.527) = 3.29 kN
PB = Fr B = 4.873 kN
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 296
FIRST PAGES
296 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
From Fig. 11-15, choose cone 32 305 and cup 32 305 which provide Fr = 17.4 kN and
K = 1.95. With K = 1.95 for both bearings, a second trial validates the choice of cone
32 305 and cup 32 305. Ans.
11-13 √
y R zO R= 0.95 = 0.975
T = 240(12)(cos 20◦ ) = 2706 lbf · in
82.1
O
z 16"
210
R yO T 2706
F= = 498 lbf
14" 451
A
226
12" R zC 6 cos 25◦
T B
C
x
y
RC
In xy-plane:
y
M O = −82.1(16) − 210(30) + 42RC = 0
y
RC = 181 lbf
y
R O = 82 + 210 − 181 = 111 lbf
In xz-plane:
M O = 226(16) − 452(30) − 42Rcz = 0
RCz = −237 lbf
ROz
= 226 − 451 + 237 = 12 lbf
R O = (1112 + 122 ) 1/2 = 112 lbf Ans.
RC = (1812 + 2372 ) 1/2 = 298 lbf Ans.
FeO = 1.2(112) = 134.4 lbf
FeC = 1.2(298) = 357.6 lbf
40 000(200)(60)
xD = = 480
106
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 297
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 11 297
1/3
480
(C10 ) O = 134.4
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.975)]1/1.483
= 1438 lbf or 6.398 kN
1/3
480
(C10 ) C = 357.6
0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.975)]1/1.483
= 3825 lbf or 17.02 kN
Bearing at O: Choose a deep-groove 02-12 mm. Ans.
Bearing at C: Choose a deep-groove 02-30 mm. Ans.
There may be an advantage to the identical 02-30 mm bearings in a gear-reduction unit.
11-14 Shafts subjected to thrust can be constrained by bearings, one of which supports the thrust.
The shaft floats within the endplay of the second (Roller) bearing. Since the thrust force
here is larger than any radial load, the bearing absorbing the thrust is heavily loaded com-
pared to the other bearing. The second bearing is thus oversized and does not contribute
√
measurably to the chance of failure. This is predictable. The reliability goal is not 0.99,
but 0.99 for the ball bearing. The reliability of the roller is 1. Beginning here saves effort.
Bearing at A (Ball)
298 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
11-15 Hoover Ball-bearing Division uses the same 2-parameter Weibull model as Timken:
b = 1.5, θ = 4.48. We have some data. Let’s estimate parameters b and θ from it. In
Fig. 11-5, we will use line AB. In this case, B is to the right of A.
115(2000)(16)
For F = 18 kN, (x) 1 = = 13.8
106
This establishes point 1 on the R = 0.90 line.
log F F
2 100
A B
39.6
R ⫽ 0.20
R ⫽ 0.90
1 2
18
1 10
0 1 13.8 72
1 10 100 x
0 1 2 log x
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 299
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 11 299
The R = 0.20 locus is above and parallel to the R = 0.90 locus. For the two-parameter
Weibull distribution, x0 = 0 and points A and B are related by [see Eq. (20-25)]:
x A = θ[ln(1/0.90)]1/b (1)
x B = θ[ln(1/0.20)]1/b
and x B /x A is in the same ratio as 600/115. Eliminating θ
ln[ln(1/0.20)/ ln(1/0.90)]
b= = 1.65 Ans.
ln(600/115)
Solving for θ in Eq. (1)
xA 1
θ= / .
= = 3.91 Ans.
[ln(1/R A )]1 1 65 [ln(1/0.90)]1/1.65
Therefore, for the data at hand,
1.65
x
R = exp −
3.91
Check R at point B: x B = (600/115) = 5.217
1.65
5.217
R = exp − = 0.20
3.91
Note also, for point 2 on the R = 0.20 line.
log(5.217) − log(1) = log(xm ) 2 − log(13.8)
(xm ) 2 = 72
300 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Shaft b
FCr = (8742 + 22742 ) 1/2 = 2436 lbf or 10.84 kN
FDr = (3932 + 6572 ) 1/2 = 766 lbf or 3.41 kN
11-17 The horizontal separation of the R = 0.90 loci in a log F-log x plot such as Fig. 11-5
will be demonstrated. We refer to the solution of Prob. 11-15 to plot point G (F =
18 kN, x G = 13.8). We know that (C10 ) 1 = 39.6 kN, x1 = 1. This establishes the unim-
proved steel R = 0.90 locus, line AG. For the improved steel
360(2000)(60)
(xm ) 1 = = 43.2
106
We plot point G ( F = 18 kN, x G = 43.2), and draw the R = 0.90 locus Am G parallel
to AG
log F F
2 100
Improved steel
Am
55.8 Unimproved steel
39.6 R ⫽ 0.90
A
R ⫽ 0.90 G G⬘
18
1 1
1 10 3 3
13.8 43.2
0 1 x
1 10 100
0 1 2 log x
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 301
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 11 301
302 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
From the solution of Prob. 11-18, L 1 = 1.434(106 ) rev and L 2 = 0.310(106 ) rev.
Palmgren-Miner rule:
l1 l2 f 1l f 2l
+ = + =1
L1 L2 L1 L2
from which
1
l=
f 1 /L 1 + f 2 /L 2
1
l=
{0.40/[1.434(106 )]} + {0.60/[0.310(106 )]}
= 451 585 rev Ans.
Total life in loading cycles
4 min at 2000 rev/min = 8000 rev
6 min 12 000 rev
at 2000 rev/min =
10 min/cycle 20 000 rev/cycle
451 585 rev
= 22.58 cycles Ans.
20 000 rev/cycle
Total life in hours
min 22.58 cycles
10 = 3.76 h Ans.
cycle 60 min/h
11-20 While we made some use of the log F-log x plot in Probs. 11-15 and 11-17, the principal
use of Fig. 11-5 is to understand equations (11-6) and (11-7) in the discovery of the cata-
log basic load rating for a case at hand.
Point D
FD = 495.6 lbf
log FD = log 495.6 = 2.70
30 000(300)(60)
xD = = 540
106
log x D = log 540 = 2.73
K D = FD3 x D = (495.6) 3 (540)
= 65.7(109 ) lbf3 · turns
log K D = log[65.7(109 )] = 10.82
FD has the following uses: Fdesign , Fdesired , Fe when a thrust load is present. It can include
application factor a f , or not. It depends on context.
budynas_SM_ch11.qxd 12/04/2006 15:25 Page 303
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 11 303
Point B
x B = 0.02 + 4.439[ln(1/0.99)]1/1.483
= 0.220 turns
log x B = log 0.220 = −0.658
1/3
xD 540 1/3
FB = FD = 495.6 = 6685 lbf
xB 0.220
Note: Example 11-3 used Eq. (11-7). Whereas, here we basically used Eq. (11-6).
log FB = log(6685) = 3.825
K D = 66853 (0.220) = 65.7(109 ) lbf3 · turns (as it should)
Point A
FA = FB = C10 = 6685 lbf
log C10 = log(6685) = 3.825
xA =1
log x A = log(1) = 0
K 10 = FA3 x A = C10
3
(1) = 66853 = 299(109 ) lbf3 · turns
Note that K D /K 10 = 65.7(109 )/[299(109 )] = 0.220 , which is x B . This is worth knowing
since
KD
K 10 =
xB
log K 10 = log[299(109 )] = 11.48
log F F
4 104
B A
6685
3 103
D
495.6
⫺0.658 540
2 102 x
0.1 1 10 102 103
⫺1 0 1 2 3 log x
Now C10 = 6685 lbf = 29.748 kN, which is required for a reliability goal of 0.99. If we
select an angular contact 02-40 mm ball bearing, then C10 = 31.9 kN = 7169 lbf.
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 304
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 12
12-1 Given dmax = 1.000 in and bmin = 1.0015 in, the minimum radial clearance is
bmin − dmax 1.0015 − 1.000
cmin = = = 0.000 75 in
2 2
Also l/d = 1
r=
˙ 1.000/2 = 0.500
r/c = 0.500/0.000 75 = 667
N = 1100/60 = 18.33 rev/s
P = W/(ld) = 250/[(1)(1)] = 250 psi
8(10−6 )(18.33)
Eq. (12-7): S = (667 )
2
= 0.261
250
Fig. 12-16: h 0 /c = 0.595
Fig. 12-19: Q/(rcNl) = 3.98
Fig. 12-18: f r/c = 5.8
Fig. 12-20: Q s /Q = 0.5
h 0 = 0.595(0.000 75) = 0.000 466 in Ans.
5.8 5.8
f = = = 0.0087
r/c 667
The power loss in Btu/s is
2π f W r N 2π(0.0087)(250)(0.5)(18.33)
H= =
778(12) 778(12)
= 0.0134 Btu/s Ans.
Q = 3.98rcNl = 3.98(0.5)(0.000 75)(18.33)(1) = 0.0274 in3 /s
Q s = 0.5(0.0274) = 0.0137 in3 /s Ans.
Chapter 12 305
The interpolation formula of Eq. (12-16) will have to be used. From Figs. 12-16, 12-21,
and 12-19
Q
For l/d = ∞, h o /c = 0.96, P/ pmax = 0.84, = 3.09
rcNl
Q
l/d = 1, h o /c = 0.77, P/ pmax = 0.52, = 3.6
rcNl
1 Q
l/d = , h o /c = 0.54, P/ pmax = 0.42, = 4.4
2 rcNl
1 Q
l/d = , h o /c = 0.31, P/ pmax = 0.28, = 5.25
4 rcNl
Equation (12-16) is easily programmed by code or by using a spreadsheet. The results are:
306 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 12 307
308 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
This l/d requires use of the interpolation of Raimondi and Boyd, Eq. (12-16).
From Fig. 12-16, the h o /c values are:
y1/4 = 0.18, y1/2 = 0.34, y1 = 0.54, y∞ = 0.89
ho
Substituting into Eq. (12-16), = 0.659
c
From Fig. 12-18, the f r/c values are:
y1/4 = 7.4, y1/2 = 6.0, y1 = 5.0, y∞ = 4.0
fr
Substituting into Eq. (12-16), = 4.59
c
From Fig. 12-19, the Q/(rcNl) values are:
y1/4 = 5.65, y1/2 = 5.05, y1 = 4.05, y∞ = 2.95
Q
Substituting into Eq. (12-16), = 3.605
rcN l
h o = 0.659(0.025) = 0.0165 mm Ans.
f = 4.59/600 = 0.007 65 Ans.
Q = 3.605(15)(0.025)(18.67)(50) = 1263 mm3 /s Ans.
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 309
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 12 309
310 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 12 311
If this is cmin ,
b − d = 2(0.001) = 0.002 in
The median clearance is
td + tb td + tb
c̄ = cmin + = 0.001 +
2 2
and the clearance range for this bearing is
td + tb
c =
2
which is a function only of the tolerances.
For maximum W:
r 0.2
= = 1040
c 0.185(10−6 )
.
c = 0.625/1040 = 0.000 600 = 0.0005 in
If this is cmin
b − d = 2cmin = 2(0.0005) = 0.001 in
td + tb td + tb
c̄ = cmin + = 0.0005 +
2 2
td + tb
c =
2
The difference (mean) in clearance between the two clearance ranges, crange , is
td + tb td + tb
crange = 0.001 + − 0.0005 +
2 2
= 0.0005 in
For the minimum f bearing
b − d = 0.002 in
or
d = b − 0.002 in
For the maximum W bearing
d = b − 0.001 in
For the same b, tb and td , we need to change the journal diameter by 0.001 in.
d − d = b − 0.001 − (b − 0.002)
= 0.001 in
Increasing d of the minimum friction bearing by 0.001 in, defines d of the maximum load
bearing. Thus, the clearance range provides for bearing dimensions which are attainable
in manufacturing. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 312
FIRST PAGES
312 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
12-11 Given: SAE 30, N = 8 rev/s, Ts = 60°C, l/d = 1, d = 80 mm, b = 80.08 mm,
W = 3000 N
bmin − dmax 80.08 − 80
cmin = = = 0.04 mm
2 2
r = d/2 = 80/2 = 40 mm
r 40
= = 1000
c 0.04
3000
P= = 0.469 MPa
80(80)
0.120T
= 0.349 + 6.009(0.2047) + 0.0475(0.2047) 2 = 1.58
P
0.469
T = 1.58 = 6.2°C
0.120
0.120T
= 0.349 + 6.009(0.341) + 0.0475(0.341) 2 = 2.4
P
0.469
T = 2.4 = 9.4°C
0.120
Chapter 12 313
12-12 Given: d = 2.5 in, b = 2.504 in, cmin = 0.002 in, W = 1200 lbf, SAE = 20, Ts = 110°F,
N = 1120 rev/min, and l = 2.5 in.
For a trial film temperature T f = 150°F
T 18.5°F
Tav = Ts + = 110°F + = 119.3°F
2 2
T f − Tav = 150°F − 119.3°F
which is not 0.1 or less, therefore try averaging
150°F + 119.3°F
(T f ) new = = 134.6°F
2
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 314
FIRST PAGES
314 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Trial New
Tf µ S T Tav Tf
150.0 2.421 0.0921 18.5 119.3 134.6
134.6 3.453 0.1310 23.1 121.5 128.1
128.1 4.070 0.1550 25.8 122.9 125.5
125.5 4.255 0.1650 27.0 123.5 124.5
124.5 4.471 0.1700 27.5 123.8 124.1
124.1 4.515 0.1710 27.7 123.9 124.0
124.0 4.532 0.1720 27.8 123.7 123.9
Note that the convergence begins rapidly. There are ways to speed this, but at this point
they would only add complexity. Depending where you stop, you can enter the analysis.
(a) µ = 4.541(10−6 ) reyn, S = 0.1724
ho
From Fig. 12-16: = 0.482, h o = 0.482(0.002) = 0.000 964 in
c
From Fig. 12-17: φ = 56° Ans.
2π T N 2π(9.84)(1120/60)
H= = = 0.124 Btu/s Ans.
778(12) 778(12)
Q 1120
(e) From Fig. 12-19: = 4.16, Q = 4.16(1.25)(0.002) (2.5)
rcNl 60
= 0.485 in3 /s Ans.
Qs
From Fig. 12-20: = 0.6, Q s = 0.6(0.485) = 0.291 in3 /s Ans.
Q
P 1200
(f) From Fig. 12-21: = 0.45, pmax = = 427 psi Ans.
pmax 2.52 (0.45)
Chapter 12 315
12-13 Given: d = 1.250 in, td = 0.001in, b = 1.252 in, tb = 0.003in, l = 1.25 in, W = 250 lbf,
N = 1750 rev/min, SAE 10 lubricant, sump temperature Ts = 120°F.
Below is a partial tabular summary for comparison purposes.
cmin c cmax
0.001 in 0.002 in 0.003 in
Tf 132.2 125.8 124.0
T 24.3 11.5 7.96
Tmax 144.3 131.5 128.0
µ 2.587 3.014 3.150
S 0.184 0.053 7 0.024 9
0.499 0.775 0 0.873
fr
4.317 1.881 1.243
c
Q
4.129 4.572 4.691
rcN j l
Qs
0.582 0.824 0.903
Q
ho
0.501 0.225 0.127
c
f 0.006 9 0.006 0.005 9
Q 0.094 1 0.208 0.321
Qs 0.054 8 0.172 0.290
ho 0.000 501 0.000 495 0.000 382
Note the variations on each line. There is not a bearing, but an ensemble of many bear-
ings, due to the random assembly of toleranced bushings and journals. Fortunately the
distribution is bounded; the extreme cases, cmin and cmax , coupled with c provide the
charactistic description for the designer. All assemblies must be satisfactory.
The designer does not specify a journal-bushing bearing, but an ensemble of bearings.
12-15 In a step-by-step fashion, we are building a skill for natural circulation bearings.
• Given the average film temperature, establish the bearing properties.
• Given a sump temperature, find the average film temperature, then establish the bearing
properties.
• Now we acknowledge the environmental temperature’s role in establishing the sump
temperature. Sec. 12-9 and Ex. 12-5 address this problem.
The task is to iteratively find the average film temperature, T f , which makes Hgen and
Hloss equal. The steps for determining cmin are provided within Trial #1 through Trial #3
on the following page.
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 316
FIRST PAGES
316 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Trial #1:
• Choose a value of T f .
• Find the corresponding viscosity.
• Find the Sommerfeld number.
• Find f r/c , then
2545 fr
Hgen = WN c
1050 c
• Find Q/(rcNl) and Q s /Q . From Eq. (12-15)
0.103P( f r/c)
T =
(1 − 0.5Q s /Q)[Q/(rcN j l)]
h̄ CR A(T f − T∞ )
Hloss =
1+α
• Display T f , S, Hgen , Hloss
Trial #2: Choose another T f , repeating above drill.
Trial #3:
Plot the results of the first two trials.
H Hgen
Hloss, linear with Tf
Tf
(Tf )1 (Tf )3 (Tf )2
Choose (T f ) 3 from plot. Repeat the drill. Plot the results of Trial #3 on the above graph.
If you are not within 0.1°F, iterate again. Otherwise, stop, and find all the properties of
the bearing for the first clearance, cmin . See if Trumpler conditions are satisfied, and if so,
analyze c̄ and cmax .
The bearing ensemble in the current problem statement meets Trumpler’s criteria
(for n d = 2).
This adequacy assessment protocol can be used as a design tool by giving the students
additional possible bushing sizes.
b (in) tb (in)
2.254 0.004
2.004 0.004
1.753 0.003
Otherwise, the design option includes reducing l/d to save on the cost of journal machin-
ing and vender-supplied bushings.
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 317
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 12 317
12-16 Continue to build a skill with pressure-fed bearings, that of finding the average tempera-
ture of the fluid film. First examine the case for c = cmin
Trial #1:
• Choose an initial T f .
• Find the viscosity.
• Find the Sommerfeld number.
• Find f r/c, h o /c, and .
• From Eq. (12-24), find T .
T
Tav = Ts +
2
• Display T f , S, T, and Tav .
Trial #2:
• Choose another T f . Repeat the drill, and display the second set of values for T f ,
S, T, and Tav .
• Plot Tav vs T f :
Tav
Tav ⫽ Tf
2
Tf
(Tf )2 (Tf )3 (Tf )1
Trial #3:
Pick the third T f from the plot and repeat the procedure. If (T f ) 3 and (Tav ) 3 differ by more
than 0.1°F, plot the results for Trials #2 and #3 and try again. If they are within 0.1°F, de-
termine the bearing parameters, check the Trumpler criteria, and compare Hloss with the
lubricant’s cooling capacity.
Repeat the entire procedure for c = cmax to assess the cooling capacity for the maxi-
mum radial clearance. Finally, examine c = c̄ to characterize the ensemble of bearings.
12-17 An adequacy assessment associated with a design task is required. Trumpler’s criteria
will do.
d = 50.00+ 0.00
−0.05 mm, b = 50.084+ 0.010
−0.000 mm
SAE 30, N = 2880 rev/min or 48 rev/s, W = 10 kN
bmin − dmax 50.084 − 50
cmin = = = 0.042 mm
2 2
r = d/2 = 50/2 = 25 mm
r/c = 25/0.042 = 595
1
l = (55 − 5) = 25 mm
2
l /d = 25/50 = 0.5
W 10(106 )
p= = = 4000 kPa
4rl 4(0.25)(0.25)
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 318
FIRST PAGES
318 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
26.8°C
Tav = 55°C + = 68.4°C
2
Tav
80 (79⬚C, 79⬚C)
70 (100⬚C, 68.4⬚C)
85⬚C
Tf
60 70 80 90 100
Trial #3: Thus, the plot gives (T f ) 3 = 85°C. From Fig. 12-13, µ = 10.8 mPa · s.
10.8
S = 0.055 = 0.0457
13
fr
From Figs. 12-18 and 12-16: = 2.2, = 0.875
c
978(106 ) 2.2(0.0457)(102 )
T = = 58.6°C
1 + 1.5(0.8752 ) 200(25) 4
58.6°C
Tav = 55°C + = 84.3°C
2
85°C + 84.3°C
Result is close. Choose T̄ f = = 84.7°C
2
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 319
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 12 319
Trumpler:
h o = 0.0002 + 0.000 04(50/25.4)
= 0.000 279 in Not O.K.
Tmax = Ts + T = 55°C + 63.7°C = 118.7°C or 245.7°F O.K.
Pst = 4000 kPa or 581 psi Not O.K.
n = 1, as done Not O.K.
There is no point in proceeding further.
12-18 So far, we’ve performed elements of the design task. Now let’s do it more completely.
First, remember our viewpoint.
The values of the unilateral tolerances, tb and td , reflect the routine capabilities of the
bushing vendor and the in-house capabilities. While the designer has to live with these,
his approach should not depend on them. They can be incorporated later.
First we shall find the minimum size of the journal which satisfies Trumpler’s con-
straint of Pst ≤ 300 psi.
W
Pst = ≤ 300
2dl
W W
≤ 300 ⇒ d ≥
2d l /d
2 600(l /d)
900
dmin = = 1.73 in
2(300)(0.5)
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 320
FIRST PAGES
320 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
In this problem we will take journal diameter as the nominal value and the bushing bore
as a variable. In the next problem, we will take the bushing bore as nominal and the jour-
nal diameter as free.
To determine where the constraints are, we will set tb = td = 0, and thereby shrink
the design window to a point.
We set d = 2.000 in
b = d + 2cmin = d + 2c
nd = 2 (This makes Trumpler’s n d ≤ 2 tight)
and construct a table.
Chapter 12 321
Now we can check the performance at cmin , c̄, and cmax . Of immediate interest is the fom
of the median clearance assembly, −9.82, as compared to any other satisfactory bearing
ensemble.
If a nominal 1.875 in bearing is possible, construct another table with tb = 0 and
td = 0.
The range of clearance is 0.0030 < c < 0.0055 in. That is enough room to fit in our de-
sign window.
d = 1.875+ 0.000
−0.001 in, b = 1.881+ 0.003
−0.000 in
12-19 This is the same as Prob. 12-18 but uses design variables of nominal bushing bore b and
radial clearance c.
The approach is similar to that of Prob. 12-18 and the tables will change slightly. In the
table for a nominal b = 1.875 in, note that at c = 0.003 the constraints are “loose.” Set
b = 1.875 in
d = 1.875 − 2(0.003) = 1.869 in
For the ensemble
b = 1.875+0.003
−0.001 , d = 1.869+0.000
−0.001
Analyze at cmin = 0.003, c̄ = 0.004 in and cmax = 0.005 in
At cmin = 0.003 in: T̄ f = 138.4°F, µ = 3.160, S = 0.0297, Hloss = 1035 Btu/h and the
Trumpler conditions are met.
At c̄ = 0.004 in: T̄ f = 130°F, µ = 3.872, S = 0.0205, Hloss = 1106 Btu/h, fom =
−9.246 and the Trumpler conditions are O.K.
At cmax = 0.005 in: T̄ f = 125.68°F, µ = 4.325 µreyn, S = 0.014 66, Hloss =
1129 Btu/h and the Trumpler conditions are O.K.
The ensemble figure of merit is slightly better; this bearing is slightly smaller. The lubri-
cant cooler has sufficient capacity.
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 322
FIRST PAGES
322 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
12-20 From Table 12-1, Seireg and Dandage, µ0 = 0.0141(106 ) reyn and b = 1360.0
µ(µreyn) = 0.0141 exp[1360/(T + 95)] (T in °F)
= 0.0141 exp[1360/(1.8C + 127)] (C in °C)
µ(mPa · s) = 6.89(0.0141) exp[1360/(1.8C + 127)] (C in °C)
For SAE 30 at 79°C
µ = 6.89(0.0141) exp{1360/[1.8(79) + 127]}
= 15.2 mPa · s Ans.
12-21 Originally
d = 2.000+0.000
−0.001 in, b = 2.005+0.003
−0.000 in
Doubled,
d = 4.000+0.000
−0.002 in, b = 4.010+0.006
−0.000
The radial load quadrupled to 3600 lbf when the analyses for parts (a) and (b) were carried
out. Some of the results are:
Trumpler
Part c̄ µ S T̄ f f r/c Qs h o /c Hloss ho ho f
(a) 0.007 3.416 0.0310 135.1 0.1612 6.56 0.1032 0.897 9898 0.000 722 0.000 360 0.005 67
(b) 0.0035 3.416 0.0310 135.1 0.1612 0.870 0.1032 0.897 1237 0.000 361 0.000 280 0.005 67
The side flow Q s differs because there is a c3 term and consequently an 8-fold increase.
Hloss is related by a 9898/1237 or an 8-fold increase. The existing h o is related by a 2-fold
increase. Trumpler’s (h o ) min is related by a 1.286-fold increase
fom = −82.37 for double size
fom = −10.297 for original size } an 8-fold increase for double-size
12-22 From Table 12-8: K = 0.6(10−10 ) in3 · min/(lbf · ft · h). P = 500/[(1)(1)] = 500 psi,
V = π D N /12 = π(1)(200)/12 = 52.4 ft/min
Tables 12-10 and 12-11: f 1 = 1.8, f2 = 1
Table 12-12: P Vmax = 46 700 psi · ft/min, Pmax = 3560 psi, Vmax = 100 ft/min
4 F 4(500)
Pmax = = = 637 psi < 3560 psi O.K.
π DL π(1)(1)
F
P= = 500 psi V = 52.4 ft/min
DL
P V = 500(52.4) = 26 200 psi · ft/min < 46 700 psi · ft/min O.K.
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 323
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 12 323
V f1
33 1.3
91.6 − 33
91.6 f1 ⇒ f 1 = 1.3 + (1.8 − 1.3) = 1.74
100 − 33
100 1.8
L = 0.80(1.74) = 1.39 in
budynas_SM_ch12.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 324
FIRST PAGES
324 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 13
13-1
d P = 17/8 = 2.125 in
N2 1120
dG = dP = (2.125) = 4.375 in
N3 544
NG = PdG = 8(4.375) = 35 teeth Ans.
C = (2.125 + 4.375)/2 = 3.25 in Ans.
13-2
n G = 1600(15/60) = 400 rev/min Ans.
p = πm = 3π mm Ans.
C = [3(15 + 60)]/2 = 112.5 mm Ans.
13-3
NG = 20(2.80) = 56 teeth Ans.
dG = NG m = 56(4) = 224 mm Ans.
d P = N P m = 20(4) = 80 mm Ans.
C = (224 + 80)/2 = 152 mm Ans.
326 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
O2
10.5 10
14 12.6
O1
13-5
2 2 1/2
14/6 32/6
(a) A O = + = 2.910 in Ans.
2 2
(d) From Table 13-3, 0.3A O = 0.873 in and 10/P = 10/6 = 1.67
0.873 < 1.67 ∴ F = 0.873 in Ans.
13-6 30
P G
Chapter 13 327
(b) Eq. (13-7): pnb = pn cos φn = 0.6283 cos 20° = 0.590 in Ans.
(c) Pt = Pn cos ψ = 5 cos 30° = 4.33 teeth/in
φt = tan−1 (tan φn /cos ψ) = tan−1 (tan 20°/cos 30◦ ) = 22.8° Ans.
13-7
P G
20
328 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
13-8 (a) The smallest pinion tooth count that will run with itself is found from Eq. (13-10)
2k
NP ≥ 1 + 1 + 3 sin φ 2
3 sin2 φ
2(1)
≥ 1 + 1 + 3 sin 2
20°
3 sin2 20°
≥ 12.32 → 13 teeth Ans.
(b) The smallest pinion that will mesh with a gear ratio of m G = 2.5, from Eq. (13-11) is
2(1)
NP ≥ 2.5 + 2.5 + [1 + 2(2.5)] sin 20°
2 2
[1 + 2(2.5)] sin2 20°
≥ 14.64 → 15 pinion teeth Ans.
The largest gear-tooth count possible to mesh with this pinion, from Eq. (13-12) is
N P2 sin2 φ − 4k 2
NG ≤
4k − 2N P sin2 φ
152 sin2 20° − 4(1) 2
≤
4(1) − 2(15) sin2 20°
≤ 45.49 → 45 teeth Ans.
(c) The smallest pinion that will mesh with a rack, from Eq. (13-13)
2k 2(1)
NP ≥ =
sin2 φ sin2 20°
≥ 17.097 → 18 teeth Ans.
The largest gear-tooth count possible to mesh with this pinion, from Eq. (13-23) is
102 sin2 22.80° − 4(1) cos2 30°
NG ≤
4(1) cos2 30° − 2(20) sin2 22.80°
≤ 26.08 → 26 teeth Ans.
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 329
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 329
(c) The smallest pinion that will mesh with a rack, from Eq. (13-24) is
2(1) cos 30°
NP ≥
sin2 22.80°
≥ 11.53 → 12 teeth Ans.
−1 tan 20°
13-10 Pressure Angle: φt = tan = 22.796°
cos 30°
Program Eq. (13-24) on a computer using a spreadsheet or code and increment N P . The
first value of N P that can be doubled is N P = 10 teeth, where NG ≤ 26.01 teeth. So NG =
20 teeth will work. Higher tooth counts will work also, for example 11:22, 12:24, etc.
Use 10:20 Ans.
13-11 Refer to Prob. 13-10 solution. The first value of N P that can be multiplied by 6 is
N P = 11 teeth where NG ≤ 93.6 teeth. So NG = 66 teeth.
Use 11:66 Ans.
13-12 Begin with the more general relation, Eq. (13-24), for full depth teeth.
N P2 sin2 φt − 4 cos2 ψ
NG =
4 cos ψ − 2N P sin2 φt
For a rack, set the denominator to zero
4 cos ψ − 2N P sin2 φt = 0
From which
2 cos ψ
sin φt =
NP
2 cos ψ
φt = sin−1
NP
For N P = 9 teeth and ψ = 0 for spur gears,
2(1)
φt = sin−1 = 28.126° Ans.
9
13-13
18T 32T
25, n 20, m 3 mm
(a) pn = πm n = 3π mm Ans.
pt = 3π/cos 25° = 10.4 mm Ans.
px = 10.4/tan 25° = 22.3 mm Ans.
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 330
FIRST PAGES
330 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
13-14 (a) The axial force of 2 on shaft a is in the negative direction. The axial force of 3 on
shaft b is in the positive direction of z. Ans.
a
z
The axial force of gear 4 on shaft b is in the positive z-direction. The axial force of
gear 5 on shaft c is in the negative z-direction. Ans.
5
b
z
4
14 16
(b) n c = n 5 = (900) = +103.7 rev/min ccw Ans.
54 36
(c) d P 2 = 14/(10 cos 30°) = 1.6166 in
dG 3 = 54/(10 cos 30°) = 6.2354 in
1.6166 + 6.2354
Cab = = 3.926 in Ans.
2
d P 4 = 16/(6 cos 25°) = 2.9423 in
dG 5 = 36/(6 cos 25°) = 6.6203 in
Cbc = 4.781 in Ans.
20 8 20 4
13-15 e= =
40 17 60 51
4
n d = (600) = 47.06 rev/min cw Ans.
51
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 331
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 331
13-16
6 18 20 3 3
e= =
10 38 48 36 304
3
na = (1200) = 11.84 rev/min cw Ans.
304
13-17
12 1
(a) n c = · (540) = 162 rev/min cw about x. Ans.
40 1
(b) d P = 12/(8 cos 23°) = 1.630 in
dG = 40/(8 cos 23°) = 5.432 in
d P + dG
= 3.531 in Ans.
2
32
(c) d = = 8 in at the large end of the teeth. Ans.
4
13-18 (a) The planet gears act as keys and the wheel speeds are the same as that of the ring gear.
Thus
n A = n 3 = 1200(17/54) = 377.8 rev/min Ans.
(b) n F = n 5 = 0, n L = n6, e = −1
n 6 − 377.8
−1 =
0 − 377.8
377.8 = n 6 − 377.8
n 6 = 755.6 rev/min Ans.
Alternatively, the velocity of the center of gear 4 is v4c ∝ N6 n 3 . The velocity of the
left edge of gear 4 is zero since the left wheel is resting on the ground. Thus, the ve-
locity of the right edge of gear 4 is 2v4 c ∝ 2N6 n 3 . This velocity, divided by the radius
of gear 6 ∝ N6 , is angular velocity of gear 6–the speed of wheel 6.
2N6 n 3
∴ n6 = = 2n 3 = 2(377.8) = 755.6 rev/min Ans.
N6
(c) The wheel spins freely on icy surfaces, leaving no traction for the other wheel. The
car is stalled. Ans.
13-19 (a) The motive power is divided equally among four wheels instead of two.
(b) Locking the center differential causes 50 percent of the power to be applied to the
rear wheels and 50 percent to the front wheels. If one of the rear wheels, rests on
a slippery surface such as ice, the other rear wheel has no traction. But the front
wheels still provide traction, and so you have two-wheel drive. However, if the rear
differential is locked, you have 3-wheel drive because the rear-wheel power is now
distributed 50-50.
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 332
FIRST PAGES
332 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
13-20 Let gear 2 be first, then n F = n 2 = 0. Let gear 6 be last, then n L = n 6 = −12 rev/min.
20 16 16 nL − n A
e= = , e=
30 34 51 nF − nA
16
(0 − n A ) = −12 − n A
51
−12
nA = = −17.49 rev/min (negative indicates cw) Ans.
35/51
13-21 Let gear 2 be first, then n F = n 2 = 180 rev/min. Let gear 6 be last, then n L = n 6 = 0.
20 16 16 nL − n A
e= = , e=
30 34 51 nF − nA
16
(180 − n A ) = (0 − n A )
51
16
nA = − 180 = −82.29 rev/min
35
The negative sign indicates opposite n 2 ∴ n A = 82.29 rev/min cw Ans.
Chapter 13 333
60H (103 )
So T =
2πn
= 9550H/n (H in kW, n in rev/min)
9550(75)
Ta = = 398 N · m
1800
m N2 5(17)
r2 = = = 42.5 mm
2 2
So
Ta 398
t
F32 = = = 9.36 kN
r2 42.5
9.36
F t32
a
2
Ta2
398 N • m
3
O
b
Fb3 18.73
F t23
9.36
9.36
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 334
FIRST PAGES
334 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
13-25
2 4
N
d=
6
d2 = 4 in, d4 = 4 in, d5 = 6 in, d6 = 24 in
24 24 36
e= = 1/6, n P = n 2 = 1000 rev/min
24 36 144
n L = n6 = 0
nL − n A 0 − nA
e= =
nF − nA 1000 − n A
n A = −200 rev/min
63 025H
Input torque: T2 =
n
63 025(25)
T2 = = 1576 lbf · in
1000
For 100 percent gear efficiency
63 025(25)
Tarm = = 7878 lbf · in
200
Gear 2
F ta2
n2 T2 1576 lbf • in 1576
Wt = = 788 lbf
2
F ra2 F r42 r
F32 = 788 tan 20° = 287 lbf
2
Wt
Gear 4
Wt Wt
4
FA4
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 335
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 335
Gear 5
2W t 1576 lbf
Fr F r 287 lbf
Wt 5 W t 788 lbf
Arm
Tout 1576 lbf
Gear 2
W r 566 lbf
W t 1556 lbf
Ta 2 = 63 025(200)/1800 = 7003 lbf · in
a
W t = 7003/4.5 = 1556 lbf
2 W r = 1556 tan 20° = 566 lbf
Ta2 7003 lbf • in
Gears 3 and 4
W t 2766 lbf
3
4
b W t (4.5) = 1556(8), W t = 2766 lbf
x
W 1007 lbf
W r = 2766 tan 20◦ = 1007 lbf
r
W t 1556 lbf
W r 566 lbf Ans.
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 336
FIRST PAGES
336 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Gear 2
63 025(32)
Tin = = 1120 lbf · in
1800
W r32 18
dP = = 3.600 in
W t32 5
45
dG = = 9.000 in
Tin
a 5
F ta2
1120
2 F ra2
t
W32 = = 622 lbf
3.6/2
r
W32 = 622 tan 20° = 226 lbf
Fat 2 = W32
t
= 622 lbf, Far2 = W32
r
= 226 lbf
Each bearing on shaft a has the same radial load of R A = R B = 662/2 = 331 lbf.
Gear 3
Tout W t23 r3
2799 lbf • in
Fbr3 3 t
W23 = W32
t
= 622 lbf
b Fbt3
r
W23 = W32
r
= 226 lbf
Fb3 = Fb2 = 662 lbf
W t23 RC = R D = 662/2 = 331 lbf
W r23
Each bearing on shaft b has the same radial load which is equal to the radial load of bear-
ings, A and B. Thus, all four bearings have the same radial load of 331 lbf. Ans.
z 3
x
2
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 337
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 337
Load on 2 y y
Equivalent
due to 3
4202 lbf • in
z 2 r
W 32 612 lbf 2 612 lbf
z
The motor mount resists the equivalent forces and torque. The radial force due to torque
4202
Fr = = 150 lbf
14(2)
150
B
150
14"
A C Forces reverse with rotational
sense as torque reverses.
D 4202 lbf • in
150
150
t
The compressive loads at A and D are absorbed by the base plate, not the bolts. For W32 ,
the tensions in C and D are
M AB = 0 1681(4.875 + 15.25) − 2F(15.25) = 0 F = 1109 lbf
B
F
F1
C
A F
t
If W32 reverses, 15.25 in changes to 13.25 in, 4.815 in changes to 2.875 in, and the forces
change direction. For A and B,
338 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
153 lbf
612
F2 F2 153 lbf
4
D
a
612 lbf
14 4.875
11.25 F2
153 lbf C
F2
153 lbf
6426
F2 = = 179 lbf
4(8.98)
At C and D, the shear forces are:
FS 1 = [153 + 179(5.625/8.98)]2 + [179(7/8.98)]2
= 300 lbf
At A and B, the shear forces are:
FS 2 = [153 − 179(5.625/8.98)]2 + [179(7/8.98)]2
= 145 lbf
Chapter 13 339
Wr
G = tan−1 (4/2) = 63.435°
Wt
FBz
1 a = 2 + (1.5 cos 26.565°)/2 = 2.67 in
FBx 2
2
W r = 328.3 tan 20° cos 26.565° = 106.9 lbf
B
FAz
z
A FAx
x
W a = 328.3 tan 20° sin 26.565° = 53.4 lbf
FAy
W = 106.9i − 53.4j + 328.3k lbf
Tin
Not to scale
R AG = −2i + 5.17j, R AB = 2.5j
M4 = R AG × W + R AB × F B + T = 0
Solving gives
R AB × F B = 2.5FBz i − 2.5FBx k
R AG × W = 1697i + 656.6j − 445.9k
So
(1697i + 656.6j − 445.9k) + 2.5FBz i − 2.5FBx k + T j = 0
FBz = −1697/2.5 = −678.8 lbf
T = −656.6 lbf · in
FBx = −445.9/2.5 = −178.4 lbf
So
FB = [(−678.8) 2 + (−178.4) 2 ]1/2 = 702 lbf Ans.
F A = −(F B + W)
= −(−178.4i − 678.8k + 106.9i − 53.4j + 328.3k)
= 71.5i + 53.4j + 350.5k
FA (radial) = (71.52 + 350.52 ) 1/2 = 358 lbf Ans.
FA (thrust) = 53.4 lbf Ans.
13-30
25
d2 = 15/10 = 1.5 in, W t = 30 lbf, d3 = = 2.5 in
10
0.75
0.75
γ = tan−1 = 30.96°, = 59.04°
1.25
1.25
9
DE = + 0.5 cos 59.04° = 0.8197 in
16
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 340
FIRST PAGES
340 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
y
Wt
Wa
W r = 30 tan 20° cos 59.04° = 5.617 lbf
Wr
G W a = 30 tan 20° sin 59.04° = 9.363 lbf
1.25"
E
W = −5.617i − 9.363j + 30k
R DG = 0.8197j + 1.25i
0.8197"
FDx R DC = −0.625j
FDz
D M D = R DG × W + R DC × FC + T = 0
FDy
5"
8
x
R DG × W = 24.591i − 37.5j − 7.099k
C
FCx FCz R DC × FC = −0.625FCz i + 0.625FCx k
z T = 37.5 lbf · in Ans.
Not to scale
FC = 11.4i + 39.3k lbf Ans.
FC = (11.42 + 39.32 ) 1/2 = 40.9 lbf Ans.
F=0 F D = −5.78i + 9.363j − 69.3k lbf
FD (radial) = [(−5.78) 2 + (−69.3) 2 ]1/2 = 69.5 lbf Ans.
FD (thrust) = W a = 9.363 lbf Ans.
Wt
Wr x
TG
a
W
3
18
dP = = 5.196 in
3.464
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 341
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 341
Pinion (Gear 2)
W r = W t tan φt = 800 tan 22.80° = 336 lbf
W a = W t tan ψ = 800 tan 30° = 462 lbf
W = −336i − 462j + 800k lbf Ans.
W = [(−336) 2 + (−462) 2 + 8002 ]1/2 = 983 lbf Ans.
Gear 3
W = 336i + 462j − 800k lbf Ans.
W = 983 lbf Ans.
32
dG = = 9.238 in
3.464
TG = W t r = 800(9.238) = 7390 lbf · in
336
2 462
800 800 462
Notice that the idler shaft reaction contains a couple tending to turn the shaft end-over-
end. Also the idler teeth are bent both ways. Idlers are more severely loaded than other
gears, belying their name. Thus be cautious.
13-33
y
Wr Gear 3:
r4
Wt Pt = Pn cos ψ = 7 cos 30° = 6.062 teeth/in
a
W tan 20°
tan φt = = 0.4203, φt = 22.8°
cos 30°
54
d3 = = 8.908 in
6.062
W t = 500 lbf
r3
W a = 500 tan 30° = 288.7 lbf
x W r = 500 tan 22.8° = 210.2 lbf
Wr Wt
Wa W3 = 210.2i + 288.7j − 500k lbf Ans.
z
Gear 4:
14
d4 = = 2.309 in
6.062
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 342
FIRST PAGES
342 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
8.908
W t = 500 = 1929 lbf
2.309
W a = 1929 tan 30° = 1114 lbf
W r = 1929 tan 22.8° = 811 lbf
W4 = −811i + 1114j − 1929k lbf Ans.
13-34
y Pt = 6 cos 30° = 5.196 teeth/in
3
42
d3 = = 8.083 in
D C 5.196
T3 φt = 22.8°
16
T2 d2 = = 3.079 in
x 5.196
B 2 A
63 025(25)
T2 = = 916 lbf · in
1720
T 916
Wt = = = 595 lbf
r 3.079/2
W a = 595 tan 30° = 344 lbf
W r = 595 tan 22.8° = 250 lbf
W = 344i + 250j + 595k lbf
R DC = 6i, R DG = 3i − 4.04j
y x
FC
FCx
C
3" FCz
3" T
D
z
FDz 4.04"
FDy
Wt
G
Wa
Wr
M D = R DC × FC + R DG × W + T = 0 (1)
R DG × W = −2404i − 1785j + 2140k
y
R DC × FC = −6FCz j + 6FC k
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 343
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 343
t x
F32
r
a F32
a
Fa2 2
a
F32
r
t
Fa2
Fa2
z
F tc4 x
d2 = 16/7.727 = 2.07 in
c
4 d3 = 36/7.727 = 4.66 in
F rc4
d4 = 28/7.727 = 3.62 in
F a34
F ac4 63 025(7.5)
T2 = = 274.8 lbf · in
1720
F r34
z 274.8
Wt = = 266 lbf
2.07/2
F t34
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 344
FIRST PAGES
344 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
y F t43
b
F r43
Wr = 266 tan 20° = 96.8 lbf
3
F xb3
Wa = 266 tan 15° = 71.3 lbf
F a43
F2a = −266i − 96.8j − 71.3k lbf Ans.
Fb3
F3b = (266 − 96.8)i − (266 − 96.8)j
F yb3
= 169i − 169j lbf Ans.
F a23
F4c = 96.8i + 266j + 71.3k lbf Ans.
z
F r23
F t23
y
13-36
FDx FDy b
D
FDz
2.6"R
2"
F r54
1.55"R 3 x
F a54
G
1"
F t54 3
2 H
3" F a23 F t23
FCx F r23
4
C
z
FCy
N 14 36
d2 = = = 2.021 in, d3 = = 5.196 in
Pn cos ψ 8 cos 30° 8 cos 30°
15 45
d4 = = 3.106 in, d5 = = 9.317 in
5 cos 15° 5 cos 15°
For gears 2 and 3: φt = tan−1 (tan φn /cos ψ) = tan−1 (tan 20°/cos 30◦ ) = 22.8°,
For gears 4 and 5: φt = tan−1 (tan 20°/cos 15°) = 20.6°,
t
F23 = T2 /r = 1200/(2.021/2) = 1188 lbf
5.196
t
F54 = 1188 = 1987 lbf
3.106
r
F23 = F23
t
tan φt = 1188 tan 22.8° = 499 lbf
r
F54 = 1986 tan 20.6° = 746 lbf
a
F23 = F23
t
tan ψ = 1188 tan 30° = 686 lbf
a
F54 = 1986 tan 15° = 532 lbf
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 345
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 345
Next, designate the points of action on gears 4 and 3, respectively, as points G and H,
as shown. Position vectors are
RC G = 1.553j − 3k
RC H = −2.598j − 6.5k
RC D = −8.5k
Force vectors are
F54 = −1986i − 748j + 532k
F23 = −1188i + 500j − 686k
y
FC = FCx i + FC j
y
F D = FDx i + FD j + FDz k
Now, a summation of moments about bearing C gives
MC = RC G × F54 + RC H × F23 + RC D × F D = 0
The terms for this equation are found to be
RC G × F54 = −1412i + 5961j + 3086k
RC H × F23 = 5026i + 7722j − 3086k
y
RC D × F D = 8.5FD i − 8.5FDx j
When these terms are placed back into the moment equation, the k terms, representing
the shaft torque, cancel. The i and j terms give
y 3614
FD = − = −425 lbf Ans.
8.5
(13 683)
FDx = = 1610 lbf Ans.
8.5
Next, we sum the forces to zero.
F = FC + F54 + F23 + F D = 0
Substituting, gives
x y
FC i + FC j + (−1987i − 746j + 532k) + (−1188i + 499j − 686k)
+ (1610i − 425j + FDz k) = 0
Solving gives
FCx = 1987 + 1188 − 1610 = 1565 lbf
y
FC = 746 − 499 + 425 = 672 lbf
FDz = −532 + 686 = 154 lbf Ans.
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 346
FIRST PAGES
346 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
13-37
y
πdW n W π(0.100)(600)
VW = = = π m/s
60 60
B
H 2000
WW t = = = 637 N
100 VW π
L = px N W = 25(1) = 25 mm
100
L
λ = tan−1
50
G
Wa πdW
A x
Wt 25
= tan−1 = 4.550°
z Wr
lead angle
Worm shaft diagram π(100)
WW t
W =
cos φn sin λ + f cos λ
VW π
VS = = = 3.152 m/s
cos λ cos 4.550°
In ft/min: VS = 3.28(3.152) = 10.33 ft/s = 620 ft/min
Use f = 0.043 from curve A of Fig. 13-42. Then from the first of Eq. (13-43)
637
W = = 5323 N
cos 14.5°(sin 4.55°) + 0.043 cos 4.55°
W y = W sin φn = 5323 sin 14.5° = 1333 N
W z = 5323[cos 14.5°(cos 4.55°) − 0.043 sin 4.55°] = 5119 N
The force acting against the worm is
W = −637i + 1333j + 5119k N
Thus A is the thrust bearing. Ans.
R AG = −0.05j − 0.10k, R AB = −0.20k
M A = R AG × W + R AB × F B + T = 0
R AG × W = −122.6i + 63.7j − 31.85k
y
R AB × F B = 0.2FB i − 0.2FBx j
Substituting and solving gives
T = 31.85 N · m Ans.
y
FBx = 318.5 N, FB = 613 N
So F B = 318.5i + 613j N Ans.
Or FB = [(613) 2 + (318.5) 2 ]1/2 = 691 N radial
F = F A + W + RB = 0
F A = −(W + F B ) = −(−637i + 1333j + 5119k + 318.5i + 613j)
= 318.5i − 1946j − 5119k Ans.
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:23 Page 347
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 13 347
WG G
Not to scale
FC 191
C 35
72.5
z
D
FD x
Gives
T = 977.7 N · m Ans.
FC = −233j + 3450k N, FC = 3460 N Ans.
F = FC + WG + F D = 0
F D = −(FC + WG ) = −637i + 1566j + 1669k N Ans.
Radial FrD = 1566j + 1669k N
Or FDr = 2289 N (total radial)
FtD = −637i N (thrust)
budynas_SM_ch13.qxd 12/04/2006 15:24 Page 348
FIRST PAGES
348 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
13-39
y
y
T
z
0.75"
z x
G
WWt
π(1.5)(900)
VW = = 353.4 ft/min
12
33 000(0.5)
W x = WW t = = 46.69 lbf
353.4
π
pt = px = = 0.314 16 in
10
L = 0.314 16(2) = 0.628 in
0.628
λ = tan−1 = 7.59°
π(1.5)
46.7
W = = 263 lbf
cos 14.5° sin 7.59° + 0.05 cos 7.59°
W y = 263 sin 14.5◦ = 65.8 lbf
W z = 263[cos 14.5◦ (cos 7.59◦ ) − 0.05 sin 7.59◦ ] = 251 lbf
So W = 46.7i + 65.8j + 251k lbf Ans.
T = 46.7(0.75) = 35 lbf · in Ans.
Chapter 14
14-1
N 22
d= = = 3.667 in
P 6
Table 14-2: Y = 0.331
πdn π(3.667)(1200)
V = = = 1152 ft/min
12 12
1200 + 1152
Eq. (14-4b): Kv = = 1.96
1200
T 63 025H 63 025(15)
Wt = = = = 429.7 lbf
d/2 nd/2 1200(3.667/2)
Eq. (14-7):
Kv W t P 1.96(429.7)(6)
σ = = = 7633 psi = 7.63 kpsi Ans.
FY 2(0.331)
14-2
16
d= = 1.333 in, Y = 0.296
12
π(1.333)(700)
V = = 244.3 ft/min
12
1200 + 244.3
Eq. (14-4b): Kv = = 1.204
1200
63 025H 63 025(1.5)
Wt = = = 202.6 lbf
nd/2 700(1.333/2)
Eq. (14-7):
Kv W t P 1.204(202.6)(12)
σ = = = 13 185 psi = 13.2 kpsi Ans.
FY 0.75(0.296)
14-3
d = m N = 1.25(18) = 22.5 mm, Y = 0.309
π(22.5)(10−3 )(1800)
V = = 2.121 m/s
60
6.1 + 2.121
Eq. (14-6b): Kv = = 1.348
6.1
60H 60(0.5)(103 )
Wt = = = 235.8 N
πdn π(22.5)(10−3 )(1800)
Kv W t 1.348(235.8)
Eq. (14-8): σ = = = 68.6 MPa Ans.
FmY 12(1.25)(0.309)
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 350
FIRST PAGES
350 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
14-4
d = 5(15) = 75 mm, Y = 0.290
π(75)(10−3 )(200)
V = = 0.7854 m/s
60
Assume steel and apply Eq. (14-6b):
6.1 + 0.7854
Kv = = 1.129
6.1
60H 60(5)(103 )
Wt = = = 6366 N
πdn π(75)(10−3 )(200)
Kv W t 1.129(6366)
Eq. (14-8): σ = = = 82.6 MPa Ans.
FmY 60(5)(0.290)
14-5
d = 1(16) = 16 mm, Y = 0.296
π(16)(10−3 )(400)
V = = 0.335 m/s
60
Assume steel and apply Eq. (14-6b):
6.1 + 0.335
Kv = = 1.055
6.1
60H 60(0.15)(103 )
Wt = = = 447.6 N
πdn π(16)(10−3 )(400)
Kv W t 1.055(447.6)
Eq. (14-8): F= = = 10.6 mm
σ mY 150(1)(0.296)
From Table A-17, use F = 11 mm Ans.
14-6
d = 1.5(17) = 25.5 mm, Y = 0.303
π(25.5)(10−3 )(400)
V = = 0.534 m/s
60
6.1 + 0.534
Eq. (14-6b): Kv = = 1.088
6.1
60H 60(0.25)(103 )
Wt = = = 468 N
πdn π(25.5)(10−3 )(400)
Kv W t 1.088(468)
Eq. (14-8): F= = = 14.9 mm
σ mY 75(1.5)(0.303)
Use F = 15 mm Ans.
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 351
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 14 351
14-7
24
d= = 4.8 in, Y = 0.337
5
π(4.8)(50)
V = = 62.83 ft/min
12
1200 + 62.83
Eq. (14-4b): Kv = = 1.052
1200
63 025H 63 025(6)
Wt = = = 3151 lbf
nd/2 50(4.8/2)
Kv W t P 1.052(3151)(5)
Eq. (14-7): F= = = 2.46 in
σY 20(103 )(0.337)
Use F = 2.5 in Ans.
14-8
16
d= = 3.2 in, Y = 0.296
5
π(3.2)(600)
V = = 502.7 ft/min
12
1200 + 502.7
Eq. (14-4b): Kv = = 1.419
1200
63 025(15)
Wt = = 984.8 lbf
600(3.2/2)
Kv W t P 1.419(984.8)(5)
Eq. (14-7): F= = = 2.38 in
σY 10(103 )(0.296)
Use F = 2.5 in Ans.
352 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Using coarse integer pitches from Table 13-2, the following table is formed.
P d V Kv Wt F
2 9.000 1413.717 2.178 58.356 0.082
3 6.000 942.478 1.785 87.535 0.152
4 4.500 706.858 1.589 116.713 0.240
6 3.000 471.239 1.393 175.069 0.473
8 2.250 353.429 1.295 233.426 0.782
10 1.800 282.743 1.236 291.782 1.167
12 1.500 235.619 1.196 350.139 1.627
16 1.125 176.715 1.147 466.852 2.773
Other considerations may dictate the selection. Good candidates are P = 8 ( F = 7/8 in)
and P = 10 ( F = 1.25 in). Ans.
m d V Kv Wt F
1.00 18.0 0.848 1.139 1768.388 86.917
1.25 22.5 1.060 1.174 1414.711 57.324
1.50 27.0 1.272 1.209 1178.926 40.987
2.00 36.0 1.696 1.278 884.194 24.382
3.00 54.0 2.545 1.417 589.463 12.015
4.00 72.0 3.393 1.556 442.097 7.422
5.00 90.0 4.241 1.695 353.678 5.174
6.00 108.0 5.089 1.834 294.731 3.888
8.00 144.0 6.786 2.112 221.049 2.519
10.00 180.0 8.482 2.391 176.839 1.824
12.00 216.0 10.179 2.669 147.366 1.414
16.00 288.0 13.572 3.225 110.524 0.961
20.00 360.0 16.965 3.781 88.419 0.721
25.00 450.0 21.206 4.476 70.736 0.547
32.00 576.0 27.143 5.450 55.262 0.406
40.00 720.0 33.929 6.562 44.210 0.313
50.00 900.0 42.412 7.953 35.368 0.243
Other design considerations may dictate the size selection. For the present design,
m = 2 mm ( F = 25 mm) is a good selection. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 353
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 14 353
14-11
22 60
dP = = 3.667 in, dG = = 10 in
6 6
π(3.667)(1200)
V = = 1152 ft/min
12
1200 + 1152
Eq. (14-4b): Kv = = 1.96
1200
63 025(15)
Wt = = 429.7 lbf
1200(3.667/2)
Table 14-8: C p = 2100 psi [Note: using Eq. (14-13) can result in wide variation in
C p due to wide variation in cast iron properties]
3.667 sin 20° 10 sin 20°
Eq. (14-12): r1 = = 0.627 in, r2 = = 1.710 in
2 2
Kv W t 1 1 1/2
Eq. (14-14): σC = −C p +
F cos φ r1 r2
1/2
1.96(429.7) 1 1
= −2100 +
2 cos 20° 0.627 1.710
= −65.6(103 ) psi = −65.6 kpsi Ans.
14-12
16 48
dP = = 1.333 in, dG = = 4 in
12 12
π(1.333)(700)
V = = 244.3 ft/min
12
1200 + 244.3
Eq. (14-4b): Kv = = 1.204
1200
63 025(1.5)
Wt = = 202.6 lbf
700(1.333/2)
√
Table 14-8: C p = 2100 psi (see note in Prob. 14-11 solution)
1.333 sin 20° 4 sin 20°
Eq. (14-12): r1 = = 0.228 in, r2 = = 0.684 in
2 2
Eq. (14-14):
1/2
1.202(202.6) 1 1
σC = −2100 + = −100(103 )
F cos 20° 0.228 0.684
2
2100 1.202(202.6) 1 1
F= + = 0.668 in
100(103 ) cos 20° 0.228 0.684
Use F = 0.75 in Ans.
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 354
FIRST PAGES
354 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
14-13 24 48
dP = = 4.8 in, dG = = 9.6 in
5 5
π(4.8)(50)
V = = 62.83 ft/min
12
600 + 62.83
Eq. (14-4a): Kv = = 1.105
600
63 025H
Wt = = 525.2H
50(4.8/2)
√
Table 14-8: Cp = 1960 psi (see note in Prob. 14-11 solution)
4.8 sin 20◦
Eq. (14-12): r1 = = 0.821 in, r2 = 2r1 = 1.642 in
2
1/2
1.105(525.2H ) 1 1
Eq. (14-14): −100(10 ) = −1960
3
+
2.5 cos 20◦ 0.821 1.642
H = 5.77 hp Ans.
14-14
d P = 4(20) = 80 mm, dG = 4(32) = 128 mm
π(80)(10−3 )(1000)
V = = 4.189 m/s
60
3.05 + 4.189
Eq. (14-6a): Kv = = 2.373
3.05
60(10)(103 )
Wt = = 2387 N
π(80)(10−3 )(1000)
√
Table 14-8: C p = 163 MPa (see note in Prob. 14-11 solution)
80 sin 20° 128 sin 20°
Eq. (14-12): r1 = = 13.68 mm, r2 = = 21.89 mm
2 2
1/2
2.373(2387) 1 1
Eq. (14-14): σC = −163 + = −617 MPa Ans.
50 cos 20° 13.68 21.89
Chapter 14 355
2.25 2.25
l= = = 0.1875 in
Pd 12
3Y P 3(0.303)
Eq. (14-3): x= = = 0.0379 in
2P 2(12)
Eq. (b), p. 717: t = 4(0.1875)(0.0379) = 0.1686 in
Eq. (6-25): de = 0.808 0.875(0.1686) = 0.310 in
0.310 −0.107
Eq. (6-20): kb = = 0.996
0.30
kc = kd = ke = 1, k f1 = 1.66 (see Ex. 14-2)
0.300
rf = = 0.025 in (see Ex. 14-2)
12
r rf 0.025
= = = 0.148
d t 0.1686
Approximate D/d = ∞ with D/d = 3; from Fig. A-15-6, K t = 1.68.
From Fig. 6-20, with Sut = 76 kpsi and r = 0.025 in, q = 0.62. From Eq. (6-32)
Kf = 1 + 0.62(1.68 − 1) = 1.42
Miscellaneous-Effects Factor:
1
k f = k f 1 k f 2 = 1.65 = 1.247
1.323
Eq. (7-17): Se = 0.857(0.996)(1)(1)(1)(1.247)(38 000)
= 40 450 psi
40 770
σall = = 18 120 psi
2.25
FY P σall 0.875(0.303)(18 120)
Wt = =
K v Pd 1.162(12)
= 345 lbf
345(194.8)
H= = 2.04 hp Ans.
Wear 33 000
ν1 = ν2 = 0.292, E 1 = E 2 = 30(106 ) psi
1
Eq. (14-13): Cp = = 2285 psi
1 − 0.2922
2π
30(106 )
dP 1.417
Eq. (14-12): r1 = sin φ = sin 20° = 0.242 in
2 2
dG 2.500
r2 = sin φ = sin 20° = 0.428
2 2
1 1 1 1
+ = + = 6.469 in−1
r1 r2 0.242 0.428
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 356
FIRST PAGES
356 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 14 357
Wear
Eq. (14-13): C p = 2285 psi
Eq. (14-12): r1 = (6.667/2) sin 20° = 1.140 in
r2 = (33.333/2) sin 20° = 5.700 in
Eq. (6-68): SC = [0.4(262) − 10](103 ) = 94 800 psi
√ √
σC, all = −SC / n d = −94 800/ 1.5 = −77 404 psi
σC, all 2 F cos φ 1
W = t
Cp K v 1/r1 + 1/r2
−77 404 2 2.5 cos 20° 1
=
2300 2.266 1/1.140 + 1/5.700
= 1115 lbf
WtV 1115(1519)
H= = = 51.3 hp Ans.
33 000 33 000
For 108 cycles (revolutions of the pinion), the power based on wear is 51.3 hp.
Rating power–pinion controls
H1 = 144 hp
H2 = 51.3 hp
Hrated = min(144, 51.3) = 51.3 hp Ans.
358 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
−0.107
24.23
kb = = 0.884
7.62
kc = kd = ke = 1
r f = 0.300m = 0.300(6) = 1.8 mm
From Fig. A-15-6 for r/d = r f /t = 1.8/12 = 0.15, K t = 1.68.
Figure 6-20, q = 0.86; Eq. (6-32),
K f = 1 + 0.86(1.68 − 1) = 1.58
k f 1 = 1.66 (Gerber failure criterion)
k f 2 = 1/K f = 1/1.537 = 0.651
k f = k f 1 k f 2 = 1.66(0.651) = 1.08
Se = 0.744(0.884)(1)(1)(1)(1.08)(450) = 319.6 MPa
Se 319.6
σall = = = 245.8 MPa
nd 1.3
FY mσall 75(0.296)(6)(245.8)
Eq. (14-8): Wt = = = 16 840 N
Kv 1.944
Tn 16 840(96/2)(1145)
H= = = 96.9 kW Ans.
9.55 9.55(106 )
Wear: Pinion and gear
Eq. (14-12): r1 = (96/2) sin 20◦ = 16.42 mm
r2 = (180/2) sin 20◦ = 30.78 mm
Chapter 14 359
√
Eq. (6-25): de = 0.808 Ft = 0.808 2(0.337) = 0.663 in
0.663 −0.107
Eq. (6-20): kb = = 0.919
0.30
kc = kd = ke = 1. Assess two components contributing to k f . First, based upon
one-way bending and the Gerber failure criterion, k f 1 = 1.66 (see Ex. 14-2). Second,
due to stress-concentration,
0.300 0.300
rf = = = 0.050 in (see Ex. 14-2)
Pd 6
r rf 0.05
Fig. A-15-6: = = = 0.148
d t 0.338
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 360
FIRST PAGES
360 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Estimate D/d = ∞ by setting D/d = 3, K t = 1.68. From Fig. 6-20, q = 0.86, and
Eq. (6-32)
K f = 1 + 0.86(1.68 − 1) = 1.58
1 1
kf 2 = = = 0.633
Kf 1.58
k f = k f 1 k f 2 = 1.66(0.633) = 1.051
Se = 0.766(0.919)(1)(1)(1)(1.051)(58) = 42.9 kpsi
Se 42.9
σall = = = 21.5 kpsi
nd 2
FY P σall 2(0.303)(21 500)
Wt = = = 1283 lbf
K v Pd 1.692(6)
WtV 1283(830.7)
H= = = 32.3 hp Ans.
33 000 33 000
(b) Pinion fatigue
Wear
From Table A-5 for steel: ν = 0.292, E = 30(106 ) psi
Eq. (14-13) or Table 14-8:
1/2
1
Cp = = 2285 psi
2π[(1 − 0.2922 )/30(106 )]
In preparation for Eq. (14-14):
dP 2.833
Eq. (14-12): r1 = sin φ = sin 20◦ = 0.485 in
2 2
dG 8.500
r2 = sin φ = sin 20◦ = 1.454 in
2 2
1 1 1 1
+ = + = 2.750 in
r1 r2 0.485 1.454
Chapter 14 361
362 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 14 363
Fig. 14-12: H B P /H BG = 1 ∴ CH = 1
364 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
πd P n P π(50)(10−3 )(100)
V = = = 0.2618 m/s
60 60
60(120)
Wt = = 458.4 N
π(50)(10−3 )(100)
Chapter 14 365
366 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
14-21
Pt = Pn cos ψ = 6 cos 30° = 5.196 teeth/in
16 48
dP = = 3.079 in, dG = (3.079) = 9.238 in
5.196 16
π(3.079)(300)
V = = 241.8 ft/min
12
√ 0.8255
33 000(5) 59.77 + 241.8
Wt = = 682.3 lbf, K v = = 1.210
241.8 59.77
Chapter 14 367
93 500(0.948)/[(1)(0.85)]
(S H ) P = = 1.54 Ans.
67 700
Gear tooth wear
1/2
1.097
(σc ) G = (67 700) = 67 980 psi Ans.
1.088
93 500(0.973)/[(1)(0.85)]
(S H ) G = = 1.57 Ans.
67 980
368 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 14 369
14-23
3Y
l = 2.25/Pd , x=
2Pd
√ 2.25 3Y 3.674 √
t = 4lx = 4 = Y
Pd 2Pd Pd
√
√ 3.674 √ F Y
de = 0.808 Ft = 0.808 F Y = 1.5487
Pd Pd
√ −0.107 √ −0.0535
1.5487 F Y/Pd F Y
kb = = 0.8389
0.30 Pd
√ 0.0535
1 F Y
Ks = = 1.192 Ans.
kb Pd
370 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
32 125(0.832)
Eq. (14-17): (σall ) P = = 26 728 psi
1(1)(1)
B = 0.25(12 − 6)2/3 = 0.8255
A = 50 + 56(1 − 0.8255) = 59.77
√ 0.8255
59.77 + 1649
Kv = = 1.534
59.77
K s = 1, Cm = 1
F
Cmc = − 0.0375 + 0.0125F
10d
3.25
= − 0.0375 + 0.0125(3.25) = 0.0622
10(5.5)
Cma = 0.127 + 0.0158(3.25) − 0.093(10−4 )(3.252 ) = 0.178
Ce = 1
K m = Cm f = 1 + (1)[0.0622(1) + 0.178(1)] = 1.240
K B = 1, K T = 1
26 728(3.25)(0.345)
Eq. (14-15): W1t = = 3151 lbf
1.25(1.534)(1)(4)(1.240)
3151(1649)
H1 = = 157.5 hp
33 000
Gear bending By similar reasoning, W2t = 3861 lbf and H2 = 192.9 hp
Pinion wear
m G = 60/22 = 2.727
cos 20◦ sin 20◦ 2.727
I = = 0.1176
2 1 + 2.727
0.99 (Sc ) 107 = 322(250) + 29 100 = 109 600 psi
( Z N ) P = 2.466[3(109 )]−0.056 = 0.727
( Z N ) G = 2.466[3(109 )/2.727]−0.056 = 0.769
109 600(0.727)
(σc, all ) P = = 79 679 psi
1(1)(1)
σc, all 2 Fd P I
W3 =
t
Cp Ko Kv Ks Km C f
2
79 679 3.25(5.5)(0.1176)
= = 1061 lbf
2300 1.25(1.534)(1)(1.24)(1)
1061(1649)
H3 = = 53.0 hp
33 000
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 371
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 14 371
Gear wear
Similarly, W4t = 1182 lbf, H4 = 59.0 hp
Rating
Hrated = min( H1 , H2 , H3 , H4 )
= min(157.5, 192.9, 53, 59) = 53 hp Ans.
Note differing capacities. Can these be equalized?
372 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
14-26 Solution summary from Prob. 14-24: n = 1145 rev/min, K o = 1.25, Grade 1 materials,
N P = 22T, NG = 60T, m G = 2.727, Y P = 0.331, YG = 0.422, J P = 0.345,
JG = 0.410, Pd = 4T /in, F = 3.25 in, Q v = 6, ( Nc ) P = 3(109 ), R = 0.99
Pinion H B : 250 core, 390 case
Gear H B : 250 core, 390 case
K m = 1.240, K T = 1, K B = 1, d P = 5.500 in, dG = 15.000 in,
V = 1649 ft/min, K v = 1.534, (K s ) P = (K s ) G = 1, (Y N ) P = 0.832,
(Y N ) G = 0.859, K R = 1
Bending
(σall ) P = 26 728 psi (St ) P = 32 125 psi
(σall ) G = 27 546 psi (St ) G = 32 125 psi
W1t = 3151 lbf, H1 = 157.5 hp
W2t = 3861 lbf, H2 = 192.9 hp
Wear
φ = 20◦ , I = 0.1176, ( Z N ) P = 0.727,
( Z N ) G = 0.769, C P = 2300 psi
(Sc ) P = Sc = 322(390) + 29 100 = 154 680 psi
154 680(0.727)
(σc, all ) P = = 112 450 psi
1(1)(1)
154 680(0.769)
(σc, all ) G = = 118 950 psi
1(1)(1)
112 450 2 2113(1649)
W3 =
t
(1061) = 2113 lbf, H3 = = 105.6 hp
79 679 33 000
2
118 950 2354(1649)
W4 =
t
(1182) = 2354 lbf, H4 = = 117.6 hp
109 600(0.769) 33 000
Rated power
Hrated = min(157.5, 192.9, 105.6, 117.6) = 105.6 hp Ans.
Prob. 14-24
Hrated = min(157.5, 192.9, 53.0, 59.0) = 53 hp
The rated power approximately doubled.
14-27 The gear and the pinion are 9310 grade 1, carburized and case-hardened to obtain Brinell
285 core and Brinell 580–600 case.
Table 14-3:
0.99 (St ) 107 = 55 000 psi
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 373
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 14 373
14-28 Grade 2 9310 carburized and case-hardened to 285 core and 580 case in Prob. 14-27.
Summary:
Table 14-3: 0.99 (St ) 107 = 65 000 psi
(σall ) P = 53 959 psi
(σall ) G = 55 736 psi
and it follows that
W1t = 5399.5 lbf, H1 = 270 hp
W2 = 6699 lbf,
t
H2 = 335 hp
From Table 14-8, C p = 2300 psi. Also, from Table 14-6:
Sc = 225 000 psi
(σc, all ) P = 181 285 psi
(σc, all ) G = 191 762 psi
Consequently,
W3t = 4801 lbf, H3 = 240 hp
W4t = 5337 lbf, H4 = 267 hp
Rating
Hrated = min(270, 335, 240, 267) = 240 hp. Ans.
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 374
FIRST PAGES
374 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 14 375
Wear
Table 14-8: C p = 1960 psi
Table 14-7: = 75 000 psi = (σc, all ) P = (σc, all ) G
0.99 (Sc ) 107
(σc, all ) P 2 FdpI
W3 =
t
Cp Ko Kv Ks Km C f
2
75 000 3.25(5.5)(0.1176)
W3t = = 1295 lbf
1960 1.25(1.534)(1)(1.24)(1)
W4t = W3t = 1295 lbf
1295(1649)
H4 = H3 = = 64.7 hp
33 000
Rating
Hrated = min(76.7, 94.4, 64.7, 64.7) = 64.7 hp Ans.
Notice that the balance between bending and wear power is improved due to CI’s more
favorable Sc /St ratio. Also note that the life is 107 pinion revolutions which is (1/300) of
3(109). Longer life goals require power derating.
14-33
(Y N ) P = 0.977, (Y N ) G = 0.996
(St ) P = (St ) G = 82.3(250) + 12 150 = 32 725 psi
32 725(0.977)
(σall ) P = = 37 615 psi
1(0.85)
37 615(1.5)(0.423)
W1t = = 1558 lbf
1(1.404)(1.043)(8.66)(1.208)(1)
1558(925)
H1 = = 43.7 hp
33 000
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 376
FIRST PAGES
376 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
32 725(0.996)
(σall ) G = = 38 346 psi
1(0.85)
38 346(1.5)(0.5346)
W2t = = 2007 lbf
1(1.404)(1.043)(8.66)(1.208)(1)
2007(925)
H2 = = 56.3 hp
33 000
( Z N ) P = 0.948, ( Z N ) G = 0.973
Table 14-6: 0.99 (Sc ) 107 = 150 000 psi
0.948(1)
(σc, allow ) P = 150 000 = 167 294 psi
1(0.85)
167 294 2 1.963(1.5)(0.195)
W3t = = 2074 lbf
2300 1(1.404)(1.043)
2074(925)
H3 = = 58.1 hp
33 000
0.973
(σc, allow ) G = (167 294) = 171 706 psi
0.948
171 706 2 1.963(1.5)(0.195)
W4t = = 2167 lbf
2300 1(1.404)(1.052)
2167(925)
H4 = = 60.7 hp
33 000
Hrated = min(43.7, 56.3, 58.1, 60.7) = 43.7 hp Ans.
Pinion bending controlling
14-34
(Y N ) P = 1.6831(108 ) −0.0323 = 0.928
(Y N )G = 1.6831(108 /3.059)−0.0323 = 0.962
Table 14-3: St = 55 000 psi
55 000(0.928)
(σall ) P = = 60 047 psi
1(0.85)
60 047(1.5)(0.423)
W1t = = 2487 lbf
1(1.404)(1.043)(8.66)(1.208)(1)
2487(925)
H1 = = 69.7 hp
33 000
0.962
(σall ) G = (60 047) = 62 247 psi
0.928
62 247 0.5346
W2 =
t
(2487) = 3258 lbf
60 047 0.423
3258
H2 = (69.7) = 91.3 hp
2487
budynas_SM_ch14.qxd 12/05/2006 17:39 Page 377
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 14 377
2886(925)
H4 = = 80.9 hp
33 000
Hrated = min(69.7, 91.3, 72, 80.9) = 69.7 hp Ans.
378 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 15
15-1 Given: Uncrowned, through-hardened 300 Brinell core and case, Grade 1, NC = 109 rev of
pinion at R = 0.999, N P = 20 teeth, NG = 60 teeth, Q v = 6, Pd = 6 teeth/in, shaft angle
90°, n p = 900 rev/min, J P = 0.249 and JG = 0.216 (Fig. 15-7), F = 1.25 in, S F =
S H = 1, K o = 1.
Mesh d P = 20/6 = 3.333 in
dG = 60/6 = 10.000 in
Eq. (15-7): vt = π(3.333)(900/12) = 785.3 ft/min
Eq. (15-6): B = 0.25(12 − 6) 2/3 = 0.8255
A = 50 + 56(1 − 0.8255) = 59.77
√ 0.8255
59.77 + 785.3
Eq. (15-5): Kv = = 1.374
59.77
Eq. (15-8): vt, max = [59.77 + (6 − 3)]2 = 3940 ft/min
Since 785.3 < 3904, K v = 1.374 is valid. The size factor for bending is:
Eq. (15-10): K s = 0.4867 + 0.2132/6 = 0.5222
For one gear straddle-mounted, the load-distribution factor is:
Eq. (15-11): K m = 1.10 + 0.0036(1.25) 2 = 1.106
Eq. (15-15): (K L ) P = 1.6831(109 ) −0.0323 = 0.862
(K L ) G = 1.6831(109 /3) −0.0323 = 0.893
Eq. (15-14): (C L ) P = 3.4822(109 ) −0.0602 = 1
(C L ) G = 3.4822(109 /3) −0.0602 = 1.069
Eq. (15-19): K R = 0.50 − 0.25 log(1 − 0.999) = 1.25 (or Table 15-3)
√
C R = K R = 1.25 = 1.118
Bending
Fig. 15-13: 0.99 St = sat = 44(300) + 2100 = 15 300 psi
sat K L 15 300(0.862)
Eq. (15-4): (σall ) P = swt = = = 10 551 psi
SF K T K R 1(1)(1.25)
(σall ) P F K x J P
Eq. (15-3): W Pt =
Pd K o K v K s K m
10 551(1.25)(1)(0.249)
= = 690 lbf
6(1)(1.374)(0.5222)(1.106)
690(785.3)
H1 = = 16.4 hp
33 000
15 300(0.893)
Eq. (15-4): (σall ) G = = 10 930 psi
1(1)(1.25)
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd 12/05/2006 17:42 Page 380
FIRST PAGES
380 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
10 930(1.25)(1)(0.216)
WGt = = 620 lbf
6(1)(1.374)(0.5222)(1.106)
620(785.3)
H2 = = 14.8 hp Ans.
33 000
The gear controls the bending rating.
Chapter 15 381
15-3 AGMA 2003-B97 does not fully address cast iron gears, however, approximate compar-
isons can be useful. This problem is similar to Prob. 15-1, but not identical. We will orga-
nize the method. A follow-up could consist of completing Probs. 15-1 and 15-2 with
identical pinions, and cast iron gears.
Given: Uncrowned, straight teeth, Pd = 6 teeth/in, N P = 30 teeth, NG = 60 teeth, ASTM
30 cast iron, material Grade 1, shaft angle 90°, F = 1.25, n P = 900 rev/min, ◦
√ φn = 20 ,
one gear straddle-mounted, K o = 1, J P = 0.268, JG = 0.228, S F = 2, S H = 2.
M Kv W t P
σ = =
I /c FY
Then
14.7
(K v ) CI = (K v ) steel = 0.7(K v ) steel
30
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd 12/05/2006 17:42 Page 382
FIRST PAGES
382 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Our modeling is rough, but it convinces us that (K v ) CI < (K v ) steel , but we are not sure of
the value of (K v ) CI . We will use K v for steel as a basis for a conservative rating.
Eq. (15-6): B = 0.25(12 − 6) 2/3 = 0.8255
A = 50 + 56(1 − 0.8255) = 59.77
√ 0.8255
59.77 + 1178
Eq. (15-5): Kv = = 1.454
59.77
(σall ) P F K x J P
Eq. (15-3): W Pt =
Pd K o K v K s K m
2250(1.25)(1)(0.268)
= = 149.6 lbf
6(1)(1.454)(0.5222)(1.106)
149.6(1178)
H1 = = 5.34 hp
33 000
Gear bending
JG 0.228
WGt = W Pt = 149.6 = 127.3 lbf
JP 0.268
127.3(1178)
H2 = = 4.54 hp
33 000
The gear controls in bending fatigue.
H = 4.54 hp Ans.
Chapter 15 383
2
35 355 1.25(5.000)(0.086)
Thus, W =
t
= 91.6 lbf
1960 1(1.454)(1.106)(0.59375)(2)
91.6(1178)
H3 = H4 = = 3.27 hp Ans.
33 000
Rating Based on results of Probs. 15-3 and 15-4,
H = min(5.34, 4.54, 3.27, 3.27) = 3.27 hp Ans.
The mesh is weakest in wear fatigue.
15-5 Uncrowned, through-hardened to 180 Brinell (core and case), Grade 1, 109 rev of pinion at
R = 0.999, N P = z 1 = 22 teeth, NG = z 2 = √ Q v = 5, m et = 4 mm, shaft angle
24 teeth,
90°, n 1 = 1800 rev/min, S F = 1, S H = S F = 1, J P = Y J 1 √ = 0.23, JG = Y J 2 =
0.205, F = b = 25 mm, K o = K A = K T = K θ = 1 and C p = 190 MPa .
Mesh d P = de1 = mz 1 = 4(22) = 88 mm
dG = m et z 2 = 4(24) = 96 mm
Eq. (15-7): vet = 5.236(10−5 )(88)(1800) = 8.29 m/s
Eq. (15-6): B = 0.25(12 − 5) 2/3 = 0.9148
A = 50 + 56(1 − 0.9148) = 54.77
√ 0.9148
54.77 + 200(8.29)
Eq. (15-5): Kv = = 1.663
54.77
Eq. (15-10): K s = Yx = 0.4867 + 0.008 339(4) = 0.520
Eq. (15-11) with K mb = 1 (both straddle-mounted),
K m = K Hβ = 1 + 5.6(10−6 )(252 ) = 1.0035
From Fig. 15-8,
(C L ) P = ( Z N T ) P = 3.4822(109 ) −0.0602 = 1.00
(C L ) G = ( Z N T ) G = 3.4822[109 (22/24)]−0.0602 = 1.0054
Eq. (15-12): C xc = Z xc = 2 (uncrowned)
Eq. (15-19): K R = Y Z = 0.50 − 0.25 log (1 − 0.999) = 1.25
√
C R = Z Z = Y Z = 1.25 = 1.118
From Fig. 15-10, C H = Zw = 1
Eq. (15-9): Z x = 0.004 92(25) + 0.4375 = 0.560
Wear of Pinion
Fig. 15-12: σ H lim = 2.35H B + 162.89
= 2.35(180) + 162.89 = 585.9 MPa
Fig. 15-6: I = Z I = 0.066
(σ H lim ) P ( Z N T ) P Z W
Eq. (15-2): (σ H ) P =
SH K θ Z Z
585.9(1)(1)
=√ = 524.1 MPa
1(1)(1.118)
2
σH bde1 Z I
Eq. (15-1): WP =t
Cp 1000K A K v K Hβ Z x Z xc
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd 12/05/2006 17:42 Page 384
FIRST PAGES
384 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Chapter 15 385
Rating of mesh is
Hrating = min(10.37, 9.29, 4.90, 4.93) = 4.90 kW Ans.
with pinion wear controlling.
15-7
σ
σ
all all
(a) (S F ) P = = (S F ) G =
σ P σ G
(sat K L /K T K R ) P (sat K L /K T K R ) G
=
(W Pd K o K v K s K m /F K x J ) P
t (W Pd K o K v K s K m /F K x J ) G
t
In wear
1/2
sac C L CU W t K o K v K m Cs C xc
= Cp
SH K T C R 22 Fd P I 22
t
Squaring and solving for W gives
2 2 2
sac C L C H Fd P I
W =
t
2
(2)
SH K T2 C 2R C 2P 22 K o K v K m Cs C xc 22
Equating the
right-hand sides of Eqs. (1) and (2) and canceling terms, and recognizing
that C R = K R and Pd d P = N P ,
we obtain
2
Cp SH (sat ) 11 (K L ) 11 K x J11 K T Cs C xc
(sac ) 22 = 2
(C L ) 22 SF CH N P Ks I
For equal W t in bending and wear
2
√
2
SH SF
= =1
SF SF
So we get
Cp (sat ) P (K L ) P J P K x K T Cs C xc
(sac ) G = Ans.
(C L ) G C H N P I Ks
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd 12/05/2006 17:42 Page 386
FIRST PAGES
386 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
(c)
σc, all σc, all
(S H ) P = (S H ) G = =
σc P σc G
Substituting in the right-hand equality gives
[sac C L /(C R K T )] P [sac C L C H /(C R K T )]G
=
C p W t K o K v K m Cs C xc /( Fd P I ) C p W t K o K v K m Cs C xc /( Fd P I )
P G
Denominators cancel leaving
(sac ) P (C L ) P = (sac ) G (C L ) G C H
Solving for (sac ) P gives,
(C L ) G
(sac ) P = (sac ) G
CH (1)
(C L ) P
From Eq. (15-14), (C L ) P = 3.4822N L−0.0602 , (C L ) G = 3.4822( N L /m G ) −0.0602 . Thus,
(sac ) P = (sac ) G (1/m G ) −0.0602 C H = (sac ) G m 0G.0602 C H Ans.
This equation is the transpose of Eq. (14-45).
15-8
Core Case
Pinion ( H B ) 11 ( H B ) 12
Gear ( H B ) 21 ( H B ) 22
Given ( H B ) 11 = 300 Brinell
Eq. (15-23): (sat ) P = 44(300) + 2100 = 15 300 psi
From Prob. 15-7,
J P −0.0323 0.249 −0.0323
(sat ) G = (sat ) P m G = 15 300 3 = 17 023 psi
JG 0.216
17 023 − 2100
( H B ) 21 = = 339 Brinell Ans.
44
2290 15 300(0.862)(0.249)(1)(0.593 25)(2)
(sac ) G = = 141 160 psi
1.0685(1) 20(0.086)(0.5222)
141 160 − 23 600
( H B ) 22 = = 345 Brinell Ans.
341
.
(sac ) P = (sac ) G m 0G.0602 C H = 141 160(30.0602 )(1) = 150 811 psi
Chapter 15 387
388 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Pinion case
(sac ) P = 341(373) + 23 620 = 150 813 psi
150 813(1)
(σc, all ) P = = 134 895 psi
1(1)(1.118)
134 895 2 1.25(3.333)(0.086)
W =
t
= 689.0 lbf
2290 1(1.374)(1.106)(0.593 75)(2)
Gear case
(sac ) G = 341(345) + 23 620 = 141 265 psi
141 265(1.0685)(1)
(σc, all ) G = = 135 010 psi
1(1)(1.118)
135 010 2 1.25(3.333)(0.086)
W =
t
= 690.1 lbf
2290 1(1.1374)(1.106)(0.593 75)(2)
15-10 The catalog rating is 5.2 hp at 1200 rev/min for a straight bevel gearset. Also given:
N P = 20 teeth, NG = 40 teeth, φn = 20◦ , F = 0.71 in, J P = 0.241, JG = 0.201,
Pd = 10 teeth/in, through-hardened to 300 Brinell-General Industrial Service, and
Q v = 5 uncrowned.
Mesh
d P = 20/10 = 2.000 in, dG = 40/10 = 4.000 in
πd P n P π(2)(1200)
vt = = = 628.3 ft/min
12 12
K o = 1, S F = 1, SH = 1
2/3
Eq. (15-6): B = 0.25(12 − 5) = 0.9148
A = 50 + 56(1 − 0.9148) = 54.77
√ 0.9148
54.77 + 628.3
Eq. (15-5): Kv = = 1.412
54.77
Eq. (15-10): K s = 0.4867 + 0.2132/10 = 0.508
Eq. (15-11): K m = 1.25 + 0.0036(0.71) 2 = 1.252
where K mb = 1.25
Eq. (15-15): (K L ) P = 1.6831(109 ) −0.0323 = 0.862
(K L ) G = 1.6831(109 /2) −0.0323 = 0.881
Eq. (15-14): (C L ) P = 3.4822(109 ) −0.0602 = 1.000
(C L ) G = 3.4822(109 /2) −0.0602 = 1.043
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd 12/05/2006 17:42 Page 389
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 15 389
390 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Gear:
(sac ) G = 125 920 psi
125 920(1.043)(1)
(σc, all ) = = 117 473 psi
1(1)(1.118)
117 473 2 0.71(2.000)(0.078)
W =
t
= 156.6 lbf
2290 1(1.412)(1.252)(0.526 25)(2)
156.6(628.3)
H4 = = 3.0 hp
33 000
Rating:
H = min(3.8, 3.3, 2.7, 3.0) = 2.7 hp
Pinion wear controls the power rating. While the basis of the catalog rating is unknown,
it is overly optimistic (by a factor of 1.9).
15-11 From Ex. 15-1, the core hardness of both the pinion and gear is 180 Brinell. So ( H B ) 11
and ( H B ) 21 are 180 Brinell and the bending stress numbers are:
(sat ) P = 44(180) + 2100 = 10 020 psi
(sat ) G = 10 020 psi
The contact strength of the gear case, based upon the equation derived in Prob. 15-7, is
2
Cp SH (sat ) P (K L ) P K x J P K T Cs C xc
(sac ) G =
(C L ) G C H S F N P I Ks
Substituting (sat ) P from above and the values of the remaining terms from Ex. 15-1,
2290 1.52 10 020(1)(1)(0.216)(1)(0.575)(2)
= 114 331 psi
1.32(1) 1.5 25(0.065)(0.529)
114 331 − 23 620
( H B ) 22 = = 266 Brinell
341
The pinion contact strength is found using the relation from Prob. 15-7:
(sac ) P = (sac ) G m 0G.0602 C H = 114 331(1) 0.0602 (1) = 114 331 psi
114 331 − 23 600
( H B ) 12 = = 266 Brinell
341
Core Case
Pinion 180 266
Gear 180 266
Realization of hardnesses
The response of students to this part of the question would be a function of the extent
to which heat-treatment procedures were covered in their materials and manufacturing
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd 12/05/2006 17:42 Page 391
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 15 391
prerequisites, and how quantitative it was. The most important thing is to have the stu-
dent think about it.
The instructor can comment in class when students curiosity is heightened. Options
that will surface may include:
• Select a through-hardening steel which will meet or exceed core hardness in the hot-
rolled condition, then heat-treating to gain the additional 86 points of Brinell hardness
by bath-quenching, then tempering, then generating the teeth in the blank.
• Flame or induction hardening are possibilities.
• The hardness goal for the case is sufficiently modest that carburizing and case harden-
ing may be too costly. In this case the material selection will be different.
• The initial step in a nitriding process brings the core hardness to 33–38 Rockwell
C-scale (about 300–350 Brinell) which is too much.
Emphasize that development procedures are necessary in order to tune the “Black Art”
to the occasion. Manufacturing personnel know what to do and the direction of adjust-
ments, but how much is obtained by asking the gear (or gear blank). Refer your students
to D. W. Dudley, Gear Handbook, library reference section, for descriptions of heat-
treating processes.
15-13 A design program would ask the user to make the a priori decisions, as indicated in
Sec. 15-5, p. 786, SMED8. The decision set can be organized as follows:
A priori decisions
• Function: H, K o , rpm, mG , temp., N L , R
√
• Design factor: n d (S F = n d , S H = n d )
• Tooth system: Involute, Straight Teeth, Crowning, φn
• Straddling: K mb
• Tooth count: N P ( NG = m G N P )
Design decisions
• Pitch and Face: Pd , F
• Quality number: Q v
• Pinion hardness: ( H B ) 1 , ( H B ) 3
• Gear hardness: ( H B ) 2 , ( H B ) 4
First gather all of the equations one needs, then arrange them before coding. Find the required hardnesses, express the consequences of the
392
chosen hardnesses, and allow for revisions as appropriate.
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd
stress)
17:42
Associated Bhn = 44 Bhn = 44 Bhn = 341 Bhn = 341 1
(sat ) P − 5980
(sat ) G − 5980
(sac ) P − 29 560
(sac ) G − 29 560
hardness
48 48 363.6 363.6
Chosen ( HB ) 11 ( HB ) 21 ( HB ) 12 ( HB ) 22
hardness
44( HB ) 11 + 2100 44( HB ) 21 + 2100 341( HB ) 12 + 23 620 341( HB ) 22 + 23 620
New tabulated (sat1 ) P = (sat1 ) G = (sac1 ) P = (sac1 ) G =
strength 48( HB ) 11 + 5980 48( HB ) 21 + 5980 363.6( HB ) 12 + 29 560 363.6( HB ) 22 + 29 560
2 2
σall (sat1 ) P (K L ) P (sat1 ) G (K L ) G (sac1 ) P (C L ) P (C H ) P (sac1 ) G (C L ) G (C H ) G
Factor of n 11 = = n 21 = n 12 = n 22 =
safety σ s11 K T K R s21 K T K R s12 K T C R s22 K T C R
Note: SF = n d , S H = SF
FIRST PAGES
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd 12/05/2006 17:42 Page 393
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 15 393
Eq. (15-47): ( FW ) max = 2 2(7)0.125 = 2.646 in
394 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
(d) Eq. (15-52): Amin = 43.2(8.5) 1.7 = 1642 in2 < 1700 in2
Eq. (15-49): Hloss = 33 000(1 − 0.7563)(2.18) = 17 530 ft · lbf/min
Assuming a fan exists on the worm shaft,
1725
Eq. (15-50): h̄ C R = + 0.13 = 0.568 ft · lbf/(min · in2 · ◦ F)
3939
17 530
Eq. (15-51): ts = 70 + = 88.2◦ F Ans.
0.568(1700)
budynas_SM_ch15.qxd
15-15 to 15-22
Problem statement values of 25 hp, 1125 rev/min, m G = 10, K a = 1.25, n d = 1.1, φn = 20°, ta = 70°F are not referenced in the table.
Parameters
12/05/2006
FAN FAN
HW 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.2 38.0 41.2 41.2
HG 36.2 36.2 36.2 36.2 36.2 36.1 37.7 37.7
Hf 1.87 1.47 1.97 1.97 1.97 1.85 3.59 3.59
NW 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
NG 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
KW 125 80 50 115 185
Cs 607 854 1000
Cm 0.759 0.759 0.759
Cv 0.236 0.236 0.236
VG 492 492 492 492 492 563 492 492
WGt 2430 2430 2430 2430 2430 2120 2524 2524
t
WW 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1038 1284 1284
f 0.0193 0.0193 0.0193 0.0193 0.0193 0.0183 0.034 0.034
e 0.948 0.948 0.948 0.948 0.948 0.951 0.913 0.913
( Pt ) G 1.795 1.795 1.795 1.795 1.795 1.571 1.795 1.795
Pn 1.979 1.979 1.979 1.979 1.979 1.732 1.979 1.979
C-to-C 10.156 10.156 10.156 10.156 10.156 11.6 10.156 10.156
ts 177 177 177 177 177 171 179.6 179.6
L 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 5.25 6.0 5.25 5.25
λ 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.9 24.98 24.9 24.9
σG 5103 7290 8565 7247 5103 4158 5301 5301
dG 16.71 16.71 16.71 16.71 16.71 19.099 16.7 16.71
395
FIRST PAGES
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 396
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 16
16-1
(a) θ1 = 0°, θ2 = 120°, θa = 90°, sin θa = 1, a = 5 in
120°
0.28 pa (1.5)(6)
Eq. (16-2): M f = sin θ(6 − 5 cos θ) dθ
1 0°
= 17.96 pa lbf · in
pa (1.5)(6)(5) 120° 2
Eq. (16-3): M N = sin θ dθ = 56.87 pa lbf · in
1 0°
56.87 pa − 17.96 pa
Eq. (16-4): F= = 4.49 pa
8.66
pa = F/4.49 = 500/4.49 = 111.4 psi for cw rotation
56.87 pa + 17.96 pa
Eq. (16-7): 500 =
8.66
pa = 57.9 psi for ccw rotation
A maximum pressure of 111.4 psioccurs on the RH shoe for cw rotation. Ans.
(b) RH shoe:
0.28(111.4)(1.5)(6) 2 (cos 0◦ − cos 120◦ )
Eq. (16-6): TR = = 2530 lbf · in Ans.
1
LH shoe:
0.28(57.9)(1.5)(6) 2 (cos 0◦ − cos 120◦ )
Eq. (16-6): TL = = 1310 lbf · in Ans.
1
Ttotal = 2530 + 1310 = 3840 lbf · in Ans.
Secondary
Primary Rx shoe
Ry shoe
Rx R
R
x Ry
x
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 397
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 16 397
RH shoe: Fx = 500 sin 30° = 250 lbf, Fy = 500 cos 30° = 433 lbf
◦ 2π/3 rad
1 2 120 θ 1
Eqs. (16-8): A= sin θ = 0.375, B = − sin 2θ = 1.264
2 0◦ 2 4 0
111.4(1.5)(6)
Eqs. (16-9): Rx = [0.375 − 0.28(1.264)] − 250 = −229 lbf
1
111.4(1.5)(6)
Ry = [1.264 + 0.28(0.375)] − 433 = 940 lbf
1
R = [(−229) 2 + (940) 2 ]1/2 = 967 lbf Ans.
LH shoe: Fx = 250 lbf, Fy = 433 lbf
57.9(1.5)(6)
Eqs. (16-10): Rx = [0.375 + 0.28(1.264)] − 250 = 130 lbf
1
57.9(1.5)(6)
Ry = [1.264 − 0.28(0.375)] − 433 = 171 lbf
1
R = [(130) 2 + (171) 2 ]1/2 = 215 lbf Ans.
LH shoe:
46.59 pa + 13.06 pa
500 = ⇒ pa = 72.59 psi on LH shoe for ccw rotation Ans.
8.66
0.28(72.59)(1.5)(62 )(cos 15° − cos 105°)
TL = = 1344 lbf · in
1
Ttotal = 2391 + 1344 = 3735 lbf · in Ans.
Comparing this result with that of Prob. 16-1, a 2.7% reduction in torque is achieved by
using 25% less braking material.
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 398
FIRST PAGES
398 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
pa bra θ2 1
MN = − sin 2θ2
sin θa 2 4
pa (0.030)(0.140)(0.090) 120° π 1
= − sin 2(120°)
1 2 180 4
= 4.777(10−4 ) pa N · m
180◦ − θ2
c = 2r cos = 2(0.090) cos 30◦ = 0.155 88 m
2
4.777(10−4 ) − 2.22(10−4 )
F = 1 = pa = 1.64(10−3 ) pa
0.155 88
pa = 1/1.64(10−3 ) = 610 kPa
f pa br 2 (cos θ1 − cos θ2 )
TL =
sin θa
0.30(610)(103 )(0.030)(0.1402 )
= [1 − (−0.5)]
1
= 161.4 N · m Ans.
RH shoe:
M f = 2.22(10−4 ) pa N · m
M N = 4.77(10−4 ) pa N · m
c = 0.155 88 m
4.77(10−4 ) + 2.22(10−4 )
F = 1 = pa = 4.49(10−3 ) pa
0.155 88
1
pa = = 222.8 kPa Ans.
4.49(10−3 )
TR = (222.8/610)(161.4) = 59.0 N · m Ans.
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 399
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 16 399
16-4
(a) Given: θ1 = 10°, θ2 = 75°, θa = 75°, pa = 106 Pa, f = 0.24,
b = 0.075 m (shoe width), a = 0.150 m, r = 0.200 m, d = 0.050 m, c = 0.165 m.
Some of the terms needed are evaluated as:
θ2 θ2
θ2 1 2 θ2
A= r sin θ dθ − a sin θ cos θ dθ = r −cos θ θ1 − a sin θ
θ1 θ1 2 θ1
75°
75° 1 2
= 200 −cos θ 10° − 150 sin θ = 77.5 mm
2 10°
θ2 75π/180 rad
θ 1
B= sin θ dθ =
2
− sin 2θ = 0.528
θ1 2 4 10π/180 rad
θ2
C= sin θ cos θ dθ = 0.4514
θ1
Now converting to pascals and meters, we have from Eq. (16-2),
f pa br 0.24[(10) 6 ](0.075)(0.200)
Mf = A= (0.0775) = 289 N · m
sin θa sin 75°
From Eq. (16-3),
pa bra [(10) 6 ](0.075)(0.200)(0.150)
MN = B= (0.528) = 1230 N · m
sin θa sin 75°
Finally, using Eq. (16-4), we have
MN − M f 1230 − 289
F= = = 5.70 kN Ans.
c 165
(b) Use Eq. (16-6) for the primary shoe.
f pa br 2 (cos θ1 − cos θ2 )
T =
sin θa
0.24[(10) 6 ](0.075)(0.200) 2 (cos 10° − cos 75°)
= = 541 N · m
sin 75°
For the secondary shoe, we must first find pa .
Substituting
1230 289
MN = pa and M f = pa into Eq. (16-7),
106 106
(1230/106 ) pa + (289/106 ) pa
5.70 = , solving gives pa = 619(10) 3 Pa
165
Then
0.24[0.619(10) 6 ](0.075)(0.200) 2 (cos 10° − cos 75°)
T = = 335 N · m
sin 75°
so the braking capacity is Ttotal = 2(541) + 2(335) = 1750 N · m Ans.
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 400
FIRST PAGES
400 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
R = (0.801) 2 + (5.85) 2
= 5.90 kN Ans.
Chapter 16 401
Eq. (16-2):
f pa br 0.25 pa (0.030)(0.150)
Mf = (rC − a A) = [0.15(1.1314) − 0.25(0.48)]
sin θa sin 90°
= 5.59(10−5 ) pa N · m
98.13π/180 rad
θ 1
Eq. (16-8): B= − sin 2θ = 0.925
2 4 8.13π/180 rad
pa bra pa (0.030)(0.150)(0.250)
Eq. (16-3): MN = B= (0.925)
sin θa 1
= 1.0406(10−3 ) pa N · m
Using F = ( M N − M f )/c, we obtain
104.06 − 5.59
400 = pa or pa = 203 kPa Ans.
0.5(105 )
f pa br 2 C 0.25(203)(103 )(0.030)(0.150) 2
T = = (1.1314)
sin θa 1
= 38.76 N · m Ans.
16-7 Preliminaries: θ2 = 180° − 30° − tan−1 (3/12) = 136°, θ1 = 20° − tan−1 (3/12) = 6°,
θa = 90◦ , a = [(3) 2 + (12) 2 ]1/2 = 12.37 in, r = 10 in, f = 0.30, b = 2 in.
◦
0.30(150)(2)(10) 136
Eq. (16-2): Mf = sin θ(10 − 12.37 cos θ) dθ
sin 90° 6°
= 12 800 lbf · in
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 402
FIRST PAGES
402 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
136°
150(2)(10)(12.37)
Eq. (16-3): MN = sin2 θ dθ = 53 300 lbf · in
sin 90° 6°
LH shoe:
c L = 12 + 12 + 4 = 28 in
Now note that M f is cw and M N is ccw. Thus,
53 300 − 12 800
FL = = 1446 lbf
28
FL ⫽ 1446 lbf
lbf
1491
4" FR ⫽
14⬚ Fact ⫽ 361 lbf
16"
16-8 θ2
Mf = 2 ( f d N )(a cos θ − r) where d N = pbr dθ
0
θ2
= 2 f pbr (a cos θ − r) dθ = 0
0
From which
θ2 θ2
a cos θ dθ = r dθ
0 0
rθ2 r(60°)(π/180)
a = = = 1.209r
sin θ2 sin 60°
Eq. (16-15)
4r sin 60°
a= = 1.170r
2(60)(π/180) + sin[2(60)]
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 403
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 16 403
16-9
(a) Counter-clockwise rotation, θ2 = π/4 rad, r = 13.5/2 = 6.75 in
(b) Fy
x
F
P Actuation
3" lever
Rx 6.375"
Ry
R y = −F y − S y
= −0.428P − 1.252P
= −1.68P
Fx = 0 = R x − S x + F x
Rx = Sx − F x
= 4.174P − 2.125P
= 2.049P
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 404
FIRST PAGES
404 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
0.428P 1.428P
2.125P
2.125P
1.252P
4.174P
4.174P Ans.
1.252P
2.049P 2.049P
1.68P 2.68P
Left shoe lever Right shoe lever
(c) The direction of brake pulley rotation affects the sense of S y , which has no effect on
the brake shoe lever moment and hence, no effect on S x or the brake torque.
The brake shoe levers carry identical bending moments but the left lever carries a
tension while the right carries compression (column loading). The right lever is de-
signed and used as a left lever, producing interchangeable levers (identical levers). But
do not infer from these identical loadings.
Chapter 16 405
16-13
125
␣
200
P1 P2
P2 F
P1 125 275
−1 125
α = cos = 51.32°
200
φ = 270° − 51.32° = 218.7°
π
f φ = 0.30(218.7) = 1.145
180°
(125 + 275) F (125 + 275)400
P2 = = = 1280 N Ans.
125 125
P1 = P2 exp( f φ) = 1280 exp(1.145) = 4022 N
D 250
T = ( P1 − P2 ) = (4022 − 1280)
2 2
= 342 750 N · mm or 343 N · m Ans.
16-14
(a) D = 16" , b = 3"
n = 200 rev/min
P1
P2 f = 0.20, pa = 70 psi
P1 P
P2
pa bD 70(3)(16)
Eq. (16-22): P1 = = = 1680 lbf
2 2
f φ = 0.20(3π/2) = 0.942
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 406
FIRST PAGES
406 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
655 lbf
1803 lbf
Net torque on drum due to brake band:
T = TP1 − TP2
= 13 440 − 5240
1680 lbf
655 lbf
= 8200 lbf · in
8200 lbf • in
The radial load on the bearing pair is 1803 lbf. If the bearing is straddle mounted with
the drum at center span, the bearing radial load is 1803/2 = 901 lbf.
(c) Eq. (16-22):
2P
p=
bD
2P1 2(1680)
p|θ=0° = = = 70 psi Ans.
3(16) 3(16)
As it should be
2P2 2(655)
p|θ=270° = = = 27.3 psi Ans.
3(16) 3(16)
16-15 Given: φ = 270°, b = 2.125 in, f = 0.20, T = 150 lbf · ft, D = 8.25 in, c2 = 2.25 in
Notice that the pivoting rocker is not located on the vertical centerline of the drum.
(a) To have the band tighten for ccw rotation, it is necessary to have c1 < c2 . When fric-
tion is fully developed,
P1
= exp( f φ) = exp[0.2(3π/2)] = 2.566
P2
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 407
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 16 407
408 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
16-16 π pa d
(a) From Eq. (16-23), since F= ( D − d)
2
then
2F
pa =
πd( D − d)
and it follows that
2(5000)
pa =
π(225)(300 − 225)
= 0.189 N/mm2 or 189 000 N/m2 or 189 kPa Ans.
Ff 5000(0.25)
T = ( D + d) = (300 + 225)
4 4
= 164 043 N · mm or 164 N · m Ans.
(b) From Eq. (16-26),
π pa 2
F= ( D − d 2)
4
4F 4(5000)
pa = =
π( D − d )
2 2 π(3002 − 2252 )
= 0.162 N/mm2 = 162 kPa Ans.
From Eq. (16-27),
π π
T = f pa ( D 3 − d 3 ) = (0.25)(162)(103 )(3003 − 2253 )(10−3 ) 3
12 12
= 166 N · m Ans.
16-17
(a) Eq. (16-23):
π pa d π(120)(4)
F= ( D − d) = (6.5 − 4) = 1885 lbf Ans.
2 2
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 409
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 16 409
Eq. (16-24):
π f pa d 2 π(0.24)(120)(4)
T = ( D − d 2) N = (6.52 − 42 )(6)
8 8
= 7125 lbf · in Ans.
π(0.24)(120d)
(b) T = (6.52 − d 2 )(6)
8
d, in T, lbf · in
2 5191
3 6769
4 7125 Ans.
5 5853
6 2545
(c) The torque-diameter curve exhibits a stationary point maximum in the range of
diameter d. The clutch has nearly optimal proportions.
16-18
(a) π f pa d( D 2 − d 2 ) N
T = = C D 2 d − Cd 3
8
Differentiating with respect to d and equating to zero gives
dT
= C D 2 − 3Cd 2 = 0
dd
D
d* = √ Ans.
3
d2T
= −6 Cd
dd 2
which is negative for all positive d. We have a stationary point maximum.
6.5
(b) d* = √ = 3.75 in Ans.
3
√
π(0.24)(120) 6.5/ 3
T* = [6.52 − (6.52 /3)](6) = 7173 lbf · in
8
d
(d) Consider: 0.45 ≤ ≤ 0.80
D
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 410
FIRST PAGES
410 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Multiply through by D
0.45D ≤ d ≤ 0.80D
0.45(6.5) ≤ d ≤ 0.80(6.5)
2.925 ≤ d ≤ 5.2 in
∗
d 1
= d ∗ /D = √ = 0.577
D 3
which lies within the common range of clutches.
Yes. Ans.
␣
12
−1 12
60
165 α = tan = 11.31°
153 60
Not to scale
CL
Uniform wear
Eq. (16-45):
π(0.26)(0.306) pa
0.200 = (0.3302 − 0.3062 ) = 0.002 432 pa
8 sin 11.31°
0.200
pa = = 82.2 kPa Ans.
0.002 432
Eq. (16-44):
π pa d π(82.2)(0.306)
F= ( D − d) = (0.330 − 0.306) = 0.949 kN Ans.
2 2
Uniform pressure
Eq. (16-48):
π(0.26) pa
0.200 = (0.3303 − 0.3063 ) = 0.002 53 pa
12 sin 11.31°
0.200
pa = = 79.1 kPa Ans.
0.002 53
Eq. (16-47):
π pa 2 π(79.1)
F= ( D − d 2) = (0.3302 − 0.3062 ) = 0.948 kN Ans.
4 4
Chapter 16 411
412 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
−2.15(103 )
σb = = −22.6 MPa Ans.
10(22.5 − 13)
2.15(103 )
τ= = 0.869 MPa Ans.
10[0.25π(17.75) 2 ]
16-23
n1 + n2 260 + 240
n= = = 250 rev/min
2 2
260 − 240
Cs = = 0.08 Ans.
250
ω = 2π(250)/60 = 26.18 rad/s
E2 − E1 5000(12)
I = = = 1094 lbf · in · s2
Cs ω 2 0.08(26.18) 2
m 2
W 2
Ix = do + di2 = do + di2
8 8g
8g I 8(386)(1094)
W = = = 502 lbf
do2 + di2 602 + 562
w = 0.260 lbf/in3 for cast iron
W 502
V = = = 1931 in3
w 0.260
πt 2
πt 2
Chapter 16 413
16-24 (a) The useful work performed in one revolution of the crank shaft is
U = 35(2000)(8)(0.15) = 84(103 ) in · lbf
Accounting for friction, the total work done in one revolution is
U = 84(103 )/(1 − 0.16) = 100(103 ) in · lbf
Since 15% of the crank shaft stroke is 7.5% of a crank shaft revolution, the energy
fluctuation is
E 2 − E 1 = 84(103 ) − 100(103 )(0.075) = 76.5(103 ) in · lbf Ans.
(b) For the flywheel
n = 6(90) = 540 rev/min
2πn 2π(540)
ω= = = 56.5 rad/s
60 60
Since Cs = 0.10
E2 − E1 76.5(103 )
I = = = 239.6 lbf · in · s2
Cs ω 2 0.10(56.5) 2
md 2
I =
4
4g I 4(386)(239.6)
W= 2
= = 161 lbf Ans.
d 482
16-25 Use Ex. 16-6 and Table 16-6 data for one cylinder of a 3-cylinder engine.
Cs = 0.30
n = 2400 rev/min or 251 rad/s
3(3368)
Tm = = 804 in · lbf Ans.
4π
E 2 − E 1 = 3(3531) = 10 590 in · lbf
E2 − E1 10 590
I = = = 0.560 in · lbf · s2 Ans.
Cs ω 2 2
0.30(251 )
16-26 (a)
(1) F21 rG
rP
T2 T2
(T2 ) 1 = −F21r P = − rP = Ans.
F12 rG −n
T1 T2
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 414
FIRST PAGES
414 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
(2) rG
Equivalent energy
rP
ω22 I2
IL ( I2 ) 1 = I = 2
2 2
Ans.
ω1 n
2 2 2
IG rG mG rG rG
(3) = = = n4
IP rP mP rP rP
IG n4 I P
From (2) ( I2 ) 1 = 2
= 2
= n2 I P Ans.
n n
IL
(b) Ie = I M + I P + n 2 I P + Ans.
n2
100
(c) Ie = 10 + 1 + 102 (1) +
102
= 10 + 1 + 100 + 1 = 112
n
IP IG1
IL
IM IP ⫹ m2IP ⫹
m2
IP
IP ⫹ m2IP ⫹ IL 兾m2
IM ⫹ n2IP ⫹
n2
IP m2 IL
Ie = I M + I P + n 2 I P + 2
+ 2
IP + 2 2 Ans.
n n m n
budynas_SM_ch16.qxd 12/05/2006 17:45 Page 415
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 16 415
IP R2 I P IL
(b) For R = constant = nm, Ie = I M + IP + n IP + 2 + 4 + 2
2
Ans.
n n R
∂ Ie 2(1) 4(102 )(1)
(c) For R = 10, = 0 + 0 + 2n(1) − 3 − +0=0
∂n n n5
n 6 − n 2 − 200 = 0
From which
n* = 2.430 Ans.
10
m* = = 4.115 Ans.
2.430
Notice that n*and m* are independent of I L .
n Ie
1.00 114.00
1.50 34.40 Ie
9.00 93.00
10.00 112.02
416 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
The load torque, as seen by the motor shaft (Rule 1, Prob. 16-26), is
1300(12)
TL = = 1560 lbf · in
10
The rated motor torque Tr is
63 025(3)
Tr = = 168.07 lbf · in
1125
For Eqs. (16-65):
2π
ωr = (1125) = 117.81 rad/s
60
2π
ωs = (1200) = 125.66 rad/s
60
−Tr 168.07
a= =− = −21.41
ωs − ωr 125.66 − 117.81
Tr ωs 168.07(125.66)
b= =
ωs − ωr 125.66 − 117.81
= 2690.4 lbf · in
The linear portion of the squirrel-cage motor characteristic can now be expressed as
TM = −21.41ω + 2690.4 lbf · in
Eq. (16-68):
19
1560 − 168.07
T2 = 168.07
1560 − T2
One root is 168.07 which is for infinite time. The root for 10 s is wanted. Use a successive
substitution method
T2 New T2
0.00 19.30
19.30 24.40
24.40 26.00
26.00 26.50
26.50 26.67
Chapter 16 417
T2 − b 26.771 − 2690.4
ωmax = = = 124.41 rad/s Ans.
a −21.41
ωmin = 117.81 rad/s Ans.
124.41 + 117.81
ω̄ = = 121.11 rad/s
2
ωmax − ωmin 124.41 − 117.81
Cs = = = 0.0545 Ans.
(ωmax + ωmin )/2 (124.41 + 117.81)/2
1 2 1
E1 = I ωr = (110.72)(117.81) 2 = 768 352 in · lbf
2 2
1 2 1
E2 = I ω2 = (110.72)(124.41) 2 = 856 854 in · lbf
2 2
E = E 1 − E 2 = 768 352 − 856 854 = −88 502 in · lbf
Eq. (16-64):
E = Cs I ω̄2 = 0.0545(110.72)(121.11) 2
= 88 508 in · lbf, close enough Ans.
During the punch
63 025H
T =
n
TL ω̄(60/2π) 1560(121.11)(60/2π)
H= = = 28.6 hp
63 025 63 025
The gear train has to be sized for 28.6 hp under shock conditions since the flywheel is on
the motor shaft. From Table A-18,
m 2
W 2
I = do + di2 = do + di2
8 8g
8g I 8(386)(110.72)
W = =
do2 + di2 do2 + di2
418 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
where l is the rim width as shown in Table A-18. The specific weight of cast iron is
γ = 0.260 lbf · in3 , therefore the volume of cast iron is
W 189.1
V = = = 727.3 in3
γ 0.260
Thus
188.5 l = 727.3
727.3
l= = 3.86 in wide
188.5
Proportions can be varied.
16-30 Prob. 16-29 solution has I for the motor shaft flywheel as
I = 110.72 in · lbf · s2 /rad
A flywheel located on the crank shaft needs an inertia of 102 I (Prob. 16-26, rule 2)
I = 102 (110.72) = 11 072 in · lbf · s2 /rad
A 100-fold inertia increase. On the other hand, the gear train has to transmit 3 hp under
shock conditions.
Stating the problem is most of the solution. Satisfy yourself that on the crankshaft:
Chapter 16 419
Scaling will affect do and di , but the gear ratio changed I. Scale up the flywheel in the
Prob. 16-29 solution by a factor of 2.5. Thickness becomes 4(2.5) = 10 in.
d̄ = 30(2.5) = 75 in
do = 75 + (10/2) = 80 in
di = 75 − (10/2) = 70 in
8(386)(11 072)
W = = 3026 lbf
802 + 702
3026
v= = 11 638 in3
0.26
π
V = l(802 − 702 ) = 1178 l
4
11 638
l= = 9.88 in
1178
Proportions can be varied. The weight has increased 3026/189.1 or about 16-fold while
the moment of inertia I increased 100-fold. The gear train transmits a steady 3 hp. But the
motor armature has its inertia magnified 100-fold, and during the punch there are decel-
eration stresses in the train. With no motor armature information, we cannot comment.
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 421
Comment: The friction is under-developed. Narrowing the belt width to 5 in (if size is
available) will increase f . The limit of narrowing is bmin = 4.680 in, whence
w = 0.0983 lbf/ft ( F1 ) a = 114.7 lbf
Fc = 0.712 lbf F2 = 24.6 lbf
T = 90 lbf · in (same) f = f = 0.50
F = ( F1 ) a − F2 = 90 lbf dip = 0.173 in
Fi = 68.9 lbf
Longer life can be obtained with a 6-inch wide belt by reducing Fi to attain f = 0.50.
Prob. 17-8 develops an equation we can use here
(F + Fc ) exp( f θ) − Fc
Fi =
exp( f θ) − 1
F2 = F1 − F
F1 + F2
Fi = − Fc
2
1 F1 − Fc
f = ln
θd F2 − Fc
3(C D/12) 2 w
dip =
2Fi
which in this case gives
F1 = 114.9 lbf Fc = 0.913 lbf
F2 = 24.8 lbf f = 0.50
Fi = 68.9 lbf dip = 0.222 in
So, reducing Fi from 101.1 lbf to 68.9 lbf will bring the undeveloped friction up to
0.50, with a corresponding dip of 0.222 in. Having reduced F1 and F2 , the endurance
of the belt is improved. Power, service factor and design factor have remained in tack.
17-2 There are practical limitations on doubling the iconic scale. We can double pulley diame-
ters and the center-to-center distance. With the belt we could:
• Use the same A-3 belt and double its width;
• Change the belt to A-5 which has a thickness 0.25 in rather than 2(0.13) = 0.26 in, and
an increased Fa ;
• Double the thickness and double tabulated Fa which is based on table thickness.
The object of the problem is to reveal where the non-proportionalities occur and the nature
of scaling a flat belt drive.
We will utilize the third alternative, choosing an A-3 polyamide belt of double thickness,
assuming it is available. We will also remember to double the tabulated Fa from 100 lbf/in to
200 lbf/in.
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 422
FIRST PAGES
422 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
In assigning this problem, you could outline (or solicit) the three alternatives just mentioned
and assign the one of your choice–alternative 3:
Ex. 17-2: b = 10 in, d = 16 in, D = 32 in, Doubled: b = 20 in, d = 32 in, D = 72 in,
Polyamide A-3, t = 0.13 in, γ = 0.042, Fa = Polyamide A-3, t = 0.26 in, γ = 0.042,
100 lbf/in, C p = 0.94, Cv = 1, f = 0.8 Fa = 2(100) = 200 lbf/in, C p = 1, Cv = 1,
f = 0.8
63 025(60)(1.15)(1.05)
T = = 5313 lbf · in T = 4(5313) = 21 252 lbf · in
860
w = 12 γ bt = 12(0.042)(10)(0.13) w = 12(0.042)(20)(0.26) = 2.62 lbf/ft
= 0.655 lbf/ft V = π(32)(860/12) = 7205 ft/min
V = πdn/12 = π(16)(860/12) = 3602 ft/min θ = 3.037 rad
θd = 3.037 rad For fully-developed friction:
For fully-developed friction: exp( f θd ) = exp[0.8(3.037)] = 11.35
exp( f θd ) = [0.8(3.037)] = 11.35 wV 2 0.262(7205/60) 2
Fc = = = 1174.3 lbf
wV 2 0.655(3602/60) 2 g 32.174
Fc = = = 73.4 lbf
g 32.174 ( F1 ) a = 20(200)(1)(1)
( F1 ) a = F1 = bFa C p Cv = 4000 lbf = F1
= 10(100)(0.94)(1) = 940 lbf F = 2T /D = 2(21 252)/(32) = 1328.3 lbf
F = 2T /D = 2(5313)/(16) = 664 lbf F2 = F1 − F = 4000 − 1328.3 = 2671.7 lbf
F2 = F1 − F = 940 − 664 = 276 lbf F1 + F2
Fi = − Fc
F1 + F2 2
Fi = − Fc
2 4000 + 2671.7
940 + 276 = − 1174.3 = 2161.6 lbf
= − 73.4 = 535 lbf 2
2 Transmitted power H:
Transmitted power H (or Ha ) : F(V ) 1328.3(7205)
H= = = 290 hp
F(V ) 664(3602) 33 000 33 000
H= = = 72.5 hp
33 000 33 000 1 F1 − Fc
f = ln
1 F1 − Fc θd F2 − Fc
f = ln
θd F2 − Fc 1 4000 − 1174.3
= ln
1 940 − 73.4 3.037 2671.7 − 1174.3
= ln
3.037 276 − 73.4 = 0.209 undeveloped
= 0.479 undeveloped There was a small change in C p .
Note, in this as well as in the double-size case,
exp( f θd ) is not used. It will show up if we Parameter Change Parameter Change
relax Fi (and change other parameters to trans- V 2-fold F 2-fold
mit the required power), in order to bring f up Fc 16-fold Fi 4-fold
to f = 0.80, and increase belt life. F1 4.26-fold Ht 4-fold
You may wish to suggest to your students F2 9.7-fold f 0.48-fold
that solving comparison problems in this man-
ner assists in the design process. Note the change in Fc !
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 423
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 423
17-3
48"
192"
FIRST PAGES
424 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
design by reducing the initial tension, which reduces F1 and F2 , thereby increasing belt life.
This will bring f to 0.80
(F + Fc ) exp( f θ) − Fc
F1 =
exp( f θ) − 1
exp( f θ) = exp(0.80π) = 12.345
Therefore
(456.1 + 77.4)(12.345) − 77.4
F1 = = 573.7 lbf
12.345 − 1
F2 = F1 − F = 573.7 − 456.1 = 117.6 lbf
F1 + F2 573.7 + 117.6
Fi = − Fc = − 77.4 = 268.3 lbf
2 2
These are small reductions since f is close to f, but improvements nevertheless.
3C 2 w 3(192/12) 2 (0.393)
dip = = = 0.562 in
2Fi 2(268.3)
17-5 Refer to Ex. 17-1 on p. 870 for the values used below.
(a) The maximum torque prior to slip is,
63 025Hnom K s n d 63 025(15)(1.25)(1.1)
T = = = 742.8 lbf · in Ans.
n 1750
The corresponding initial tension is,
T exp( f θ) + 1 742.8 11.17 + 1
Fi = = = 148.1 lbf Ans.
D exp( f θ) − 1 6 11.17 − 1
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 425
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 425
(b) See Prob. 17-4 statement. The final relation can be written
1 33 000Ha exp( f θ)
bmin =
Fa C p Cv − (12γ t/32.174)(V /60) 2 V [exp( f θ) − 1]
1 33 000(20.6)(11.17)
=
100(0.7)(1) − {[12(0.042)(0.13)]/32.174}(2749/60) 2 2749(11.17 − 1)
= 4.13 in Ans.
This is the minimum belt width since the belt is at the point of slip. The design must
round up to an available width.
Eq. (17-1):
−1 D−d −1 18 − 6
θd = π − 2 sin = π − 2 sin
2C 2(96)
= 3.016 511 rad
−1 D − d −1 18 − 6
θ D = π + 2 sin = π + 2 sin
2C 2(96)
= 3.266 674
Eq. (17-2):
1
L = [4(96) 2 − (18 − 6) 2 ]1/2 + [18(3.266 674) + 6(3.016 511)]
2
= 230.074 in Ans.
2T 2(742.8)
(c) F = = = 247.6 lbf
d 6
( F1 ) a = bFa C p Cv = F1 = 4.13(100)(0.70)(1) = 289.1 lbf
F2 = F1 − F = 289.1 − 247.6 = 41.5 lbf
0.271
Fc = 25.6 = 17.7 lbf
0.393
F1 + F2 289.1 + 41.5
Fi = − Fc = − 17.7 = 147.6 lbf
2 2
Transmitted belt power H
F(V ) 247.6(2749)
H= = = 20.6 hp
33 000 33 000
H 20.6
nfs = = = 1.1
Hnom K s 15(1.25)
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 426
FIRST PAGES
426 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
If you only change the belt width, the parameters in the following table change as shown.
n-Fold
b = 6 in b = 12 in Change
Fc 25.65 51.3 2
Fi 270.35 664.9 2.46
( F1 ) a 420 840 2
F2 172.4 592.4 3.44
Ha 20.62 20.62 1
n fs 1.1 1.1 1
f 0.139 0.125 0.90
dip 0.328 0.114 0.34
If we relax Fi to develop full friction ( f = 0.80) and obtain longer life, then
n-Fold
b = 6 in b = 12 in Change
Fc 25.6 51.3 2
Fi 148.1 148.1 1
F1 297.6 323.2 1.09
F2 50 75.6 1.51
f 0.80 0.80 1
dip 0.255 0.503 2
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 427
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 427
17-7 F1
␣ y
d Rx x D
Ry
␣
F2
FIRST PAGES
428 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
exp( f θ)
Now add and subtract Fc
exp( f θ) − 1
exp( f θ) exp( f θ) exp( f θ)
F1 = Fc + Fc + F − Fc
exp( f θ) − 1 exp( f θ) − 1 exp( f θ) − 1
exp( f θ) exp( f θ)
F1 = ( Fc + F) + Fc − Fc
exp( f θ) − 1 exp( f θ) − 1
exp( f θ) Fc
F1 = ( Fc + F) −
exp( f θ) − 1 exp( f θ) − 1
( Fc + F) exp( f θ) − Fc
F1 = Q.E.D.
exp( f θ) − 1
From Ex. 17-2: θd = 3.037 rad, F = 664 lbf, exp( f θ) = exp[0.80(3.037)] = 11.35 ,
and Fc = 73.4 lbf.
17-9 This is a good class project. Form four groups, each with a belt to design. Once each group
agrees internally, all four should report their designs including the forces and torques on the
line shaft. If you give them the pulley locations, they could design the line shaft.
17-10 If you have the students implement a computer program, the design problem selections
may differ, and the students will be able to explore them. For K s = 1.25, n d = 1.1,
d = 14 in and D = 28 in, a polyamide A-5 belt, 8 inches wide, will do (bmin = 6.58 in)
17-11 An efficiency of less than unity lowers the output for a given input. Since the object of the
drive is the output, the efficiency must be incorporated such that the belt’s capacity is
increased. The design power would thus be expressed as
Hnom K s n d
Hd = Ans.
eff
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 429
Non-metal Metal
γ , lbf/in3 0.04 0.280
b, in 5.00 1.000
t, in 0.20 0.005
17-14 The decision set for the friction metal flat-belt drive is:
A priori decisions
• Function: Hnom = 1 hp , n = 1750 rev/min , V R = 2, C=
˙ 15 in , K s = 1.2 ,
N p = 106 belt passes.
• Design factor: n d = 1.05
• Belt material and properties: 301/302 stainless steel
Table 17-8: S y = 175 000 psi, E = 28 Mpsi, ν = 0.285
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 430
FIRST PAGES
430 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 431
FIRST PAGES
432 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
17-16 This solution is the result of a series of five design tasks involving different belt thick-
nesses. The results are to be compared as a matter of perspective. These design tasks are
accomplished in the same manner as in Probs. 17-14 and 17-15 solutions.
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 433
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 433
The details will not be presented here, but the table is provided as a means of learning.
Five groups of students could each be assigned a belt thickness. You can form a table from
their results or use the table below
t, in
0.002 0.003 0.005 0.008 0.010
b 4.000 3.500 4.000 1.500 1.500
CD 20.300 20.300 20.300 18.700 20.200
a 109.700 131.900 110.900 194.900 221.800
d 3.000 3.000 3.000 5.000 6.000
D 9.000 9.000 9.000 15.000 18.000
Fi 310.600 333.300 315.200 215.300 268.500
F1 439.000 461.700 443.600 292.300 332.700
F2 182.200 209.000 186.800 138.200 204.300
nfs 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100 1.100
L 60.000 60.000 60.000 70.000 80.000
f 0.309 0.285 0.304 0.288 0.192
Fi 301.200 301.200 301.200 195.700 166.600
F1 429.600 429.600 429.600 272.700 230.800
F2 172.800 172.800 172.800 118.700 102.400
f 0.320 0.320 0.320 0.320 0.320
The first three thicknesses result in the same adjusted Fi , F1 and F2 (why?). We have no
figure of merit, but the costs of the belt and the pulleys is about the same for these three
thicknesses. Since the same power is transmitted and the belts are widening, belt forces
are lessening.
17-17 This is a design task. The decision variables would be belt length and belt section, which
could be combined into one, such as B90. The number of belts is not an issue.
We have no figure of merit, which is not practical in a text for this application. I sug-
gest you gather sheave dimensions and costs and V-belt costs from a principal vendor and
construct a figure of merit based on the costs. Here is one trial.
Preliminaries: For a single V-belt drive with Hnom = 3 hp, n = 3100 rev/min,
D = 12 in, and d = 6.2 in, choose a B90 belt, K s = 1.3 and n d = 1.
L p = 90 + 1.8 = 91.8 in
Eq. (17-16b):
2
π π
C = 0.25 91.8 − (12 + 6.2) + 91.8 − (12 + 6.2) − 2(12 − 6.2) 2
2 2
= 31.47 in
−1 12 − 6.2
θd = π − 2 sin = 2.9570 rad
2(31.47)
exp( f θd ) = exp[0.5123(2.9570)] = 4.5489
πdn π(6.2)(3100)
V = = = 5031.8 ft/min
12 12
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 434
FIRST PAGES
434 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Table 17-13:
180° 180°
Angle θ = θd = (2.957 rad) = 169.42°
π π
The footnote regression equation gives K 1 without interpolation:
K 1 = 0.143 543 + 0.007 468(169.42°) − 0.000 015 052(169.42°) 2 = 0.9767
The design power is
Hd = Hnom K s n d = 3(1.3)(1) = 3.9 hp
From Table 17-14 for B90, K 2 = 1. From Table 17-12 take a marginal entry of Htab = 4,
although extrapolation would give a slightly lower Htab .
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 435
17-18 Given: two B85 V-belts with d = 5.4 in, D = 16 in, n = 1200 rev/min, and K s = 1.25
Table 17-11: L p = 85 + 1.8 = 86.8 in
Eq. (17-17b):
2
π π
C = 0.25 86.8 − (16 + 5.4) + 86.8 − (16 + 5.4) − 2(16 − 5.4) 2
2 2
= 26.05 in Ans.
Eq. (17-1):
−1 16 − 5.4
θd = 180° − 2 sin = 156.5°
2(26.05)
From table 17-13 footnote:
K 1 = 0.143 543 + 0.007 468(156.5°) − 0.000 015 052(156.5°) 2 = 0.944
Table 17-14: K2 = 1
π(5.4)(1200)
Belt speed: V = = 1696 ft/min
12
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 436
FIRST PAGES
436 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 437
Eq. (17-21):
2 2
V 2722.7
Fc = 3.498 = 3.498 = 25.9 lbf/belt
1000 1000
At fully developed friction, Eq. (17-9) gives
T exp( f θ) + 1 2935 5 + 1
Fi = = = 169.3 lbf/belt
d exp( f θ) − 1 26 5−1
2 exp( f θ) 2(5)
Eq. (17-10): F1 = Fc + Fi = 25.9 + 169.3 = 308.1 lbf/belt
exp( f θ) + 1 5+1
F2 = F1 − Fa = 308.1 − 225.8 = 82.3 lbf/belt
Ha Nb (185.63)
nfs = = = 1.109 Ans.
Hd 84
Reminder: Initial tension is for the drive
( Fi ) drive = Nb Fi = 5(169.3) = 846.5 lbf
A 360 belt is at the right-hand edge of the range of center-to-center pulley distances.
D ≤ C ≤ 3( D + d)
26 ≤ C ≤ 3(26 + 26)
17-20 Preliminaries: D =˙ 60 in, 14-in wide rim, Hnom = 50 hp, n = 875 rev/min, K s = 1.2,
n d = 1.1, m G = 875/170 = 5.147, d = ˙ 60/5.147 = 11.65 in
(a) From Table 17-9, an 11-in sheave exceeds C-section minimum diameter and pre-
cludes D- and E-section V-belts.
Decision: Use d = 11 in, C270 belts
Table 17-11: L p = 270 + 2.9 = 272.9 in
2
π π
C = 0.25 272.9 − (60 + 11) + 272.9 − (60 + 11) − 2(60 − 11) 2
2 2
= 76.78 in
This fits in the range
D < C < 3( D + d)
60 < C < 3(60 + 11)
60 in < C < 213 in
−1 60 − 11
θd = π − 2 sin = 2.492 rad
2(76.78)
−1 60 − 11
θ D = π + 2 sin = 3.791 rad
2(76.78)
exp[0.5123(2.492)] = 3.5846
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 438
FIRST PAGES
438 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 439
(b) The fully developed friction torque on the flywheel using the flats of the V-belts is
exp( f θ) − 1 1.637 − 1
Tflat = Fi = 60(94.6) = 1371 lbf · in per belt
exp( f θ) + 1 1.637 + 1
The flywheel torque should be
Tfly = m G Ta = 5.147(586.9) = 3021 lbf · in per belt
but it is not. There are applications, however, in which it will work. For example,
make the flywheel controlling. Yes. Ans.
17-21
(a) S S is the spliced-in string segment length
De is the equatorial diameter
␦
D is the spliced string diameter
De
From which
S
δ=
2π
The radial clearance is thus independent of De .
12(6)
δ= = 11.5 in Ans.
2π
This is true whether the sphere is the earth, the moon or a marble. Thinking in terms
of a radial or diametral increment removes the basic size from the problem. Viewpoint
again!
(b) and (c)
␦
Dp
60"
dp Pitch surface
FIRST PAGES
440 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Diametral Section
Growth A B C D E
1.3 1.8 2.9 3.3 4.5
2δ
π π π π π
The changes are small, but if you are writing a computer code for a V-flat drive,
remember that θd and θ D changes are exponential.
17-22 This design task involves specifying a drive to couple an electric motor running at
1720 rev/min to a blower running at 240 rev/min, transmitting two horsepower with a
center distance of at least 22 inches. Instead of focusing on the steps, we will display two
different designs side-by-side for study. Parameters are in a “per belt” basis with per drive
quantities shown along side, where helpful.
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 441
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 441
Conclusions:
• Smaller sheaves lead to more belts.
• Larger sheaves lead to larger D and larger V.
• Larger sheaves lead to larger tabulated power.
• The discrete numbers of belts obscures some of the variation. The factors of safety
exceed the design factor by differing amounts.
17-23 In Ex. 17-5 the selected chain was 140-3, making the pitch of this 140 chain14/8 = 1.75 in.
Table 17-19 confirms.
17-24
(a) Eq. (17-32): H1 = 0.004N11.08 n 01.9 p(3−0.07 p)
FIRST PAGES
442 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Table 17-20 confirms that this point occurs at 1200 ± 200 rev/min.
(c) Life predictions using Eq. (17-40) are possible at speeds greater than 1227 rev/min.
Ans.
17-25 Given: a double strand No. 60 roller chain with p = 0.75 in, N1 = 13 teeth at 300 rev/min,
N2 = 52 teeth.
(a) Table 17-20: Htab = 6.20 hp
Table 17-22: K 1 = 0.75
Table 17-23: K 2 = 1.7
Use Ks = 1
Eq. (17-37):
Ha = K 1 K 2 Htab = 0.75(1.7)(6.20) = 7.91 hp Ans.
(b) Eqs. (17-35) and (17-36) with L/ p = 82
13 + 52
A= − 82 = −49.5 [
2
2
p 52 − 13
C = 49.5 + 49.52 − 8 = 23.95 p
4 2π
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 443
17-26 Given: No. 40-4 chain, N1 = 21 teeth for n = 2000 rev/min, N2 = 84 teeth,
h = 20 000 hours.
(a) Chain pitch is p = 4/8 = 0.500 in and C =
˙ 20 in.
L 2(20) 21 + 84 (84 − 21) 2
Eq. (17-34): = + + = 135 pitches (or links)
p 0.5 2 4π 2 (20/0.5)
L = 135(0.500) = 67.5 in Ans.
(b) Table 17-20: Htab = 7.72 hp (post-extreme power)
Eq. (17-40): Since K 1 is required, the N13.75 term is omitted.
7.722.5 (15 000)
const = = 18 399
135
18 399(135) 1/2.5
Htab = = 6.88 hp Ans.
20 000
(c) Table 17-22:
1.5
21
K1 = = 1.37
17
Table 17-23: K 2 = 3.3
Ha = K 1 K 2 Htab = 1.37(3.3)(6.88) = 31.1 hp Ans.
N1 pn 21(0.5)(2000)
(d) V = = = 1750 ft/min
12 12
33 000(31.1)
F1 = = 586 lbf Ans.
1750
17-27 This is our first design/selection task for chain drives. A possible decision set:
A priori decisions
• Function: Hnom , n 1 , space, life, K s
• Design factor: n d
• Sprockets: Tooth counts N1 and N2 , factors K 1 and K 2
Decision variables
• Chain number
• Strand count
• Lubrication type
• Chain length in pitches
Function: Motor with Hnom = 25 hp at n = 700 rev/min; pump at n = 140 rev/min;
m G = 700/140 = 5
Design Factor: n d = 1.1
Sprockets: Tooth count N2 = m G N1 = 5(17) = 85 teeth–odd and unavailable. Choose
84 teeth. Decision: N1 = 17, N2 = 84
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 444
FIRST PAGES
444 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
Evaluate K 1 and K 2
Eq. (17-38): Hd = Hnom K s n d
Eq. (17-37): Ha = K 1 K 2 Htab
Equate Hd to Ha and solve for Htab :
K s n d Hnom
Htab =
K1 K2
Table 17-22: K1 = 1
Table 17-23: K 2 = 1, 1.7, 2.5, 3.3 for 1 through 4 strands
1.5(1.1)(25) 41.25
Htab = =
(1)K 2 K2
Prepare a table to help with the design decisions:
Chain Lub.
Strands K2 Htab No. Htab nfs Type
1 1.0 41.3 100 59.4 1.58 B
2 1.7 24.3 80 31.0 1.40 B
3 2.5 16.5 80 31.0 2.07 B
4 3.3 12.5 60 13.3 1.17 B
Design Decisions
We need a figure of merit to help with the choice. If the best was 4 strands of No. 60
chain, then
Decision #1 and #2: Choose four strand No. 60 roller chain with n f s = 1.17.
K 1 K 2 Htab 1(3.3)(13.3)
nfs = = = 1.17
K s Hnom 1.5(25)
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 445
17-28 Follow the decision set outlined in Prob. 17-27 solution. We will form two tables, the first
for a 15 000 h life goal, and a second for a 50 000 h life goal. The comparison is useful.
Function: Hnom = 50 hp at n = 1800 rev/min, n pump = 900 rev/min
m G = 1800/900 = 2, K s = 1.2
life = 15 000 h, then repeat with life = 50 000 h
Design factor: n d = 1.1
Sprockets: N1 = 19 teeth, N2 = 38 teeth
Table 17-22 (post extreme):
1.5 1.5
N1 19
K1 = = = 1.18
17 17
Table 17-23:
K 2 = 1, 1.7, 2.5, 3.3, 3.9, 4.6, 6.0
Decision variables for 15 000 h life goal:
K2 Htab Chain # Htab nfs Lub
1 1.0 55.90 120 21.6 0.423 C
2 1.7 32.90 120 21.6 0.923 C
3 2.5 22.40 120 21.6 1.064 C
4 3.3 16.90 120 21.6 1.404 C
5 3.9 14.30 80 15.6 1.106 C
6 4.6 12.20 60 12.4 1.126 C
8 6.0 9.32 60 12.4 1.416 C
FIRST PAGES
446 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
The H notation is only necessary because we constructed the first table, which we nor-
mally would not do.
K 1 K 2 Htab )
K 1 K 2 (0.618Htab
nfs = = = 0.618[(0.0197)K 2 Htab ] = 0.0122K 2 Htab
K s Hnom K s Hnom
Form a table for a 50 000 h life goal.
K2 Htab Chain # Htab nfs Lub
1 1.0 34.50 120 21.6 0.264 C
2 1.7 20.30 120 21.6 0.448 C
3 2.5 13.80 120 21.6 0.656 C
4 3.3 10.50 120 21.6 0.870 C
5 3.9 8.85 120 21.6 1.028 C
6 4.6 7.60 120 21.6 1.210 C
8 6.0 5.80 80 15.6 1.140 C
There are two possibilities in the second table with n f s ≥ 1.1. (The tables allow for the
identification of a longer life one of the outcomes.) We need a figure of merit to help with
the choice; costs of sprockets and chains are thus needed, but is more information than
we have.
Decision #1: #80 Chain (smaller installation) Ans.
n f s = 0.0122K 2 Htab = 0.0122(8.0)(15.6) = 1.14 O.K .
Decision #2: 8-Strand, No. 80 Ans.
Decision #3: Type C Lubrication Ans.
Decision #4: p = 1.0 in, C is in midrange of 40 pitches
L 2C N1 + N2 ( N2 − N1 ) 2
= + +
p p 2 4π 2 C/ p
19 + 38 (38 − 19) 2
= 2(40) + +
2 4π 2 (40)
= 108.7 ⇒ 110 even integer Ans.
Eq. (17-36):
N1 + N2 L 19 + 38
A= − = − 110 = −81.5
2 p 2
2
C 1 38 − 19 = 40.64
Eq. (17-35): = 81.5 + 81.52 − 8
p 4 2π
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 447
17-29 The objective of the problem is to explore factors of safety in wire rope. We will express
strengths as tensions.
(a) Monitor steel 2-in 6 × 19 rope, 480 ft long
Table 17-2: Minimum diameter of a sheave is 30d = 30(2) = 60 in, preferably
45(2) = 90 in. The hoist abuses the wire when it is bent around a sheave. Table 17-24
gives the nominal tensile strength as 106 kpsi. The ultimate load is
π(2) 2
Fu = (Su ) nom Anom = 106 = 333 kip Ans.
4
The tensile loading of the wire is given by Eq. (17-46)
W a
Ft = + wl 1+
m g
W = 4(2) = 8 kip, m=1
Table (17-24):
wl = 1.60d 2l = 1.60(22 )(480) = 3072 lbf or 3.072 kip
Therefore,
2
Ft = (8 + 3.072) 1 + = 11.76 kip Ans.
32.2
Eq. (17-48):
Er dw Am
Fb =
D
and for the 72-in drum
12(106 )(2/13)(0.38)(22 )(10−3 )
Fb = = 39 kip Ans.
72
For use in Eq. (17-44), from Fig. 17-21
( p/Su ) = 0.0014
Su = 240 kpsi, p. 908
0.0014(240)(2)(72)
Ff = = 24.2 kip Ans.
2
(b) Factors of safety
Static, no bending:
Fu 333
n= = = 28.3 Ans.
Ft 11.76
Static, with bending:
Fu − Fb 333 − 39
Eq. (17-49): ns = = = 25.0 Ans.
Ft 11.76
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 448
FIRST PAGES
448 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 449
Design variables
Choose 30-in Dmin. Table 17-27: w = 1.60d 2 lbf/ft
wl = 1.60d 2l = 1.60d 2 (90) = 144d 2 lbf, ea .
Eq. (17-46):
W a 5000 4
Ft = + wl 1+ = + 144d 2
1+
m g m 32.2
5620
= + 162d 2 lbf, each wire
m
Eq. (17-47):
( p/Su )Su Dd
Ff =
2
From Fig. 17-21 for 10 cycles, p/Su = 0.004; from p. 908, Su = 240 000 psi, based on
5
metal area.
0.004(240 000)(30d)
Ff = = 14 400d lbf each wire
2
Eq. (17-48) and Table 17-27:
E w dw Am 12(106 )(0.067d)(0.4d 2 )
Fb = = = 10 720d 3 lbf, each wire
D 30
Eq. (17-45):
Ff − Fb 14 400d − 10 720d 3
nf = =
Ft (5620/m) + 162d 2
We could use a computer program to build a table similar to that of Ex. 17-6. Alterna-
tively, we could recognize that 162d 2 is small compared to 5620/m , and therefore elimi-
nate the 162d 2 term.
14 400d − 10 720d 3 m
nf =
˙ = (14 400d − 10 720d 3 )
5620/m 5620
Maximize n f ,
∂n f m
=0= [14 400 − 3(10 720)d 2 ]
∂d 5620
From which
14 400
d* = = 0.669 in
32 160
Back-substituting
m
nf = [14 400(0.669) − 10 720(0.6693 )] = 1.14 m
5620
Thus n f = 1.14, 2.28, 3.42, 4.56 for m = 1, 2, 3, 4 respectively. If we choose d = 0.50 in,
then m = 2.
14 400(0.5) − 10 720(0.53 )
nf = = 2.06
(5620/2) + 162(0.5) 2
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 450
FIRST PAGES
450 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
This exceeds n d = 2
Decision #1: d = 1/2 in
Decision #2: m = 2 ropes supporting load. Rope should be inspected weekly for any
signs of fatigue (broken outer wires).
Comment: Table 17-25 gives n for freight elevators in terms of velocity.
2
πd
Fu = (Su ) nom Anom = 106 000 = 83 252d 2 lbf, each wire
4
Fu 83 452(0.5) 2
n= = = 7.32
Ft (5620/2) + 162(0.5) 2
By comparison, interpolation for 120 ft/min gives 7.08-close. The category of construc-
tion hoists is not addressed in Table 17-25. We should investigate this before proceeding
further.
17-31 2000 ft lift, 72 in drum, 6 × 19 MS rope. Cage and load 8000 lbf, acceleration = 2 ft/s2 .
(a) Table 17-24: (Su ) nom = 106 kpsi; Su = 240 kpsi (p. 1093, metal area); Fig. 17-22:
( p/Su ) 106 = 0.0014
0.0014(240)(72)d
Ff = = 12.1d kip
2
Table 17-24: wl = 1.6d 2 2000(10−3 ) = 3.2d 2 kip
a
Eq. (17-46): Ft = (W + wl) 1 +
g
2
= (8 + 3.2d ) 1 +
2
32.2
= 8.5 + 3.4d 2 kip
Note that bending is not included.
Ff 12.1d
n= =
Ft 8.5 + 3.4d 2
d, in n
0.500 0.650
1.000 1.020
1.500 1.124
1.625 1.125 ← maximum n Ans.
1.750 1.120
2.000 1.095
budynas_SM_ch17.qxd 12/06/2006 17:29 Page 451
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 17 451
d, in n
0.5000 2.037
0.5625 2.130
0.6250 2.193
0.7500 2.250 ← maximum n Ans.
0.8750 2.242
1.0000 2.192
Comparing tables, multiple ropes supporting the load increases the factor of safety,
and reduces the corresponding wire rope diameter, a useful perspective.
17-32
ad
n=
b/m + cd 2
dn (b/m + cd 2 )a − ad(2cd)
= =0
dd (b/m + cd 2 ) 2
From which
b
d* = Ans.
mc
√
a b/(mc) a m
n* = = Ans.
(b/m) + c[b/(mc)] 2 bc
These results agree closely with Prob. 17-31 solution. The small differences are due to
rounding in Prob. 17-31.
FIRST PAGES
452 Solutions Manual • Instructor’s Solution Manual to Accompany Mechanical Engineering Design
a
From which d* = Ans.
2cn 1
Substituting this result for d in Eq. (1) gives
4bcn 1
m* = Ans.
a2
17-34
Am = 0.40d 2 = 0.40(22 ) = 1.6 in2
Er = 12 Mpsi, w = 1.6d 2 = 1.6(22 ) = 6.4 lbf/ft
wl = 6.4(480) = 3072 lbf
Treat the rest of the system as rigid, so that all of the stretch is due to the cage weighing
1000 lbf and the wire’s weight. From Prob. 4-6
Pl (wl)l
δ1 = +
AE 2AE
1000(480)(12) 3072(480)(12)
= +
1.6(12)(106 ) 2(1.6)(12)(106 )
= 0.3 + 0.461 = 0.761 in
due to cage and wire. The stretch due to the wire, the cart and the cage is
9000(480)(12)
δ2 = + 0.761 = 3.461 in Ans.
1.6(12)(106 )
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20
20-1
(a) 12
10
0
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210
x f fx f x2 f/(Nx)
60 2 120 7200 0.0029
70 1 70 4900 0.0015
80 3 240 19 200 0.0043
90 5 450 40 500 0.0072
100 8 800 80 000 0.0116
110 12 1320 145 200 0.0174
120 6 720 86 400 0.0087
130 10 1300 169 000 0.0145
140 8 1120 156 800 0.0116
150 5 750 112 500 0.0174
160 2 320 51 200 0.0029
170 3 510 86 700 0.0043
180 2 360 64 800 0.0029
190 1 190 36 100 0.0015
200 0 0 0 0
210 1 210 44 100 0.0015
69 8480 1 104 600
8480
Eq. (20-9) x̄ = = 122.9 kcycles
69
1/2
1 104 600 − 84802 /69
Eq. (20-10) sx =
69 − 1
= 30.3 kcycles Ans.
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 2
FIRST PAGES
x f fx f x2
174 6 1044 181 656
182 9 1638 298 116
190 44 8360 1 588 400
198 67 13 266 2 626 688
206 53 10 918 2 249 108
214 12 2568 549 552
220 6 1320 290 400
197 39 114 7 789 900
39 114
x̄ = = 198.55 kpsi Ans.
197
1/2
7 783 900 − 39 1142 /197
sx =
197 − 1
= 9.55 kpsi Ans.
20-3
Form a table:
x f fx f x2
64 2 128 8192
68 6 408 27 744
72 6 432 31 104
76 9 684 51 984
80 19 1520 121 600
84 10 840 70 560
88 4 352 30 976
92 2 184 16 928
58 4548 359 088
4548
x̄ = = 78.4 kpsi
58
1/2
359 088 − 45482 /58
sx = = 6.57 kpsi
58 − 1
From Eq. (20-14)
1 1 x − 78.4 2
f (x) = √ exp −
6.57 2π 2 6.57
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 3
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 3
20-4 (a)
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
5.63 5.88 6.13 6.38 6.63 6.88 7.13 7.38 7.63 7.88 8.13
log N
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 4
FIRST PAGES
20-5 Distribution is uniform in interval 0.5000 to 0.5008 in, range numbers are a = 0.5000,
b = 0.5008 in.
a+b 0.5000 + 0.5008
(a) Eq. (20-22) µx = = = 0.5004
2 2
b−a 0.5008 − 0.5000
Eq. (20-23) σx = √ = √ = 0.000 231
2 3 2 3
(b) PDF from Eq. (20-20)
1250 0.5000 ≤ x ≤ 0.5008 in
f (x) =
0 otherwise
20-6 Dimensions produced are due to tool dulling and wear. When parts are mixed, the distrib-
ution is uniform. From Eqs. (20-22) and (20-23),
√ √
a = µx − 3s = 0.6241 − 3(0.000 581) = 0.6231 in
√ √
b = µx + 3s = 0.6241 + 3(0.000 581) = 0.6251 in
0.623
We suspect the dimension was in Ans.
0.625
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 5
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 5
59.46 + 61.26
µx = = 60.36 mm Ans.
2
61.26 − 59.46
1
µF 3600
σ̄ = = = 32 143 psi Ans.
µA 0.112
1/2
(0.083332 + 0.0089292 )
σ̂σ = 32 143 = 2694 psi Ans.
(1 + 0.0089292 )
Cσ = 2694/32 143 = 0.0838 Ans.
FIRST PAGES
x y x2 x3 xy
0 0.01 0 0 0
0.2 0.15 0.04 0.008 0.030
0.4 0.25 0.16 0.064 0.100
0.6 0.25 0.36 0.216 0.150
0.8 0.17 0.64 0.512 0.136
1.0 −0.01 1.00 1.000 −0.010
3.0 0.82 2.20 1.800 0.406
Data Regression
x y y
0 0.01 0
0.2 0.15 0.166 286
0.4 0.25 0.248 857
0.6 0.25 0.247 714
0.8 0.17 0.162 857
1.0 −0.01 −0.005 71
y
0.3 Data
Regression
0.25
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.05
0.05 x
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 7
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 7
20-9
Data Regression
Su Se Se Su2 Su Se
0 20.356 75
60 30 39.080 78 3 600 1 800
64 48 40.329 05 4 096 3 072
65 29.5 40.641 12 4 225 1 917.5
82 45 45.946 26 6 724 3 690
101 51 51.875 54 10 201 5 151
119 50 57.492 75 14 161 5 950
120 48 57.804 81 14 400 5 760
130 67 60.925 48 16 900 8 710
134 60 62.173 75 17 956 8 040
145 64 65.606 49 21 025 9 280
180 84 76.528 84 32 400 15 120
195 78 81.209 85 38 025 15 210
205 96 84.330 52 42 025 19 680
207 87 84.954 66 42 849 18 009
210 87 85.890 86 44 100 18 270
213 75 86.827 06 45 369 15 975
225 99 90.571 87 50 625 22 275
225 87 90.571 87 50 625 19 575
227 116 91.196 51 529 26 332
230 105 92.132 2 52 900 24 150
238 109 94.628 74 56 644 25 942
242 106 95.877 01 58 564 25 652
265 105 103.054 6 70 225 27 825
280 96 107.735 6 78 400 26 880
295 99 112.416 6 87 025 29 205
325 114 121.778 6 105 625 37 050
325 117 121.778 6 105 625 38 025
355 122 131.140 6 126 025 43 310
5462 2274.5 1 251 868 501 855.5
Se
140 Data
Regression
120
100
80
60
40
20
0 Su
0 100 200 300 400
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 8
FIRST PAGES
2
20-10 E = y − a 0 − a2 x 2
∂E
= −2 y − a 0 − a2 x 2 = 0
∂a0
y − na0 − a2 x2 = 0 ⇒ y = na0 + a2 x2
Ans.
∂E
=2 y − a0 − a2 x 2 (2x) = 0 ⇒ x y = a0 x + a2 x3
∂a2
Cramer’s rule
y x 2
x y x 3 x 3 y − x 2 x y
a0 = =
n x 2 nx 3 − xx 2
x x 3
n y
x x y nx y − xy
a2 = 2 =
n x nx 3 − xx 2
x x 3
Data Regression
x y y x2 x3 xy
20 19 19.2 400 8 000 380
40 17 16.8 1600 64 000 680
60 13 12.8 3600 216 000 780
80 7 7.2 6400 512 000 560
200 56 12 000 800 000 2400
20
15
10
0 x
0 20 40 60 80 100
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 9
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 9
20-11
Data Regression
x y y x2 y2 xy x − x̄ (x − x̄) 2
0.2 7.1 7.931 803 0.04 50.41 1.42 −0.633 333 0.401 111 111
0.4 10.3 9.884 918 0.16 106.09 4.12 −0.433 333 0.187 777 778
0.6 12.1 11.838 032 0.36 146.41 7.26 −0.233 333 0.054 444 444
0.8 13.8 13.791 147 0.64 190.44 11.04 −0.033 333 0.001 111 111
1 16.2 15.744 262 1.00 262.44 16.20 0.166 666 0.027 777 778
2 25.2 25.509 836 4.00 635.04 50.40 1.166 666 1.361 111 111
5 84.7 6.2 1390.83 90.44 0 2.033 333 333
6(90.44) − 5(84.7)
m̂ = k̄ = = 9.7656
6(6.2) − (5) 2
84.7 − 9.7656(5)
b̂ = F̄i = = 5.9787
6
F
30 Data
Regression
25
20
15
10
0 x
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
5 84.7
(a) x̄ = ; ȳ = = 14.117
6 6
Eq. (20-37)
1390.83 − 5.9787(84.7) − 9.7656(90.44)
s yx =
6−2
= 0.556
Eq. (20-36)
1 (5/6) 2
sb̂ = 0.556 + = 0.3964 lbf
6 2.0333
Fi = (5.9787, 0.3964) lbf Ans.
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 10
FIRST PAGES
20-12 The expression = δ/l is of the form x/y. Now δ = (0.0015, 0.000 092) in, unspecified
distribution; l = (2.000, 0.0081) in, unspecified distribution;
C x = 0.000 092/0.0015 = 0.0613
C y = 0.0081/2.000 = 0.000 75
From Table 20-6, ¯ = 0.0015/2.000 = 0.000 75
1/2
0.06132 + 0.004 052
σ̂ = 0.000 75
1 + 0.004 052
= 4.607(10−5 ) = 0.000 046
We can predict ¯ and σ̂ but not the distribution of .
20-13 σ = E
= (0.0005, 0.000 034) distribution unspecified; E = (29.5, 0.885) Mpsi, distribution
unspecified;
C x = 0.000 034/0.0005 = 0.068,
C y = 0.0885/29.5 = 0.030
σ is of the form x, y
Table 20-6
σ̄ = ¯ Ē = 0.0005(29.5)106 = 14 750 psi
σ̂σ = 14 750(0.0682 + 0.0302 + 0.0682 + 0.0302 ) 1/2
= 1096.7 psi
Cσ = 1096.7/14 750 = 0.074 35
20-14
Fl
δ=
AE
F = (14.7, 1.3) kip, A = (0.226, 0.003) in2 , l = (1.5, 0.004) in, E = (29.5, 0.885) Mpsi dis-
tributions unspecified.
C F = 1.3/14.7 = 0.0884 ; C A = 0.003/0.226 = 0.0133 ; Cl = 0.004/1.5 = 0.00267 ;
C E = 0.885/29.5 = 0.03
Mean of δ:
Fl 1 1
δ= = Fl
AE A E
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 11
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 11
. F̄ l¯
2 1/2
1/2
σ̂δ = C F + Cl2 + C 2A + C E2 = δ̄ C F2 + Cl2 + C 2A + C 2E
Ā Ē
σ̂δ = 0.003 31(0.08842 + 0.002672 + 0.01332 + 0.032 ) 1/2
= 0.000 313 in Ans.
COV
Cδ = 0.000 313/0.003 31 = 0.0945 Ans.
Force COV dominates. There is no distributional information on δ.
20-15 M = (15 000, 1350) lbf · in, distribution unspecified; d = (2.00, 0.005) in distribution
unspecified.
32M 1350 0.005
σ= , CM = = 0.09 , Cd = = 0.0025
πd3 15 000 2.00
σ is of the form x/y, Table 20-6.
Mean:
32 M̄ . 32 M̄ 32(15 000)
σ̄ = = =
π d3 π d̄ 3 π(23 )
= 19 099 psi Ans.
Standard Deviation:
2
1/2
σ̂σ = σ̄ C M + Cd23 1 + Cd23
.
From Table 20-6, Cd 3 = 3Cd = 3(0.0025) = 0.0075
2 1/2
σ̂σ = σ̄ C M + (3Cd ) 2 (1 + (3Cd )) 2
= 19 099[(0.092 + 0.00752 )/(1 + 0.00752 )]1/2
= 1725 psi Ans.
COV:
1725
Cσ = = 0.0903 Ans.
19 099
Stress COV dominates. No information of distribution of σ.
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 12
FIRST PAGES
20-16
f (x)
␣ 
x
x1 x2
Fraction discarded is α + β. The area under the PDF was unity. Having discarded α + β
fraction, the ordinates to the truncated PDF are multiplied by a.
1
a=
1 − (α + β)
New PDF, g(x) , is given by
f (x)/[1 − (α + β)] x1 ≤ x ≤ x2
g(x) =
0 otherwise
20-17
(a) d = U[0.748, 0.751]
0.751 + 0.748
µd = = 0.7495 in
2
0.751 − 0.748
σ̂d = √ = 0.000 866 in
2 3
1 1
f (x) = = = 333.3 in−1
b−a 0.751 − 0.748
x − 0.748
F(x) = = 333.3(x − 0.748)
0.751 − 0.748
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 13
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 13
20-18 From Table A-10, 8.1% corresponds to z 1 = −1.4 and 5.5% corresponds to z 2 = +1.6.
k1 = µ + z 1 σ̂
k2 = µ + z 2 σ̂
From which
z 2 k1 − z 1 k2 1.6(9) − (−1.4)11
µ= =
z2 − z1 1.6 − (−1.4)
= 9.933
k2 − k1
σ̂ =
z2 − z1
11 − 9
= = 0.6667
1.6 − (−1.4)
The original density function is
2
1 1 k − 9.933
f (k) = √ exp − Ans.
0.6667 2π 2 0.6667
FIRST PAGES
20-20
x f fx f x2 x f/(Nw) f (x)
60 2 120 7200 60 0.002 899 0.000 399
70 1 70 4900 70 0.001 449 0.001 206
80 3 240 19 200 80 0.004 348 0.003 009
90 5 450 40 500 90 0.007 246 0.006 204
100 8 800 80 000 100 0.011 594 0.010 567
110 12 1320 145 200 110 0.017 391 0.014 871
120 6 720 86 400 120 0.008 696 0.017 292
130 10 1300 169 000 130 0.014 493 0.016 612
140 8 1120 156 800 140 0.011 594 0.013 185
150 5 750 112 500 150 0.007 246 0.008 647
160 2 320 51 200 160 0.002 899 0.004 685
170 3 510 86 700 170 0.004 348 0.002 097
180 2 360 64 800 180 0.002 899 0.000 776
190 1 190 36 100 190 0.001 449 0.000 237
200 0 0 0 200 0 5.98E-05
210 1 210 44 100 210 0.001 449 1.25E-05
69 8480
x̄ = 122.8986 sx = 22.887 19
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 15
f
0.02 Histogram
PDF
0.018
0.016
0.014
0.012
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.002
0 x
0 50 100 150 200 250
20-21
x f fx f x2 f/(Nw) f (x)
174 6 1044 181 656 0.003 807 0.001 642
182 9 1638 298 116 0.005 711 0.009 485
190 44 8360 1 588 400 0.027 919 0.027 742
198 67 13 266 2 626 668 0.042 513 0.041 068
206 53 10 918 2 249 108 0.033 629 0.030 773
214 12 2568 549 552 0.007 614 0.011 671
222 6 1332 295 704 0.003 807 0.002 241
1386 197 39 126 7 789 204
f
x f/(Nw) f (x) 0.045 Data
PDF
0.04
170 0 0.000 529
170 0.003 807 0.000 529 0.035
FIRST PAGES
20-22
x f fx f x2 f/(Nw) f (x)
64 2 128 8192 0.008 621 0.005 48
68 6 408 27 744 0.025 862 0.017 299
72 6 432 31 104 0.025 862 0.037 705
76 9 684 51 984 0.038 793 0.056 742
80 19 1520 121 600 0.081 897 0.058 959
84 10 840 70 560 0.043 103 0.042 298
88 4 352 30 976 0.017 241 0.020 952
92 2 184 16 928 0.008 621 0.007 165
624 58 4548 359 088
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
0 x
60 70 80 90 100
20-23
4 P̄ 4(40)
σ̄ = = = 50.93 kpsi
πd 2 π(12 )
4 σ̂ P 4(8.5)
σ̂σ = = = 10.82 kpsi
πd 2 π(12 )
σ̂s y = 5.9 kpsi
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 17
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 17
For no yield, m = S y − σ ≥ 0
m − µm 0 − µm µm
z= = =−
σ̂m σ̂m σ̂m
µm = S̄ y − σ̄ = 27.47 kpsi,
1/2
σ̂m = σ̂σ + σ̂ Sy
2 2
= 12.32 kpsi
−27.47 m
z= = −2.230 0
12.32
From Table A-10, p f = 0.0129
R = 1 − p f = 1 − 0.0129 = 0.987 Ans.
S̄ y 1 + Cσ2
= ln
σ̄ 1 + C S2y
1/2
σ̂ y = ln 1 + C S2y + ln 1 + Cσ2
= ln 1 + C Sy 1 + Cσ
2 2
S̄ y 1 + Cσ2
ln
µ σ̄ 1 + C S2
z = − = −
y
σ̂
ln 1 + C S2y 1 + Cσ2
4 P̄ 4(30)
σ̄ = = = 38.197 kpsi
πd 2 π(12 )
4 σ̂ P 4(5.1)
σ̂σ = = = 6.494 kpsi
πd 2 π(12 )
6.494
Cσ = = 0.1700
38.197
3.81
C Sy = = 0.076 81
49.6
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 18
FIRST PAGES
49.6 1 + 0.170 2
ln
38.197 1 + 0.076 812
z = − = −1.470
ln (1 + 0.076 812 )(1 + 0.1702 )
From Table A-10
p f = 0.0708
R = 1 − p f = 0.929 Ans.
20-25
x n nx nx 2
93 19 1767 164 311
95 25 2375 225 625
97 38 3685 357 542
99 17 1683 166 617
101 12 1212 122 412
103 10 1030 106 090
105 5 525 55 125
107 4 428 45 796
109 4 436 47 524
111 2 222 24 624
136 13 364 1315 704
20-26 From Prob. 20-25, µx = 98.26 kpsi, and σ̂x = 4.30 kpsi.
C x = σ̂x /µx = 4.30/98.26 = 0.043 76
From Eqs. (20-18) and (20-19),
µ y = ln(98.26) − 0.043 762 /2 = 4.587
!
σ̂ y = ln(1 + 0.043 762 ) = 0.043 74
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 19
0.16 Histogram
f (x)
0.14 g(x)
0.12
Probability density
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0
90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 112
x (kpsi)
The normal and lognormal are almost the same. However the data is quite skewed and
perhaps a Weibull distribution should be explored. For a method of establishing the
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 19:32 Page 20
FIRST PAGES
Weibull parameters see Shigley, J. E., and C. R. Mischke, Mechanical Engineering Design,
McGraw-Hill, 5th ed., 1989, Sec. 4-12.
20-28
x = Sut
x0 = 27.7, θ = 46.2, b = 4.38
µx = 27.7 + (46.2 − 27.7)(1 + 1/4.38)
= 27.7 + 18.5 (1.23)
= 27.7 + 18.5(0.910 75)
= 44.55 kpsi Ans.
σ̂x = (46.2 − 27.7)[(1 + 2/4.38) − 2 (1 + 1/4.38)]1/2
= 18.5[(1.46) − 2 (1.23)]1/2
= 18.5[0.8856 − 0.910 752 ]1/2
= 4.38 kpsi Ans.
4.38
Cx = = 0.098 Ans.
44.55
From the Weibull survival equation
x − x0 b
R = exp − =1− p
θ − x0
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 19:48 Page 21
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 21
x40 − x0 b
R40 = exp − = 1 − p40
θ − x0
40 − 27.7 4.38
= exp − = 0.846
46.2 − 27.7
20-29
x = Sut
x0 = 151.9, θ = 193.6, b = 8
µx = 151.9 + (193.6 − 151.9)(1 + 1/8)
= 151.9 + 41.7 (1.125)
= 151.9 + 41.7(0.941 76)
= 191.2 kpsi Ans.
σ̂x = (193.6 − 151.9)[(1 + 2/8) − 2 (1 + 1/8)]1/2
= 41.7[(1.25) − 2 (1.125)]1/2
= 41.7[0.906 40 − 0.941 762 ]1/2
= 5.82 kpsi Ans.
5.82
Cx = = 0.030
191.2
20-30
x = Sut
x0 = 47.6, θ = 125.6, b = 11.84
x̄ = 47.6 + (125.6 − 47.6)(1 + 1/11.84)
x̄ = 47.6 + 78 (1.08)
= 47.6 + 78(0.959 73) = 122.5 kpsi
σ̂x = (125.6 − 47.6)[(1 + 2/11.84) − 2 (1 + 1/11.84)]1/2
= 78[(1.08) − 2 (1.17)]1/2
= 78(0.959 73 − 0.936 702 ) 1/2
= 22.4 kpsi
From Prob. 20-28
x − x0 b
p = 1 − exp −
θ − θ0
100 − 47.6 11.84
= 1 − exp −
125.6 − 47.6
= 0.0090 Ans.
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 19:48 Page 22
FIRST PAGES
y = Sy
y0 = 64.1, θ = 81.0, b = 3.77
ȳ = 64.1 + (81.0 − 64.1)(1 + 1/3.77)
= 64.1 + 16.9 (1.27)
= 64.1 + 16.9(0.902 50)
= 79.35 kpsi
σ y = (81 − 64.1)[(1 + 2/3.77) − (1 + 1/3.77)]1/2
σ y = 16.9[(0.887 57) − 0.902 502 ]1/2
= 4.57 kpsi
y − y0 3.77
p = 1 − exp −
θ − y0
70 − 64.1 3.77
p = 1 − exp − = 0.019 Ans.
81 − 64.1
20-31 x = Sut = W[122.3, 134.6, 3.64] kpsi, p(x > 120) = 1 = 100% since x0 > 120 kpsi
133 − 122.3 3.64
p(x > 133) = exp −
134.6 − 122.3
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 23
f (n)
0.014 LN
W
0.012
0.010
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.002
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
n, kcycles
The Weibull L10 life comes from Eq. (20-26) with a reliability of R = 0.90. Thus,
n 0.10 = 36.9 + (133 − 36.9)[ln(1/0.90)]1/2.66 = 78.1 kcycles Ans.
The lognormal L10 life comes from the definition of the z variable. That is,
ln n 0 = µ y + σ̂ y z or n 0 = exp(µ y + σ̂ y z)
From Table A-10, for R = 0.90, z = −1.282. Thus,
n 0 = exp[4.771 + 0.2778(−1.282)] = 82.7 kcycles Ans.
budynas_SM_ch20.qxd 12/06/2006 18:53 Page 24
FIRST PAGES
x g(x)
i L(10−5) fi −5
f i x(10 ) 2 −10
f i x (10 ) (105 )
1 3.05 3 9.15 27.9075 0.0557
2 3.55 7 24.85 88.2175 0.1474
3 4.05 11 44.55 180.4275 0.2514
4 4.55 16 72.80 331.24 0.3168
5 5.05 21 106.05 535.5525 0.3216
6 5.55 13 72.15 400.4325 0.2789
7 6.05 13 78.65 475.8325 0.2151
8 6.55 6 39.30 257.415 0.1517
9 7.05 2 14.10 99.405 0.1000
10 7.55 0 0 0 0.0625
11 8.05 4 32.20 259.21 0.0375
12 8.55 3 25.65 219.3075 0.0218
13 9.05 0 0 0 0.0124
14 9.55 0 0 0 0.0069
15 10.05 1 10.05 101.0025 0.0038
100 529.50 2975.95
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 25
105 g(x)
0.5
Superposed
0.4
histogram
and PDF
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
3.05(105) 10.05(105)
x, cycles
20-34
x = Su = W[70.3, 84.4, 2.01]
Eq. (20-28) µx = 70.3 + (84.4 − 70.3)(1 + 1/2.01)
= 70.3 + (84.4 − 70.3)(1.498)
= 70.3 + (84.4 − 70.3)0.886 17
= 82.8 kpsi Ans.
Eq. (20-29) σ̂x = (84.4 − 70.3)[(1 + 2/2.01) − 2 (1 + 1/2.01)]1/2
σ̂x = 14.1[0.997 91 − 0.886 172 ]1/2
= 6.502 kpsi
6.502
Cx = = 0.079 Ans.
82.8
FIRST PAGES
20-36
x = S y = W[34.7, 39, 2.93] kpsi
x̄ = 34.7 + (39 − 34.7)(1 + 1/2.93)
= 34.7 + 4.3(1.34)
= 34.7 + 4.3(0.892 22) = 38.5 kpsi
σ̂x = (39 − 34.7)[(1 + 2/2.93) − 2 (1 + 1/2.93)]1/2
= 4.3[(1.68) − 2 (1.34)]1/2
= 4.3[0.905 00 − 0.892 222 ]1/2
= 1.42 kpsi Ans.
C x = 1.42/38.5 = 0.037 Ans.
20-37
x (Mrev) f fx f x2
1 11 11 11
2 22 44 88
3 38 114 342
4 57 228 912
5 31 155 775
6 19 114 684
7 15 105 735
8 12 96 768
9 11 99 891
10 9 90 900
11 7 77 847
12 5 60 720
Sum 78 237 1193 7673
FIRST PAGES
Chapter 20 27
0.15
5.5 0.080 17 0.131 58
6.5 0.080 17 0.090 11
6.5 0.063 29 0.090 11 0.1
ln x − µ y
z= ⇒ ln x = µ y + σ̂ y z = 15.292 + 0.496z
σ̂ y
L10 life, where 10% of bearings fail, from Table A-10, z = −1.282. Thus,
ln x = 15.292 + 0.496(−1.282) = 14.66
∴ x = 2.32 × 106 rev Ans.